<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on May 1, 1997
Registration No. 33-56654
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___ [ ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 [X]
---
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No. 16 [X]
----
(Check appropriate box or boxes)
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Exact Name of Registrant)
Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Name of Depositor)
515 West Market Street, Louisville, KY 40202
(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code (502) 582-7900
----------------
John McGeeney
Integrity Life Insurance Company
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon after the effective date
of this Registration Statement as is practicable.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
[X] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[_] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[_] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[_] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
[_] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a
previously filed post-effective amendment.
The registrant has registered an indefinite amount of securities under the
Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act
of 1940. The Rule 24f-2 Notice for the issuer's most recent fiscal year was
filed on February 19, 1997.
<PAGE>
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET - GrandMaster II
Showing Location in Part A (Prospectus) and Part B (Statement of Additional
Information) of Information required By Form N-4
PART A: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS - GrandMaster II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Prospectus
<S> <C> <C>
1. Cover Page Cover Page
2. Definitions Part 1 - Summary
3. Synopsis Part 1 - Summary; Table of Annual Fees and
Expenses; Examples
4. Condensed Financial Information Part 1 - Financial Information
5. General Description of Registrant, Part 2 - Integrity and the Separate Account;
Annuity Contracts Part 3 - Your Investment Options
6. Deductions Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
7. General Description of Variable Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity contracts Annuity Contract
8. Annuity Period Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
9. Death Benefit Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
10. Purchases and Contract Value Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
11. Redemptions Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
12. Taxes Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
13. Legal Proceedings Not Applicable
14. Table of Contents of the Statement Table of Contents
of Additional Information
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PART B: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION - GrandMaster II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Statement of Additional
Information
<S> <C>
15. Cover Page Cover Page
16. Table of Contents Cover Page
17. General Information and History Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
18. Services Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
20. Underwriters Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
21. Calculation of Performance Data Part 3 - Performance Information
22. Annuity Payments Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
23. Financial Statements Part 6 - Financial Statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Prospectus
==========
GrandMaster II
Flexible Premium Variable Annuity
issued by Integrity Life Insurance Company
This prospectus describes a flexible premium variable annuity offered by
Integrity Life Insurance Company, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM
Financial Group, Inc. The individual contracts and group certificates
(contracts) offered by this prospectus provide several types of benefits, some
of which have tax-favored status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Contributions under the contracts may be allocated to the various
investment divisions of our Separate Account I (Variable Account Options, or
individually, Option) or to our Fixed Accounts, or both.
Contributions to the Variable Account Options are invested in shares of
corresponding portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund (VIP), Variable
Insurance Products Fund II (VIP II), and Variable Insurance Products Fund III
(VIP III) (the Funds or Fund). The Funds are part of the Fidelity Investments(R)
group of companies. The values allocated to the Options reflect the investment
performance of the Funds' portfolios. The prospectus for the Funds describes the
investment objectives, policies and risks of each of the Funds' portfolios.
There are thirteen Variable Account Options, which invest in the following
portfolios:
. VIP Money Market Portfolio . VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
. VIP High Income Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
. VIP Equity-Income Portfolio . VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
. VIP Growth Portfolio . VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
. VIP Overseas Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
. VIP III Balanced Portfolio . VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
. VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
We currently offer Guaranteed Rate Options (GROs) and a Systematic Transfer
Option (STO), together referred to as Fixed Accounts. Your allocation to a GRO
accumulates at a fixed interest rate we declare at the beginning of the duration
you select. A market value adjustment (Market Value Adjustment) will be made for
withdrawals, surrenders, transfers and certain other transactions before the
expiration of your GRO Account, but your value under a GRO Account may not be
decreased below an amount equal to your allocation plus interest compounded at
an annual effective rate of 3% (Minimum Value), less previous withdrawals and
any applicable contingent withdrawal charges. Your allocation to the STO
accumulates at a fixed interest rate that we declare each calendar quarter,
guaranteed never to be less than an effective annual yield of 3%. You must
transfer all contributions you make to the STO into other Investment Options
within one year of contribution on a monthly or quarterly basis.
This prospectus contains information about the contracts that you should know
before investing. You should read this prospectus and any supplements, and
retain them for future reference. This prospectus is not valid unless provided
with the current prospectus for the Funds, which you should also read.
For further information and assistance, you should contact our Administrative
Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, OH
43218. The express mail address is Integrity Life Insurance Company, 200 East
Wilson Bridge Road, Worthington, Ohio 43085. You may also call the following
toll-free number: 1-800-325-8583.
A registration statement relating to the contracts, which includes a Statement
of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 1997, has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The SAI is incorporated by reference into
this prospectus. A copy of the SAI is available free of charge by writing to or
calling our Administrative Office. A table of contents for the SAI follows the
table of contents for this prospectus.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR
ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1997.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part 1 - Summary Page
<S> <C>
Your Variable Annuity Contract......................... 1
Your Benefits.......................................... 1
How Your Contract is Taxed............................. 1
Your Contributions..................................... 1
Your Investment Options................................ 1
Variable Account Options............................... 1
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value... 2
Transfers.............................................. 2
Charges and Fees....................................... 2
Withdrawals............................................ 2
Your Initial Right to Revoke........................... 3
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses...................... 4
Financial Information.................................. 7
Part 2 - Integrity And The Separate Account
Integrity Life Insurance Company....................... 9
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options.. 9
Assets of Our Separate Account......................... 9
Changes In How We Operate.............................. 9
Part 3 - Your Investment Options
The Funds.............................................. 10
The Funds' Investment Adviser...................... 10
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios............ 12
Fixed Accounts......................................... 13
Guaranteed Rate Options............................ 14
Renewals of GRO Accounts.......................... 14
Market Value Adjustments.......................... 14
Systematic Transfer Option......................... 15
Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
Separate Account Charges............................... 16
Annual Administrative Charge........................... 16
Fund Charges........................................... 16
State Premium Tax Deduction............................ 16
Contingent Withdrawal Charge........................... 16
Transfer Charge........................................ 17
Tax Reserve............................................ 18
Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable Annuity
Contributions Under Your Contract...................... 18
Your Account Value..................................... 18
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account......... 18
How We Determine Unit Value............................ 19
Transfers.............................................. 19
Withdrawals............................................ 20
Assignments............................................ 20
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C>
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions................ 20
Annuity Benefits................................................ 21
Annuities....................................................... 21
Annuity Payments................................................ 22
Timing of Payment............................................... 22
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions..................... 22
Part 6 - Voting Rights
Fund Voting Rights.............................................. 23
How We Determine Your Voting Shares............................. 23
How Fund Shares Are Voted....................................... 23
Separate Account Voting Rights.................................. 23
Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
Introduction.................................................... 24
Your Contract is an Annuity..................................... 24
Taxation of Annuities Generally................................. 24
Distribution-at-Death Rules..................................... 25
Diversification Standards....................................... 25
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs................................. 26
Individual Retirement Annuities............................. 26
Tax Sheltered Annuities..................................... 26
Simplified Employee Pensions................................ 26
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension
and Profit Sharing Plans................................... 27
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments
and Tax-Exempt Organizations............................... 27
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs............. 27
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding........................ 28
Impact of Taxes to Integrity.................................... 28
Transfers Among Investment Options.............................. 28
Part 8 - Additional Information
Systematic Withdrawals.......................................... 28
Dollar Cost Averaging........................................... 29
Systematic Transfer Program..................................... 29
Individual Asset Rebalancing.................................... 29
Systematic Contributions........................................ 29
Performance Information......................................... 30
Appendix A - Illustration of a Market Value Adjustment.......... 31
</TABLE>
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
<PAGE>
SAI Table of Contents
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
Part 3 - Performance Information
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
Part 5 - Death Benefit Information for Contracts Issued Prior to January 1, 1996
Part 6 - Financial Statements
If you would like to receive a copy of the Statement of Additional Information,
please complete the form below and send it to:
Administrative Office
Integrity Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 182080
Columbus, OH 43218
ATTN: Request for SAI of Separate Account I
Name:_____________________________________________________________________
Address:__________________________________________________________________
City:________________________________ State:_________ Zip:________________
<PAGE>
PART 1 -- SUMMARY
Your Variable Annuity Contract
In this prospectus, we, our and us mean Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Integrity), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
(ARM). We offer individual variable annuity contracts. In certain states, we
offer certificates under a group variable annuity contract instead of contracts.
When we use the words contract or certificate, we are referring to both the
individual contracts and the group certificates.
You can invest for retirement by purchasing a contract if you properly complete
a Customer Profile form (an application or enrollment form may be required in
some states) and make a minimum initial contribution. In this prospectus, you
and your mean the Annuitant, the person upon whose life the Annuity Benefit and
the Death Benefit are based, usually the Owner of the contract. If the Annuitant
does not own the contract, all of the rights under the contract belong to the
Owner until annuity payments begin.
Your retirement or endowment date (Retirement Date) will be no later than your
85th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, whichever is later, unless you
notify us of a different date.
Your Benefits
Your contract provides an Account Value, an annuity benefit, and a death
benefit. See "Your Account Value," "Death Benefits and Similar Benefit
Distributions" and "Annuity Benefits" in Part 5.
Your benefits may be received under a contract subject to the usual rules for
taxation of annuities, including the tax-deferral of earnings until withdrawal.
The contract also can provide your benefits under certain tax-favored retirement
programs, which are subject to special rules covering such matters as
eligibility and contribution amounts. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the
Contracts" for detailed information.
How Your Contract is Taxed
Under current law, any increases in the value of your contributions to your
contract are tax deferred and will not be included in your taxable income until
withdrawn. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
Your Contributions
The minimum initial contribution in most states is currently $1,000.
Subsequent contributions of at least $100 can be made. Special rules for lower
minimum initial and subsequent contributions apply for certain tax-favored
retirement plans. See "Contributions Under Your Contract" in Part 5.
Your Investment Options
You may allocate contributions to the Variable Account Options or to the Fixed
Accounts, or both. The Variable Account Options and the Fixed Accounts are
together referred to as the Investment Options. Contributions may be allocated
to up to nine Investment Options at any one time. See "Contributions Under Your
Contract" in Part 5. To select Investment Options most suitable for you, see
Part 3, "Your Investment Options."
Variable Account Options
The Variable Account Options (also referred to as Divisions) invest in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Funds, each a "series" type of mutual
fund. Each investment portfolio is referred to as a Portfolio. The investment
objective of each Variable Account Option and its corresponding Portfolio is the
same. Your value in a Variable Account Option will vary depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolio. For a full description of the Funds,
see the Funds' prospectus and the Funds' Statement of Additional Information.
1
<PAGE>
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value
The sum of your values under the Fixed Accounts plus your values in the Variable
Account Options is referred to as the Account Value. Your Adjusted Account Value
is your Account Value, as increased or decreased (but not below the Minimum
Value) by any Market Value Adjustments. Your Cash Value is equal to your
Adjusted Account Value, reduced by any applicable contingent withdrawal charge
and will be reduced by the pro rata portion of the annual administrative charge,
if applicable. See "Charges and Fees" below.
Transfers
You may transfer all or portions of your Account Value among the Investment
Options, subject to the conditions described under "Transfers" in Part 5.
Transfers from any Investment Option must be for at least $250. Transfers may be
arranged through our telephone transfer service. See Part 5, "Transfers."
Transfers may also be made under our following special services: (i) Dollar
Cost Averaging, (ii) Individual Asset Rebalancing, or (iii) to transfer your STO
contributions. See Part 8, "Dollar Cost Averaging," "Individual Asset
Rebalancing," and "Systematic Transfer Program."
Charges and Fees
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 as of the last day of any contract
year prior to your Retirement Date, an annual administrative expense charge of
$30 is deducted from your contract. See Part 4, "Deductions and Charges."
A charge at an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value of the assets
in each Variable Account Option is made daily. We make this charge to cover
mortality and expense risks (1.20%) and certain administrative expenses (.15%).
The charge will never be greater than an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the
assets in each Account Value in the Variable Account Options. See Part 4,
"Deductions and Charges."
Investment advisory fees and other expenses are deducted from amounts invested
by the Separate Account in the Funds. For providing investment management
services to the Portfolios of the Funds, Fidelity Management and Research
Company (Fidelity Management) receives fees from the Portfolios based on the
average net assets of each Portfolio. The highest annual rate at which any of
the Portfolios paid advisory fees in 1996 was .76% of average net assets.
Advisory fees cannot be increased without the consent of Fund shareholders. See
"Table of Annual Fees and Expenses" below and "The Funds' Investment Adviser" in
Part 3.
If you frequently transfer funds from one Investment Option to another, certain
transfers may become subject to a charge. We will not, however, charge more than
$20 per transfer. See "Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
When you make withdrawals from your contract, a contingent withdrawal charge may
be deducted from your Account Value. This sales charge will be in addition to
the Market Value Adjustment applicable to early withdrawals from GRO Accounts.
See "Withdrawals" below and "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as frequently
as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. A sales charge of up to
7% of the contribution amount withdrawn, in excess of any free withdrawal amount
(defined below), will be deducted from your Account Value, unless one of the
exceptions applies. This charge defrays marketing expenses. See "Contingent
Withdrawal Charge" in Part 4. Most withdrawals made by you prior to age 59-1/2
are also subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. In addition, some tax-favored
retirement programs limit withdrawals. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the
Contracts." For partial withdrawals, the total amount deducted from your Account
Value will include the withdrawal amount requested, any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, and any applicable withdrawal charge, so that the net amount you
receive will be the amount requested.
The free withdrawal amount is a non-cumulative amount which you may take as a
partial withdrawal each contract year without being subject to the contingent
withdrawal charge or any Market Value Adjustment. It is equal to the greater of
(i) 10% of the Account Value, minus cumulative prior withdrawals in the current
contract
2
<PAGE>
year, and (ii) the investment gain under the contract during the prior
contract year, minus such cumulative withdrawals. However, as explained above, a
tax penalty still applies if you are under age 59-1/2.
Your Initial Right to Revoke
Within ten days after you receive your contract, you may cancel it by returning
it to our Administrative Office. The 10-day period may be extended if required
by state law. We will refund all your contributions with an adjustment for any
investment gain or loss on the contributions put into each Variable Account
Option from the date units were purchased until the date your contract is
received by us, including any charges deducted. If state law instead requires a
refund of your contributions without any adjustment, we will return that amount
to you. For allocations to Fixed Accounts, we will refund to you the amount of
your contributions.
3
<PAGE>
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
- -----------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Sales Load on Purchases.................................. $ 0
Deferred Sales Load (1)........................... 7% Maximum
Exchange Fee (2)......................................... $ 0
Annual Administrative Charge (3)......................... $30
</TABLE>
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a
percentage of average account value) (4)
- ----------------------------------------
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees........................ 1.20%
Administrative Expenses................................ .15%
-----
1.35%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses................. =====
Fund Annual Expenses After Reimbursement
(as a percentage of average net assets) (5)
- -------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other Total Annual
Portfolio Fees (6) Expenses Expenses
- --------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market................. .21% .09% .30%
VIP High Income.................. .59% .12% .71%(6)
VIP Equity-Income................ .51% .07% .58%
VIP Growth....................... .61% .08% .69%
VIP Overseas..................... .76% .17% .93%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond..... .45% .13% .58%
VIP II Asset Manager............. .64% .10% .74%(6)(7)
VIP II Index 500................. .13% .15% .28%(7)
VIP II Contrafund................ .61% .13% .74%(6)
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth..... .65% .22% .87%(6)(7)
VIP III Balanced................. .48% .24% .72%(6)
VIP III Growth Opportunities..... .61% .16% .77%(6)
VIP III Growth & Income.......... .50% .20% .70% (6)(8)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) See "Deductions and Charges - Contingent Withdrawal Charge" in Part 4. You
may make a partial withdrawal of up to 10% of the Account Value in any contract
year or the investment gain under the contract during the previous contract
year, whichever is greater, less withdrawals during the current contract year,
without assessment of any withdrawal charge.
(2) After the first twelve transfers during a contract year, Integrity has the
right to impose a transfer charge of $20 per transfer. This charge would not
apply to transfers made for dollar cost averaging, asset rebalancing, or
systematic transfers. See "Deductions and Charges - Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
(3) The annual administrative charge is $30. This charge applies only if the
Account Value is less than $50,000 at the end of any contract year prior to your
Retirement Date. See "Deductions and Charges - Annual Administrative Charge" in
Part 4.
(4) See "Deductions and Charges - Separate Account Charges" in Part 4.
(5) In the Funds' prospectus, see "Management, Distribution and Service Fees."
4
<PAGE>
(6) A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain funds pay was used to
reduce funds' expenses. In addition, certain funds have entered into
arrangements with their custodian and transfer agent whereby interest earned on
uninvested cash balances was used to reduce custodian and transfer agent
expenses. Including these reductions, the total operating expenses presented in
the table would have been .56% for VIP Equity-Income Portfolio, .67% for VIP
Growth Portfolio, .92% for VIP Overseas Portfolio, .73% for VIP II Asset Manager
Portfolio, .71% for VIP II Contrafund Portfolio, .85% for VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth Portfolio, and .76% for VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio, and .71%
for VIP III Balanced Portfolio.
(7) The investment adviser agreed to reimburse a portion of VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's expenses during the period. Without this reimbursement, the fund's
management fee, other expenses and total expenses would have been .28%, .15%,
and .43%, respectively.
(8) Annualized
Examples
The examples below show the expenses that would be borne by the Annuitant per
$1,000 investment, assuming a $40,000 average contract value and a 5% annual
rate of return on assets.
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you surrender your contract at the end of the
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
applicable period:
- -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
- --------- ------ ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market.............. $87.66 $104.61 $123.86 $203.09
VIP High Income............... $91.86 $117.34 $145.29 $246.89
VIP Equity-Income............. $90.53 $113.32 $138.53 $233.20
VIP Growth.................... $91.65 $116.72 $144.25 $244.80
VIP Overseas.................. $94.11 $124.13 $156.63 $269.66
VIP II Investment Grade Bond.. $90.53 $113.32 $138.53 $233.20
VIP II Asset Manager.......... $92.17 $118.27 $146.84 $250.03
VIP II Index 500.............. $87.45 $103.98 $122.81 $200.91
VIP II Contrafund............. $92.17 $118.27 $146.84 $250.03
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth.. $93.50 $122.28 $153.55 $263.50
VIP III Balanced.............. $91.96 $117.65 $145.81 $247.94
VIP III Growth Opportunities.. $92.47 $119.19 $148.39 $253.15
VIP III Growth & Income....... $91.76 $117.03 $144.77 $245.84
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you do not surrender your contract at the end
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the applicable period:
- ------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
- --------- ------ ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market.............. $17.66 $54.61 $ 93.86 $203.09
VIP High Income............... $21.86 $67.34 $115.29 $246.89
VIP Equity-Income............. $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP Growth.................... $21.65 $66.72 $114.25 $244.80
VIP Overseas.................. $24.11 $74.13 $126.63 $269.66
VIP II Investment Grade Bond.. $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP II Asset Manager.......... $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Index 500.............. $17.45 $53.98 $ 92.81 $200.91
VIP II Contrafund............. $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth.. $23.50 $72.28 $123.55 $263.50
VIP III Balanced.............. $21.96 $67.65 $115.81 $247.94
VIP III Growth Opportunities.. $22.47 $69.19 $118.39 $253.15
VIP III Growth & Income....... $21.76 $67.03 $114.77 $245.84
</TABLE>
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you elect the normal form of annuity at the
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
end of the applicable period:
- ----------------------------
Same expenses per $1,000 investment as shown in table immediately above.
These examples assume a continuation of the fixed charges that are borne by the
Separate Account and of the investment advisory fees and other expenses of the
Funds as they were for the year ended December 31, 1996, except for VIP III
Growth & Income Portfolio, which were based on estimated current expenses.
Actual Fund expenses may be greater or less than those on which these examples
were based. The annual rate of return assumed in the examples is not an estimate
or guarantee of future investment performance. The table also assumes an
estimated $40,000 average contract value, so that the administrative charge per
$1,000 of net asset value in the Separate Account is $0.75. Such per $1,000
charge would be higher for smaller Account Values and lower for higher values.
The above table and examples are intended to assist your understanding of the
various costs and expenses that apply to your contract, directly or indirectly.
These tables reflect expenses of the Separate Account as well as those of the
Portfolios. Premium taxes upon annuitization also may be applicable.
6
<PAGE>
Financial Information
The table below shows the unit value for each Variable Account Option at
inception, the number of units outstanding at December 31 of each year since
inception, and the unit value at the end of each period. The unit value at the
beginning of each period is the unit value as of the end of the previous period.
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity- Investment
Market Income Income Growth Overseas Grade Bond
Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00
December 31, 1987 $ 10.18 - $ 7.74 $ 7.51 $ 8.13 $ 10.21
Number of Units 1,952 - 25,560 50 7,250 26,988
December 31, 1988 $ 10.75 - $ 8.49 $ 7.48 $ 8.93 $ 10.69
Number of Units 2,062 - 8,962 2,043 2,019 45,789
December 31, 1989 $ 11.57 - $ 10.41 $ 10.45 $ 11.02 $ 12.20
Number of Units 43,299 - 8,517 2,284 1,937 4,372
December 31, 1990 $ 12.34 - $ 9.04 $ 11.04 $ 10.16 $ 12.82
Number of Units 2,427 - 29,446 2,060 1,779 3,350
December 31, 1991 $ 12.90 - $ 12.92 $ 17.96 $ 12.44 $ 14.38
Number of Units 1,422 - 7,198 1,777 945 1,160
December 31, 1992 $ 13.22 - $ 14.90 $ 19.36 $ 10.95 $ 15.13
Number of Units 68,139 - 124,911 129,511 35,346 80,734
December 31, 1993 $ 13.46 $ 11.45 $ 17.38 $ 22.80 $ 14.83 $ 16.57
Number of Units 346,644 615,289 748,436 444,077 480,406 330,360
December 31, 1994 $ 13.84 $ 11.12 $ 18.35 $ 22.49 $ 14.88 $ 15.73
Number of Units 1,363,372 989,407 1,206,683 988,674 1,272,218 454,358
December 31, 1995 $ 14.46 $ 13.23 $ 24.46 $ 30.03 $ 16.10 $ 18.20
Number of Units 1,823,146 2,238,450 2,264,897 1,665,857 1,308,440 627,020
December 31, 1996 $ 15.03 $ 14.88 $ 27.57 $ 33.98 $ 17.98 $ 18.53
Number of Units 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964 807,207
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The Inception date for
the VIP II Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Option was
February 6, 1995. The inception date for the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III
Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III Growth & Income Option was December 31,
1996. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter
of 1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
7
<PAGE>
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Asset Index Contra- Manager Growth Growth
Manager 500 fund Growth Balanced Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
--------- --------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
December 31, 1987 $8.00 - - - - - -
Number of Units 29,166 - - - - - -
December 31, 1988 $8.98 - - - - - -
Number of Units 11,300 - - - - - -
December 31, 1989 $11.16 - - - - - -
Number of Units 10,635 - - - - - -
December 31, 1990 $11.02 - - - - - -
Number of Units 12,194 - - - - - -
December 31, 1991 $13.60 - - - - - -
Number of Units 5,272 - - - - - -
December 31, 1992 $15.01 - - - - - -
Number of Units 309,292 - - - - - -
December 31, 1993 $17.92 $10.52 - - - - -
Number of Units 1,748,246 98,288 - - - - -
December 31, 1994 $16.60 $10.49 - - - - -
Number of Units 3,509,145 218,119 - - - - -
December 31, 1995 $19.15 $14.20 $13.50 $12.03 - - -
Number of Units 2,973,440 474,834 1,068,907 175,138 - - -
December 31, 1996 $21.65 $17.20 $16.15 $14.23 - - -
Number of Units 2,708,795 1,207,882 2,382,588 479,960 - - -
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The Inception date for
the VIP II Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Option was
February 6, 1995. The inception date for the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III
Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III Growth & Income Option was December 31,
1996. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter of
1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
8
<PAGE>
PART 2 - INTEGRITY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Integrity is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Ohio.
Our home office is in Worthington, Ohio and our principal executive office is in
Louisville, Kentucky. We are authorized to sell life insurance and annuities in
45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to the contracts, we sell
flexible premium annuity contracts with an underlying investment medium other
than the Funds, fixed single premium annuity contracts, and flexible premium
annuity contracts offering both traditional fixed guaranteed interest rates
along with fixed equity indexed options. We are currently licensed to sell
variable contracts in 45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to
issuing annuity products, we have entered into agreements with other insurance
companies to provide administrative and investment support for products to be
designed, underwritten and sold by these companies.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM. ARM specializes in the
asset accumulation business, providing retail and institutional customers with
products and services designed to serve the growing long-term savings and
retirement markets. At December 31, 1996, ARM had $4.8 billion of assets under
management.
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options
The Separate Account is established and maintained under the insurance laws of
the State of Ohio. It is a unit investment trust registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940
Act). A unit investment trust is a type of investment company. SEC registration
does not involve any supervision by the SEC of the management or investment
policies of the Separate Account. Each Variable Account Option invests in shares
of a corresponding Portfolio of the Funds. We may establish additional Options,
some of which may not be available for your allocations. The Variable Account
Options currently available to you are listed on the cover page of this
prospectus. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Portfolios then offered invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust.
Assets of Our Separate Account
Under Ohio law, we own the assets of our Separate Account and use them to
support the variable portion of your contract and other variable annuity
contracts. Annuitants under other variable annuity contracts will participate in
the Separate Account in proportion to the amounts relating to their contracts.
The Separate Account's assets supporting the variable portion of these variable
contracts may not be used to satisfy liabilities arising out of any other
business of ours. Under certain unlikely circumstances, one Variable Account
Option may be liable for claims relating to the operations of another Option.
Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without
regard to our other income, gains or losses. We may permit charges owed to us to
stay in the Separate Account, and thus may participate proportionately in the
Separate Account. Amounts in the Separate Account in excess of reserves and
other liabilities belong to us, and we may transfer them to our general account
(General Account).
Changes In How We Operate
We may modify how we or our Separate Account operate, subject to your approval
when required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation. You will be
notified if any changes result in a material change in the underlying
investments of a Variable Account Option. We may:
- - add Options to, or remove Options from, our Separate Account, combine two or
more Options within our Separate Account, or withdraw assets relating to your
contract from one Option and put them into another;
- - register or end the registration of the Separate Account under the 1940 Act;
9
<PAGE>
- - operate our Separate Account under the direction of a committee or discharge
such a committee at any time (the committee may be composed of a majority of
persons who are "interested persons" of Integrity under the 1940 Act);
- - restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners or others who have voting
rights that affect our Separate Account;
- - cause one or more Options to invest in a mutual fund other than or in
addition to the Funds;
- - operate our Separate Account or one or more of the Options in any other form
the law allows, including a form that allows us to make direct investments.
We may make any legal investments we wish. In choosing these investments, we
will rely on our own or outside counsel for advice.
PART 3 - YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
The Funds
Each of the Funds is an open-end diversified management investment company
registered under the 1940 Act. Such registration does not involve supervision by
the SEC of the investments or investment policies of the Funds. The Funds are
each a "series" type of investment company with diversified portfolios. The
Funds do not impose a sales charge or "load" for buying and selling their
shares. The shares of the Portfolios of the Funds are bought and sold by the
Separate Account at their respective net asset values.
The Funds are designed to serve as investment vehicle for variable annuity and
variable life contracts of insurance companies. Shares of the Portfolios of the
Funds currently are available to the separate accounts of a number of insurance
companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with Fidelity Management or
Integrity. The Board of Trustees of each of the Funds is responsible for
monitoring the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
between the interests of the policyowners of all separate accounts investing in
the Fund and determining what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we
believe that a Fund's response to any of those events insufficiently protects
our contract owners, we will see to it that appropriate and available action is
taken to protect our contract owners. See "The Fund and the Fidelity
Organization" in the Funds' prospectus for a further discussion of the risks
associated with the offering of Fund shares to our Separate Account and the
separate accounts of other insurance companies.
Shares of Portfolios of the Funds are made available to the Separate Account
under three essentially identical Participation Agreements (Participation
Agreement or Agreements). The Participation Agreements are among the applicable
Fund, Fidelity Distributors Corporation which is the principal underwriter for
shares of the Funds (Distributor), and Integrity. If state or federal law
precludes the sale of the Funds' or any Portfolio's shares to the Separate
Account, or in certain other circumstances, sales of shares to the Separate
Account may be suspended and/or the Participation Agreements may be terminated
as to the Funds or the affected Portfolio. Also, the Participation Agreements
may be terminated by any party thereto with one year's written notice.
Notwithstanding termination of the Participation Agreement, the Fund and the
Distributor are obligated to continue to make the Funds' shares available for
contracts outstanding on the date the Participation Agreement terminates, unless
the Participation Agreement was terminated due to an irreconcilable conflict
among contractowners of different separate accounts. If for any reason the
shares of any Portfolio are no longer available for purchase by the Separate
Account for outstanding contracts, the parties to the Participation Agreements
have agreed to cooperate to comply with the 1940 Act in arranging for the
substitution of another funding medium as soon as reasonably practicable and
without disruption of sales of shares to the Separate Account or any Variable
Account Option.
The Funds' Investment Adviser. Fidelity Management & Research Company (Fidelity
Management), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940, serves as the investment adviser to each Fund. Fidelity Management,
whose principal address is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of FMR Corp. and is part of Fidelity Investments(R), one
of the largest investment management organizations in the United States.
Fidelity Investments(R) includes a number of different companies, which provide
a variety of financial services and products to individuals and corporations.
10
<PAGE>
Fidelity Management provides investment research and portfolio management
services to mutual funds and other clients. At December 31, 1996, Fidelity
Management advised funds having more than 23 million shareholder accounts with a
total value of more than $354 billion. For certain of the Portfolios, Fidelity
Management has entered into sub-advisory agreements with affiliated companies
that are part of the Fidelity Investments(R) organization. Fidelity Management,
not the Portfolios, pays the sub-advisers for their services to the Portfolios.
The Portfolios of the Funds pay monthly advisory fees to Fidelity Management.
The advisory fee payable by each of the Portfolios, other than the VIP Money
Market Portfolio and the VIP II Index 500 Portfolio, is composed of a group fee
rate and an individual fund fee rate. The group fee rate is based on the average
monthly net assets of all mutual funds advised by Fidelity Management. For the
VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Asset Manager, VIP II
Contrafund, and VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolios, the group fee rate
cannot rise above .52%. For the VIP High Income and VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolios, the group fee rate cannot rise above .37%. The group fee rate drops
as total assets under management increase.
The VIP Money Market Portfolio's advisory fee is made up of two components: a
basic fee rate and an income-based component. The basic fee rate is the sum of a
group fee rate as described above (but capped at a maximum of .37%) and an
individual fund fee rate of .03%. The income based component is 6% of that
portion of the fund's gross yield which exceeds a 5% return (but capped at a
maximum of .24%).
The VIP II Index 500 Portfolio pays a monthly fee at the annual rate of .28% of
the Portfolio's average net assets.
Set forth in the table below is the individual fund fee rate for the portfolios
and their 1996 aggregate advisory rate, comprised of the individual and group
rates, as a percentage of average net assets, and the VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's 1996 advisory rate as a percentage of average net assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996
Portfolio Individual Rate Aggregate Rate
- --------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market .03% .21%
VIP High Income .45% .59%
VIP Equity-Income .20% .51%
VIP Growth .30% .61%
VIP Overseas .45% .76%
VIP II Investment Grade
Bond .30% .45%
VIP II Asset Manager .25% .64%
VIP II Index 500 N/A .13%
VIP II Contrafund .30% .61%
VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth .30% .65%
VIP III Balanced .20% .48%
VIP III Growth Opportunities .30% .61%
VIP III Growth & Income .20% .50%
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios. Set forth below is a summary of the
investment objectives of the Portfolios of the Funds. There can be no assurance
that these objectives will be achieved. You should read the Funds' prospectus
carefully before investing.
VIP Money Market Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as
is consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only
in high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments and
their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
VIP High Income Portfolio
-------------------------
VIP High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed-income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities. In view of the types of securities in which this Portfolio
invests, you should read the complete risk disclosure for this Portfolio in the
Funds' prospectus before investing in it.
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital appreciation
as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its assets in income-
producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt securities.
VIP Growth Portfolio
--------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
VIP Overseas Portfolio
----------------------
VIP Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in securities from at least three countries outside North America.
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income
as is consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range
of investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the VIP
II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated
securities judged by Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over
the long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term money
market fixed-income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which
will occur when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative
difference in value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in
intermediate to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term money market fixed income
instruments.
12
<PAGE>
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond
to the total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of
common stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective,
the Portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value
of your investment over the long term by investing in equity securities of
companies that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on
companies that are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital
appreciation. VIP II Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and
securities convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest
in any type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks
to maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks,
bonds, and short-term money market instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which
represents the way the fund's investments will generally be allocated over the
long term. The range and approximate neutral mix for each asset class are shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Range Neutral Mix
----- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Stock Class 0-100% 70%
Bond Class 0-100% 25%
Short-Term/
Money Market Class 0-100% 5%
</TABLE>
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio seeks to provide capital growth by
investing primarily in common stocks and securities convertible into common
stock. It has the flexibility to adjust its investment mix between growth,
cyclical and value stocks as market conditions change. The portfolio seeks
growth through either appreciation of the security itself or an increase in the
company's earning or gross sales.
VIP III Balanced Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP III Balanced Portfolio seeks both income and growth of capital by investing
in a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed-income securities. It uses a
balanced approach to provide the best possible total return from investments in
foreign and domestic equity securities, convertible securities, preferred and
common stocks paying any combination of dividends and capital gains, and fixed
income securities.
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
---------------------------------
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital with some
current income. It invests primarily in stocks of companies that offer
potential for growth in earnings while paying dividends, but offer the potential
for capital appreciation on future income. Investments may include common and
preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed-income securities and foreign
securities.
Fixed Accounts
Because of applicable exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in
contracts attributable to Fixed Accounts have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"), nor under the Investment Company Act of
1940 ("1940 Act"). Thus, neither such contracts nor our General Account, which
guarantees the values and
13
<PAGE>
benefits under those contracts, are generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. Accordingly, we have been advised
that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the
disclosure in this prospectus relating to the Fixed Accounts or the General
Account. Disclosures regarding the Fixed Accounts or the General Account may,
however, be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the Federal
securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in
prospectuses.
Guaranteed Rate Options
We offer GROs with durations of two, four, six and ten years. We may from time
to time change the durations available. Each allocation to a GRO locks in a
fixed effective annual interest rate declared by us (Guaranteed Interest Rate)
for the duration you select (your GRO Account). The duration of your GRO
Account is the Guarantee Period. Each contribution or transfer to a GRO
establishes a new GRO Account at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate
declared by us. We will not declare an interest rate less than 3%. Each GRO
Account expires at the end of the duration you have selected. See "Renewals of
GRO Accounts" below. Values and benefits under your contract attributable to
GROs are guaranteed by the reserves in our GRO separate account as well as by
our General Account.
The value of each of your GRO Accounts is referred to as a GRO Value. The GRO
Value at the expiration of the GRO Account, assuming you have not transferred or
withdrawn any amounts, will be the amount allocated plus interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate. We credit interest daily at an effective annual rate
equal to the Guaranteed Interest Rate. We allocate interest at the end of each
contract year and at the time of any transfer, full or partial withdrawal,
payment of a death benefit or purchase of any annuity benefit.
We may declare a higher rate of interest in the first year for any Contribution
allocated to a GRO which will exceed the Guaranteed Interest Rate credited
during the remaining years of the Guarantee Period (Enhanced Rate). This
Enhanced Rate will be guaranteed for the Guaranteed Period's first year and
declared at the time of purchase. We reserve the right to declare and credit
additional interest based on Contribution, Account Value, withdrawal dates,
economic conditions or on any other lawful, nondiscriminatory basis (Additional
Interest). Any Enhanced Rate and Additional Interest credited to your GRO
Account will be separate from the Guaranteed Interest Rate and not used in the
Market Value Adjustment formula. The Enhanced Rate or Additional Interest may
not be made applicable under contracts issued in certain states.
Each group of GRO Accounts of the same duration is considered one GRO, ( i.e.
all of your two-year GRO Accounts are one GRO while all of your four-year GRO
Accounts are another GRO.)
You may obtain information about our current Guaranteed Interest Rates by
calling our Administrative Office.
Allocations to GROs may not be made under contracts issued in certain states.
Renewals of GRO Accounts. When a GRO Account expires, a new GRO Account of the
same duration, at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be established
unless you withdraw your GRO Value or transfer it to another Investment Option.
We will notify you in writing before the expiration of your GRO Accounts. You
must notify us prior to the expiration of your GRO Accounts of any changes you
desire to make. See "Transfers" in Part 5.
Any renewal of a GRO Account will be implemented on the expiration date of the
GRO Account. You will receive the current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable on
the expiration date. If a GRO Account expires and it cannot be renewed for the
same duration, it will be renewed for the next shortest available duration,
unless you instruct us otherwise within 30 days prior to expiration of the GRO
Account. You may not choose, and we will not renew a GRO Account that expires
after your Retirement Date.
Market Value Adjustments. A Market Value Adjustment is an adjustment, either up
or down, in your GRO Value prior to the expiration of your GRO Account. A Market
Value Adjustment will be made for each transfer, partial withdrawal in excess of
the free withdrawal amount, surrender, or purchase of an annuity benefit from a
GRO
14
<PAGE>
Account that occurs other than within 30 days prior to the expiration of the GRO
Account. There will be no Market Value Adjustment made for a death benefit. The
market adjusted value may be higher or lower than the GRO Value. In no event,
however, may the market adjusted value in each GRO Account be less than the
Minimum Value, an amount equal to your allocation to such GRO Account plus 3%
interest, compounded annually, less previous withdrawals from such GRO Account
and less any applicable contingent withdrawal charges. The Minimum Value for
partial withdrawals or transfers will be calculated on a pro-rata basis.
The Market Value Adjustment applicable to a GRO Account prior to its expiration
reflects the relationship between the Guaranteed Interest Rate for such GRO
Account and the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to a newly
elected GRO Account of a duration equal to the time remaining in your GRO
Account. The Market Value Adjustment will reduce the GRO Value (but not below
the Minimum Value) if the current Guaranteed Interest Rate is higher than the
Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
Conversely, the Market Value Adjustment will increase the GRO Value if the
current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower than the Guaranteed Interest Rate
being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
The Market Value Adjustment (MVA) for a GRO Account is determined under the
following formula:
MVA = GRO Value x [(1 + A)/N/12/ / (1 + B + .0025)/N/12/ - 1], where
A is the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to the GRO Account subject to
the Market Value Adjustment,
B is the current Guaranteed Interest Rate, as of the effective date of the
application of the Market Value Adjustment, for current allocations to a GRO
Account, the length of which is equal to the number of whole months remaining
in your GRO Account. Subject to certain adjustments, if such remaining period
is not equal to an exact period for which we have declared a new Guaranteed
Interest Rate, B will be determined by interpolating between the Guaranteed
Interest Rates for GRO Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next
lower) the remaining period described above.
N is the number of whole months remaining in your GRO Account.
For contracts issued in certain states, the formula above will be adjusted to
comply with applicable state requirements.
If the remaining term of your GRO Account is 30 days or less, the Market Value
Adjustment for your GRO Account shall be zero. If for any reason we are no
longer declaring current Guaranteed Interest Rates, then for purposes of
determining B we will use the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Notes
with the same remaining term as your GRO Account, interpolating when necessary,
in place of the current Guaranteed Interest Rate or Rates.
For illustrations of the application of the Market Value Adjustment formula, see
Appendix A.
Systematic Transfer Option
We also offer a STO which guarantees an interest rate that we declare in advance
for each calendar quarter. This interest rate applies to all contributions
within the STO Account at the time the rate is declared. You must transfer all
STO contributions into other Investment Options within one year of your most
recent STO contribution. Transfers will be made automatically in equal quarterly
or monthly installments of not less than $1,000 each. No transfers into the STO
from other Investment Options are permitted. Withdrawals from the STO are
subject to normal contingent withdrawal charges. We guarantee that the STO's
effective annual yield will never be less than 3.0%. See "Systematic Transfer
Program" in Part 8 for details on this program. This option may not be
currently available in some states.
15
<PAGE>
PART 4 - DEDUCTIONS AND CHARGES
Separate Account Charges
Integrity deducts from the unit value every calendar day an amount equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value in the Variable Account
Options. This daily expense rate cannot be increased without your consent.
Various portions of this total charge, as described below, pay for certain
services to the Separate Account and the contracts.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of .15% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for administrative expenses not covered by
the annual administrative charge described below. The daily administrative
charge, like the annual administrative charge, is designed to reimburse
Integrity for expenses actually incurred, without profit.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of 1.20% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for Integrity's assuming the expense risk
(.85%) and the mortality risk (.35%) under the contract. The expense risk is the
risk that our actual expenses of administering the contracts will exceed the
annual administrative expense charge. In this context, mortality risk refers to
the cost of insuring the risk Integrity takes that annuitants, as a class of
persons, will live longer than estimated and therefore require Integrity to pay
out more annuity benefits than anticipated. The relative proportion of the
mortality and expense risk charges may be modified, but the total effective
annual risk charge of 1.20% of the value of the Variable Account Options may not
be increased on your Contract.
Integrity may realize a gain from these daily charges to the extent they are not
needed to meet the actual expenses incurred.
Annual Administrative Charge
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 on the last day of any contract year
prior to the your Retirement Date, Integrity charges an annual administrative
charge of $30. This charge is deducted from your Account Value in each
Investment Option on a pro-rata basis. The portion of the charge applicable to
the Variable Account Options will reduce the number of units credited to you.
The portion of the charge applicable to Fixed Accounts is withdrawn in dollars.
The annual administrative charge will be pro-rated based on the number of days
that have elapsed in the contract year in the event of the Annuitant's
retirement, death, or termination of a contract during a contract year. The
annual administrative charge is waived for employees of Integrity or National
Integrity Life Insurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrity
(National Integrity), who purchase contracts under the salary allotment program
of either company.
Fund Charges
Our Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. That
price reflects investment advisory fees and other direct expenses that have
already been deducted from the assets of the Funds. The amount charged for
investment management may not be increased without the prior approval of the
Funds' respective shareholders. See "The Funds" in Part 3.
State Premium Tax Deduction
Integrity will not deduct state premium taxes from your contributions before
applying the contributions to the Investment Options, unless required to pay
such taxes under applicable state law. If the Annuitant elects an annuity
benefit, Integrity will deduct any applicable state premium taxes from the
amount otherwise available for an annuity benefit. State premium taxes, if
applicable, currently range up to 4%.
Contingent Withdrawal Charge
No sales charges are applied when you make a contribution to the contract.
Contributions withdrawn will be subject to a withdrawal charge of up to 7%. As
shown below, the percentage charge varies, depending upon the
16
<PAGE>
"age" of the contributions included in the withdrawal-that is, the contract year
in which each contribution was made. The maximum percentage of 7% would apply if
the entire amount of the withdrawal consisted of contributions made during your
current contract year. No withdrawal charge applies when you withdraw
contributions made earlier than your fifth prior contract year. For purposes of
calculating the withdrawal charge, (1) the oldest contributions will be treated
as the first withdrawn and more recent contributions next, and (2) partial
withdrawals up to the free withdrawal amount will not be considered a withdrawal
of any contributions. For partial withdrawals, the total amount deducted from
your Account Value will include the withdrawal amount requested, any applicable
Market Value Adjustment, and any applicable withdrawal charge, so that the net
amount you receive will be the amount requested.
During any contract year, no charge will be applied to your partial withdrawals
that do not exceed the free withdrawal amount. On any Business Day, the free
withdrawal amount is the greater of (i) 10% of your Account Value and (ii) any
investment gain during the prior contract year, less withdrawals during the
current contract year. Investment gain is calculated as the increase in the
Account Value during the prior contract year, minus contributions during such
year, plus withdrawals made during such year. If any partial withdrawal exceeds
the free withdrawal amount, we will deduct the applicable contingent withdrawal
charge with respect to such excess amount. The contingent withdrawal charge is a
sales charge to defray our costs of selling and promoting the contracts. We do
not expect that revenues from contingent withdrawal charges will cover all of
such costs. Any shortfall will be made up from our General Account assets,
including any profits from other charges under the contracts.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Contract Year in Which Charge as a % of the
Withdrawn Contribution Was Made Contribution Withdrawn
------------------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C>
Current........................ 7%
First Prior.................... 6
Second Prior................... 5
Third Prior.................... 4
Fourth Prior................... 3
Fifth Prior.................... 2
Sixth Prior and Earlier........ 0
</TABLE>
No contingent withdrawal charge will be applied to any amount withdrawn if the
Annuitant uses the withdrawal either to purchase from Integrity an immediate
annuity benefit with life contingencies or an immediate annuity without life
contingencies which provides for level payments over five or more years, with a
restricted prepayment option. Similarly, no charge will be applied if the
Annuitant dies and the withdrawal is made by the Annuitant's beneficiary. See
"Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions" in Part 5.
Unless specifically instructed otherwise, Integrity will make withdrawals
(including any applicable charges) from the Investment Options in the same ratio
the Annuitant's Account Value in each Investment Option bears to the Annuitant's
total Account Value. The minimum withdrawal permitted is $300.
Transfer Charge
No charge is made for your first twelve transfers among the Variable Account
Options or the GROs during a contract year. We are, however, permitted to charge
up to $20 for each additional transfer during that contract year. (No transfer
charge will apply to transfers under our Dollar Cost Averaging or Individual
Asset Rebalancing programs, or under systematic transfers from the STO, nor will
such transfers count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract
year before we may impose a transfer charge). See "Transfers" in Part 5.
Transfers from a GRO may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See
"Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3.
17
<PAGE>
Tax Reserve
We have the right to make a charge in the future for taxes or for reserves set
aside for taxes, which will reduce the investment experience of the Variable
Account Options.
PART 5 - TERMS OF YOUR VARIABLE ANNUITY
Contributions Under Your Contract
You can make contributions of at least $100 at any time up to the Annuitant's
Retirement Date. Your first contribution, however, cannot be less than $1,000.
We will accept contributions of at least $50 for salary allotment programs. We
have special rules for minimum contribution amounts for tax-favored retirement
programs. See "Special Rules for Tax-Favored Retirement Programs" in Part 7.
We may limit the total contributions under one contract to $1,000,000 if you are
under age 76 or to $250,000 if you are 76 to 79 years of age. Once you reach
eight years before your Retirement Date, we may refuse to accept any
contribution made for you. Contributions may also be limited by various laws or
prohibited by Integrity for all Annuitants under the contract. If your
contributions are made under a tax-favored retirement program, we will not
measure them against the maximum limits set by law.
Contributions are applied to the various Investment Options selected by you and
are used to pay annuity and death benefits.
Each contribution is credited as of the date we have received (as defined below)
at our Administrative Office both the contribution and instructions for
allocation among the Investment Options. At any time you may have amounts in not
more than nine Investment Options. For purposes of calculating the nine
Investment Options, each of your GRO Accounts counts as one Investment Option.
Wire transfers of federal funds are deemed received on the day of transmittal if
credited to our account by 3 p.m. Eastern Time, otherwise they are deemed
received on the next Business Day. Contributions by check or mail are deemed
received not later than the second Business Day after they are delivered to our
Administrative Office. A Business Day is any day other than a weekend or a
national bank holiday.
You can change your choice of Investment Options at any time by writing to the
Administrative Office. The request should indicate your contract number and the
specific change, and you should sign the request. When it is received by the
Administrative Office, the change will be effective for any contribution which
accompanies it and for all future contributions.
Your Account Value
Your Account Value reflects various charges. See Part 4, "Deductions and
Charges." Annual deductions are made as of the last day of each contract year.
Withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustments, if applicable, are made as of
the effective date of the transaction. Charges against our Separate Account are
reflected daily. Any amount allocated to a Variable Account Option will go up or
down in value depending on the investment experience of that Option. For
contributions allocated to the Variable Account Options, there are no guaranteed
values. The value of your contributions allocated to Fixed Accounts is
guaranteed, subject to any applicable Market Value Adjustments. See "Guaranteed
Rate Options" in Part 3.
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account
Allocations to the Variable Account Options are used to purchase units. On any
given day, the value you have in a Variable Account Option is the unit value
multiplied by the number of units credited to you in that Option. The units of
each Variable Account Option have different unit values.
18
<PAGE>
The number of units purchased or redeemed (sold) in any Variable Account Option
is calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the transaction by the Option's
unit value, calculated after the close of business that day. The number of units
for a Variable Account Option at any time is the number of units purchased less
the number of units redeemed. The value of units fluctuates with the investment
performance of the corresponding Portfolios of the Funds which in turn reflects
the investment income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of
the Portfolios, as well as the Funds' expenses. The unit values also change
because of deductions and charges we make to our Separate Account. The number of
units credited to you, however, will not vary because of changes in unit values.
Units of a Variable Account Option are purchased when you allocate new
contributions or transfer prior contributions to that Option. Units are redeemed
when you make withdrawals or transfer amounts from a Variable Account Option. We
also redeem units to pay the death benefit when the Annuitant dies and to pay
the annual administrative charge.
How We Determine Unit Value
We determine unit values for each Variable Account Option on the Valuation Date.
The Valuation Date for purposes of determining unit values is 4 p.m. Eastern
Time on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
The unit value of each Variable Account Option for any day on which we determine
unit values is equal to the unit value for the last day on which a unit value
was determined multiplied by the net investment factor for that Option on the
current day. We determine a net investment factor for each Option as follows:
- First, we take the value of the shares belonging to the Option in the
corresponding Portfolio at the close of business that day (before giving
effect to any transactions for that day, such as contributions or
withdrawals). For this purpose, we use the share value reported to us by the
Funds.
- Next, we add any dividends or capital gains distributions by the Fund on
that day.
- Then, we charge or credit for any taxes or amounts set aside as a reserve
for taxes.
- Then, we divide this amount by the value of the amounts in the Option at the
close of business on the last day on which a unit value was determined
(after giving effect to any transactions on that day).
- Finally, we subtract a daily asset charge for each calendar day since the
last day on which a unit value was determined (for example, a Monday
calculation will include charges for Saturday and Sunday). The daily charge
is .00003721, which is an effective annual rate of 1.35%. This charge is for
the mortality risk, administrative expenses and expense risk assumed by us
under the contract.
Generally, this means that we adjust unit values to reflect what happens to the
Fund, and also for the mortality and expense risk charge and any charge for
administrative expenses or taxes.
Transfers
You may transfer your Account Value among the Variable Account Options and the
GROs, subject to Integrity's then current transfer restrictions. You may not
make a transfer into the STO. Transfers to a GRO must be to a newly elected GRO
(i.e. to a GRO that you have not elected before) at the then-current Guaranteed
Interest Rate, unless Integrity otherwise consents. Transfers from a GRO other
than within 30 days prior to the expiration date of a GRO Account are subject to
a Market Value Adjustment. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3. For amounts
in GROs, transfers will be made according to the order in which monies were
originally allocated to any GRO.
The amount transferred must be at least $250 or, if less, the entire amount in
the Investment Option. After twelve transfers have been made by you during a
contract year, a charge of up to $20 may apply to each additional transfer
during that contract year, except that no charge will be made for transfers
under our Dollar Cost
19
<PAGE>
Averaging, Individual Asset Rebalancing or systematic transfer programs,
described in Part 8. Once annuity payments begin, transfers are no longer
permitted.
Written transfer requests must be sent directly to the Administrative Office.
Each Annuitant's request for a transfer must specify the contract number, the
amounts to be transferred and the Investment Options to and from which the
amounts are to be transferred. Transfers may also be arranged through our
telephone transfer service provided you have established a Personal
Identification Number (PIN Code). We will honor telephone transfer instructions
from any person who provides correct identifying information, and we are not
responsible in the event of a fraudulent telephone transfer which is believed to
be genuine in accordance with these procedures. Accordingly, you bear the risk
of loss if unauthorized persons make transfers on your behalf.
A transfer request will be effective as of the Business Day it is received by
our Administrative Office. A transfer request does not change the allocation of
current or future contributions among the Investment Options. Telephone
transfers may be requested from 8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on any day
we are open for business. You will receive the Variable Account Options' unit
values as of the close of business on the day you call. Accordingly, transfer
requests received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time will be processed using unit
values as of the close of business on the next Business Day after the day you
call. All transfers will be confirmed in writing.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as frequently
as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. A withdrawal charge of
up to 7% of the contribution amount withdrawn, as adjusted for any applicable
Market Value Adjustment and the withdrawal charge itself will be deducted from
your Account Value, unless one of the exceptions applies. See "Guaranteed Rate
Options" in Part 3 and "Contingent Withdrawal Charge" in Part 4. Most
withdrawals made by you prior to age 59-1/2 are also subject to a 10% federal
tax penalty. In addition, some tax-favored retirement programs limit
withdrawals. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts" for further information
regarding various tax consequences associated with the contracts.
Assignments
You may not assign the contract as collateral or security for a loan, but an
Owner whose contract is not related to a tax-favored program may otherwise
assign the contract before the Annuitant's Retirement Date. An assignment of the
contract as a gift may, however, have adverse tax consequences. See Part 7,
"Tax Aspects of the Contracts." Integrity will not be bound by an assignment
unless it is in writing and we have received it at the Administrative Office.
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions
A death benefit is available to a beneficiary if the Annuitant dies prior to the
Retirement Date.
The amount of the death benefit is the greatest of:
. your Account Value
. the highest Account Value at the beginning of any contract year, plus
subsequent contributions and minus subsequent withdrawals
. your total contributions less the sum of withdrawals
"Subsequent withdrawals" for purposes of calculation of a death benefit reflect
any market value adjustments applicable to such withdrawals.
See the Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 1997 regarding death
benefit information for contracts issued prior to January 1, 1996.
20
<PAGE>
The death benefit amount is determined as of the date proof of death and
instructions for payment of proceeds are received by the Administrative Office.
Death benefits (and benefit distributions required because of a separate Owner's
death) can be paid in a lump sum or as an annuity. If no benefit option is
selected for the beneficiary at the Annuitant's death, the beneficiary can
select an option.
The beneficiary of the death benefit under a contract is selected by the Owner.
An Owner may change beneficiaries by submitting the appropriate form to the
Administrative Office. If no Annuitant's beneficiary survives the Annuitant,
then the death benefit is generally paid to the Annuitant's estate. No death
benefit will be paid after the Annuitant's death if there is a contingent
Annuitant. In that case, the contingent Annuitant becomes the new Annuitant
under the contract.
Generally, the Owner also may select his or her own beneficiary. If the Owner
dies before the Annuitant's Retirement Date, an Owner's beneficiary will become
the Owner of the contract and may be required to receive benefit distributions.
Annuity Benefits
All annuity benefits under your contract are calculated as of the Retirement
Date selected by you. The Retirement Date can be changed by written notice to
the Administrative Office any time prior to the Retirement Date. The Retirement
Date may be no later than your 85th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary,
whichever is later. The terms of the contracts applicable to the various
retirement programs, along with the federal tax laws, establish certain minimum
and maximum retirement ages.
Annuity benefits may take the form of a lump sum payment or an annuity. A lump
sum payment will provide the Annuitant with the Cash Value under the contract,
shortly after the Retirement Date. The amount applied for the purchase of an
annuity benefit will be the Adjusted Account Value, except that the Cash Value
will be the amount applied if the annuity benefit does not have a life
contingency and either the term is less than five years or the annuity can be
commuted to a lump sum payment without a withdrawal charge applying.
Annuities
Alternate forms of annuity benefits can provide for fixed or variable payments
which may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Variable
payments will be funded through one or more Separate Account Divisions. For any
annuity, the minimum amount applied to the annuity must be $2,000 and the
minimum initial payment must be at least $20.
If you have not already selected a form of annuity, we will send you, within six
months prior to your Retirement Date, an appropriate notice form on which you
may indicate the type of annuity you desire or confirm to us that the normal
form of annuity, as defined below, is to be provided. However, if we do not
receive a completed form from you on or before your Retirement Date, we will
deem the Retirement Date to have been extended until we receive your written
instructions at our Administrative Office. During such extension, the values
under your contract in the various Investment Options will remain invested in
such options and amounts remaining in Variable Account Options will continue to
be subject to the investment risks associated with those Options. However, your
Retirement Date cannot be extended beyond your 85th birthday or the tenth
contract anniversary, whichever is later. You will receive a lump sum benefit if
you do not make an election by such date.
We currently offer the following types of annuities:
A period certain annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both, to
the Annuitant or the Annuitant's beneficiary (the payee) for a fixed period. The
amount is determined by the period selected. The Annuitant, or if the payee dies
before the end of the period selected, the payee's beneficiary, may elect to
receive the total present value of future payments in cash.
A period certain life annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both,
for at least the period selected and thereafter for the life of the payee or the
payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. You may
21
<PAGE>
not change or redeem the annuity once payments have begun. If the payee (or the
payee and the other annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity) dies before
the period selected ends, the remaining payments will go to another named payee
who may have the right to redeem the annuity and secure the present value of
future guaranteed payments in a lump sum. The normal form of annuity is a fixed
life income annuity with 10 years of payments guaranteed, funded through our
General Account.
A life income annuity provides fixed payments for the life of the payee or the
payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. Once a life
income annuity is selected, the form of annuity cannot be changed or redeemed
for a lump sum payment by the Annuitant or any payee.
Annuity Payments
Fixed annuity payments will not change and are based upon annuity rates provided
in your contract. The size of payments will depend on the form of annuity that
was chosen and, in the case of a life income annuity, on the payee's age (or
payee and a joint annuitant in the case of a joint and survivor annuity) and sex
(except under most tax-favored retirement programs). If Integrity's current
annuity rates then in effect would yield a larger payment, those current rates
will apply instead of the tables.
Variable annuity payments are funded only in the Separate Account Divisions
through the purchase of annuity units. The Variable Account Option or Options
selected cannot be changed after annuity payments begin. The SAI provides
further information concerning the determination of annuity payments. The
number of units purchased is equal to the amount of the first annuity payment
divided by the new annuity unit value for the valuation period which includes
the due date of the first annuity payment. The amount of the first annuity
payment is determined in the same manner for a variable annuity as it is for a
fixed annuity. The number of annuity units stays the same for the annuity
payment period but the new annuity unit value changes to reflect the investment
income and the realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the Variable
Account Option or Options selected, after charges made against it. Annuity unit
values assume a base rate of net investment return of 5%, except in states which
require a lower rate in which case 3.5% will be used. The annuity unit value
will rise or fall depending on whether the actual rate of net investment return
is higher or lower than the assumed base rate. In the SAI, see "Determination of
Annuity Unit Values."
If the age or sex of an annuitant has been misstated, any benefits will be those
which would have been purchased at the correct age and sex. Any overpayments or
underpayments made by us will be charged or credited with interest at the rate
of 6% per year. If we have made overpayments because of incorrect information
about age or sex, we will deduct the overpayment from the next payment or
payments due. We add underpayments to the next payment.
Timing of Payment
We normally make payments from the Variable Account Options, or apply your
Adjusted Account Value to the purchase of an annuity within seven days after
receipt of the required form at our Administrative Office. Our action can be
deferred, however, for any period during which (1) the New York Stock Exchange
has been closed or trading on it is restricted; (2) sales of securities or
determination of the fair value of Separate Account assets is not reasonably
practicable because of an emergency; or (3) the SEC, by order, permits Integrity
to defer action in order to protect persons with interests in the Separate
Account. Integrity can defer payment of your Fixed Accounts for up to six
months, and interest will be paid on any such payment delayed for 30 days or
more.
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions
When you communicate in writing with our Administrative Office, use the address
on the first page of this prospectus. Your request or instruction cannot be
honored unless it is in proper and complete form. Whenever possible, use one of
our printed forms, which may be obtained from our Administrative Office.
22
<PAGE>
PART 6 - VOTING RIGHTS
Fund Voting Rights
Integrity is the legal owner of the shares of the Funds held by the Separate
Account and, as such, has the right to vote on certain matters. Among other
things, we may vote to elect the Funds' Board of Directors, to ratify the
selection of independent auditors for the Funds, and on any other matters
described in the Funds' current prospectus or requiring a vote by shareholders
under the 1940 Act.
Whenever a shareholder vote is taken, we give you the opportunity to tell us how
to vote the number of shares purchased as a result of contributions to your
contract. We will send you Fund proxy materials and a form for giving us voting
instructions.
If we do not receive instructions in time from all Owners, we will vote shares
in a Portfolio for which no instructions have been received in the same
proportion as we vote shares for which we have received instructions. Under
eligible deferred compensation plans and certain Qualified Plans, your voting
instructions must be communicated to us indirectly, through your employer, but
we are not responsible for any failure by your employer to solicit your
instructions or to communicate your instructions to us. We will vote any Fund
shares that we are entitled to vote directly, because of amounts we have
accumulated in our Separate Account, in the same proportions that other Owners
vote. If the federal securities laws or regulations or interpretations of them
change so that we are permitted to vote shares of the Funds in our own right or
to restrict Owner voting, we may do so.
How We Determine Your Voting Shares
You may participate in voting only on matters concerning the Portfolios in which
your contributions have been invested. We determine the number of Fund shares in
each Variable Account Option that are attributable to your contract by dividing
the amount of your Account Value allocated to that Option by the net asset value
of one share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record date set by the
Funds' Board for the Funds' shareholders' meeting. The record date for this
purpose must be no more than 60 days before the meeting of the Funds. We count
fractional shares. After annuity payments have commenced, voting rights are
calculated in a similar manner based on the actuarially determined value of your
interest in each Variable Account Option.
How Fund Shares Are Voted
All Fund shares are entitled to one vote; fractional shares have fractional
votes. Voting is on a Portfolio-by-Portfolio basis, except for certain matters
(for example, election of Directors) which require collective approval. On
matters on which the interests of the individual Portfolios differ, the approval
of the shareholders in one Portfolio is not needed in order to make a decision
in another Portfolio. To the extent shares of the Funds are sold to separate
accounts of other insurance companies, the shares voted by such companies in
accordance with instructions received from their contract holders will dilute
the effect of voting instructions received by Integrity from its Owners.
Separate Account Voting Rights
Under the 1940 Act, certain actions (such as some of those described under
"Changes in How We Operate" in Part 2) may require Owner approval. In that case,
you will be entitled to a number of votes based on the value you have in the
Variable Account Options, as described above under "How We Determine Your Voting
Shares." We will cast votes attributable to amounts we have in the Variable
Account Options in the same proportions as votes cast by Owners.
23
<PAGE>
PART 7 - TAX ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
Introduction
The effect of federal income taxes on the amounts held under a contract, on
annuity payments, and on the economic benefits to the Owner, Annuitant, and the
beneficiary or other payee may depend on Integrity's tax status, on the type of
retirement plan, if any, for which the contract is purchased, and upon the tax
and employment status of the individuals concerned.
The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the contract is
not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations and is not intended to
be tax advice. It is based upon understanding of the present federal income tax
laws as currently interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). No
representation is made regarding the likelihood of continuation of the present
federal income tax laws or of the current interpretations by the IRS or the
courts. Future legislation may affect annuity contracts adversely. Moreover, no
attempt has been made to consider any applicable state or other laws. Because of
the inherent complexity of such laws and the fact that tax results will vary
according to the particular circumstances of the individual involved and, if
applicable, the qualified plan, any person contemplating the purchase of a
contract, contemplating selection of annuity payments under the contract, or
receiving annuity payments under a contract should consult a qualified tax
adviser. INTEGRITY DOES NOT MAKE ANY GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX STATUS,
FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL, OF ANY CONTRACT OR ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING THE
CONTRACTS.
Your Contract is an Annuity
Under the federal tax law, any individual can purchase an annuity with after-tax
dollars and exclude any annuity earnings in taxable income until an actual
distribution is taken from the annuity. Alternatively, the individual (or
employer) may purchase the annuity to fund a tax-favored retirement program
(contributions are with pre-tax dollars), such as an IRA or qualified plan.
This prospectus covers the basic tax rules that apply to an annuity purchased
directly with after-tax dollars, (nonqualified annuity), and some of the special
tax rules which apply to an annuity purchased to fund a tax-favored retirement
program, (qualified annuity). A qualified annuity may restrict your rights and
benefits in order to qualify for its special treatment under the federal tax
law.
Taxation of Annuities Generally
Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), governs
the taxation of annuities. In general, an Owner is not taxed on increases in
value under a contract until some form of withdrawal or distribution is made
under the contract. However, under certain circumstances, the increase in value
may be subject to current federal income tax. For example, corporations,
partnerships, trusts and other non-natural persons cannot defer the taxation of
current income credited to the contract unless an exception applies. In
addition, if an Owner transfers an annuity as a gift to someone other than a
spouse (or divorced spouse), any increase in its value will be taxed at the time
of transfer. The assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of a contract
will be treated as a distribution of that portion of the value of the contract.
Section 72 provides that the proceeds of a full or partial withdrawal from a
contract prior to the date on which annuity payments begin are treated first as
taxable income to the extent that the Account Value exceeds the "investment" or
"basis" in the contract and then as non-taxable recovery of the investment or
basis in the contract. Generally, the investment or basis in the contract
equals the contributions made by or on your behalf, less any amounts previously
withdrawn which were not treated as taxable income. Special rules may apply if
the contract includes contributions made prior to August 14, 1982 which were
rolled over to the contract in a tax-free exchange.
Once annuity payments begin, the Annuitant recovers a portion of the investment
tax-free from each payment. The non-taxable portion of each payment is based on
the ratio of the Annuitant's investment to his or her expected return under the
contract (exclusion Ratio). The remainder of each payment will be ordinary
income.
24
<PAGE>
After you have recovered your total investment, future payments are fully
included in income. If the Annuitant dies prior to recovering the total
investment, a deduction for the remaining basis will generally be allowed on the
Annuitant's final federal income tax return.
Withholding of federal income taxes on all distributions may be required unless
the recipient who is eligible elects not to have any amounts withheld and
properly notifies Integrity of that election.
The taxable portion of a distribution is treated as ordinary income and is taxed
at ordinary income tax rates. In addition, a tax penalty of 10% applies to the
taxable portion of a distribution unless the distribution is: (1) on or after
the date on which the taxpayer attains age 59-1/2; (2) as a result of the death
of the Owner; (3) attributable to the taxpayer becoming disabled within the
meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7); (4) from certain qualified plans (note,
however, other penalties may apply); (5) under a qualified funding asset (as
defined in Section 130(d) of the Code); (6) purchased by an employer on
termination of certain types of qualified plans and held by the employer until
the employee separates from service; or (7) under an immediate annuity as
defined in Code Section 72(u)(4).
All annuity contracts issued by Integrity or its affiliates to one Annuitant
during any calendar year are treated as a single contract in measuring the
taxable income that results from surrenders and withdrawals under any one of the
contracts.
Distribution-at-Death Rules
Under section 72(s) of the Code, in order to be treated as an annuity, a
contract must provide the following distribution rules: (a) if any Owner dies
on or after the Retirement Date and before the entire interest in the contract
has been distributed, then the remaining portion of such interest must be
distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on the date of the
Owner's death; and (b) if any Owner dies before the Retirement Date, the entire
interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date of
the Owner's death. To the extent such interest is payable to a beneficiary,
however, such interest may be annuitized over the life of that beneficiary or
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that beneficiary, so
long as distributions commence within one year after the Owner's death. If the
beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner, the contract (along with the deferred
tax status) may be continued in the name of the spouse as the Owner.
If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant," as defined in the
Code, is considered the Owner. The primary annuitant is the individual who is of
primary importance in affecting the timing of the amount of payout under a
contract. In addition, when the Owner is not an individual, a change in the
primary annuitant is treated as the death of the Owner. Finally, in the case of
joint owners, the distribution-at-death rules will be applied at the death of
the first Owner.
Diversification Standards
Each Portfolio of the Fund will be required to adhere to regulations adopted by
the Treasury Department pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code prescribing asset
diversification requirements for investment companies whose shares are sold to
insurance company separate accounts funding variable contracts. The investment
manager for the Funds monitors the investments in order to comply with the
regulations to assure that the contracts continue to be treated as annuities for
federal income tax purposes.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets if the contract owner possesses
incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise
investment control over the assets. In those circumstances, income and gains
from the separate account assets would be includable in the variable contract
owner's gross income. The Treasury Department also announced, in connection
with the issuance of regulations concerning diversification, that those
regulations "do not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in which
investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the
investor (i.e., the Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as
the owner of the assets in the account." This announcement also stated that
guidance would be issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to
which policyholders may direct their investments to particular subaccounts
25
<PAGE>
without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of the date of
this prospectus, no such guidance has been issued.
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
The contract is designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement
plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Numerous special tax
rules apply to the participants in such qualified plans and to the contracts
used in connection with such qualified plans. These tax rules vary according to
the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. Owners,
Annuitants, and beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any
benefits under qualified plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the
plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the contract. In
addition, loans from qualified contracts, where allowed, are subject to a
variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the amount that may be
borrowed, the duration of the loan, and the manner in which the loans must be
repaid. (Owners should always consult their tax advisors and retirement plan
fiduciaries prior to exercising their loan privileges.) Also, special rules
apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the
distributions must be paid. Therefore, no attempt is made to provide more than
general information about the use of contracts with the various types of
qualified plans.
Integrity reserves the right to change its administrative rules, such as minimum
contribution amounts, as needed to comply with the Code as to tax-favored
retirement programs.
Following are brief descriptions of various types of qualified plans in
connection with which Integrity may issue a contract.
Individual Retirement Annuities
- -------------------------------
Code Section 408 permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual
retirement program known as an IRA. An individual who receives compensation and
who has not reached age 70-1/2 by the end of the tax year may establish an IRA
and make contributions up to the deadline for filing his or her federal income
tax return for that year (without extensions). IRAs are subject to limitations
on the amount that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on
the time when distributions may commence. An individual may also rollover
amounts distributed from another IRA or another tax-favored retirement program
to an IRA contract. Your IRA contract will be issued with a rider outlining the
special terms of your contract which apply to IRAs.
Tax Sheltered Annuities
- -----------------------
Section 403(b) of the Code permits the purchase of tax-sheltered annuities (TSA)
by public schools and certain charitable, educational and scientific
organizations described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code. The contract is not
intended to accept other than employee contributions. Such contributions are not
includible in the gross income of the employee until the employee receives
distributions from the contract. The amount of contributions to the TSA is
limited to certain maximums imposed by Code sections 403(b), 415 and 402(g).
Furthermore, the Code sets forth additional restrictions governing such items as
transferability, distributions and withdrawals. Any employee should obtain
competent tax advice as to the tax treatment and suitability of such an
investment. Your contract will be issued with a rider outlining the special
terms which apply to a TSA.
Simplified Employee Pensions
- ----------------------------
Section 408(k) of the Code allows employers to establish simplified employee
pension plans (SEP-IRAs) for their employees, using the employees' IRAs for such
purposes, if certain criteria are met. Under these plans the employer may,
within specified limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the
employees to IRAs. Employers intending to use the contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent advice. The SEP-IRA will be issued with a rider
outlining the special terms of the contract.
26
<PAGE>
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension and Profit Sharing Plans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish
various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed
Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as
"H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such
tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans may permit the purchase of the contract in order to provide
benefits under the plans. Employers intending to use the contract in connection
with such plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves the right to
request documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists and is being
properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Organizations
- -------------
Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and
tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying
current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. To the extent the contracts are used in connection with an
eligible plan, employees are considered general creditors of the employer and
the employer as Owner of the contract has the sole right to the proceeds of the
contract. However, Section 457(g), as added by the Small Business and Jobs
Protection Act (SBJPA) of 1996, provides that on and after August 20, 1996, a
plan maintained by an eligible governmental employer must hold all assets and
income of the plan in a trust, custodial account, or annuity contract for the
exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. If the plan is in
existence on August 20, 1996, the employer need not establish a trust, custodial
account, or annuity contract until January 1, 1999. Loans to employees may be
permitted under such plans; however, a Section 457 plan is not required to allow
loans. Contributions to a contract in connection with an eligible government
plan are subject to limitations. Those who intend to use the contracts in
connection with such plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves
the right to request documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists
and is being properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
Distributions from tax-favored plans are subject to certain restrictions. Prior
to the enactment of the 1996 SBJPA, distributions of minimum amounts specified
by the Code must have commenced by April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which the participant reaches age 70-1/2. The SBJPA provides
participants in qualified plans, with the exception of five-percent owners and
IRA holders, to begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year
following the later of either (i) the calendar year in which the employee
reaches age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which the employee retires.
Additional distribution rules apply after the participant's death. Failure to
make mandatory distributions may result in the imposition of a 50% penalty tax
on any difference between the required distribution amount and the amount
distributed. Distributions to a participant from all plans (other than 457
plans) in a calendar year that exceed a specific limit under the Code are
generally subject to a 15% penalty tax (in addition to any ordinary income tax)
on the excess portion of the distributions. However, the SBJPA of 1996 has
suspended the excise tax on excess distributions. The provision relating to the
excise tax on excess distributions is effective with respect to distributions
received in 1997, 1998 and 1999.
Distributions from a tax-favored plan (not including an IRA subject to Code
Section 408) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, in the form of a
lump sum settlement or periodic annuity payments for a fixed period of fewer
than 10 years are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the
taxable amount of the distribution, unless (1) the distributee directs the
transfer of such amounts in cash to another plan or an IRA; or (2) the payment
is a minimum distribution required under the Code. The taxable amount is the
amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-tax contributions.
All other types of taxable distributions are subject to withholding unless the
distributee elects not to have withholding apply.
We are not permitted to make distributions from a contract unless a request has
been made. It is therefore your responsibility to comply with the minimum
distribution rules. You should consult your tax adviser regarding these rules
and their proper application.
27
<PAGE>
The above description of the federal income tax consequences of the different
types of tax-favored retirement plans which may be funded by the contract is
only a brief summary and is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
provisions of plans are extremely complex and often difficult to comprehend.
Anything less than full compliance with all applicable rules, all of which are
subject to change, may have adverse tax consequences. A prospective Owner
considering adoption of a plan and purchase of a contract in connection
therewith should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser, with
regard to the suitability of the contract as an investment vehicle for the plan.
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding
Integrity will withhold and remit to the U.S. government a part of the taxable
portion of each distribution made under a contract unless the distributee
notifies Integrity at or before the time of the distribution of an election not
to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Integrity may be
required to withhold tax, as explained above. The withholding rates applicable
to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible
rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally
applicable to payments of wages. In addition, the withholding rate applicable to
the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including withdrawals prior to the
maturity date) is 10%. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to
eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply to
payments made to residents. Generally, an election out of federal withholding
will also be considered an election out of state withholding. For more
information concerning a particular state, call our Administrative Office at the
toll-free number.
Impact of Taxes to Integrity
The contracts provide that Integrity may charge the Separate Account for taxes.
Integrity can also set up reserves for taxes.
Transfers Among Investment Options
There will not be any tax liability if you transfer any part of the Account
Value among the Investment Options of your contract.
PART 8 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Systematic Withdrawals
We offer a program for systematic withdrawals that allows you to pre-authorize
periodic withdrawals from your contract prior to your Retirement Date. You may
choose to have withdrawals made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually
and may specify the day of the month (other than the 29th, 30th or 31st) on
which the withdrawal is to be made. You may specify a dollar amount for each
withdrawal or an annual percentage to be withdrawn. The minimum systematic
withdrawal currently is $100. You may also specify an account for direct
deposit of your systematic withdrawals. To enroll under our systematic
withdrawal program, you must deliver the appropriate administrative form to our
Administrative Office. Withdrawals may begin not less than one business day
after our receipt of the form. You or we may terminate your participation in the
program upon one day's prior written notice, and we may terminate or amend the
systematic withdrawal program at any time. If on any withdrawal date you do not
have sufficient values to make all of the withdrawals you have specified, no
withdrawals will be made and your enrollment in the program will be ended.
Amounts withdrawn by you under the systematic withdrawal program may be within
the free withdrawal amount in which case neither a contingent withdrawal charge
nor a Market Value Adjustment will be made. See "Contingent Withdrawal Charge"
in Part 4. Amounts withdrawn under the systematic withdrawal program in excess
of the free withdrawal amount will be subject to a contingent withdrawal charge
and a Market Value Adjustment if applicable. Withdrawals also may be subject to
the 10% federal tax penalty for early withdrawals under the contracts and to
income taxation. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
28
<PAGE>
Dollar Cost Averaging
We offer a dollar cost averaging program under which allocations to the VIP
Money Market Option are automatically transferred on a monthly, quarterly, semi-
annual or annual basis to one or more other Variable Account Options. You must
specify a dollar amount to be transferred into each Variable Account Option, and
the current minimum transfer to each Option is $250. No transfer charge will
apply to transfers under our dollar cost averaging program, and such transfers
will not count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year
before we may impose a transfer charge.
To enroll under our dollar cost averaging program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You or we may
terminate your participation in the program upon one day's prior written notice,
and we may terminate or amend the dollar cost averaging program at any time. If
you do not have sufficient funds in the VIP Money Market Option to transfer to
each Variable Account Option specified, no transfer will be made and your
enrollment in the program will be ended.
Systematic Transfer Program
We also offer a systematic transfer program under which contributions to the STO
are automatically transferred on a monthly or quarterly basis, as selected by
you, to one or more other Investment Options. Your STO contributions will be
transferred in equal installments of not less than $1,000 over a one year
period. If you do not have sufficient funds in the STO to transfer to each
Option specified, a final transfer will be made on a pro rata basis and your
enrollment in the program will be ended. Any funds remaining in the STO at the
end of the one year period during which transfers are required to be made will
be transferred at the end of such period on a pro rata basis to the Options
previously elected by you for this program. No transfer charge will apply to
transfers under our systematic transfer program, and such transfers will not
count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year before we may
impose a transfer charge.
To enroll under our systematic transfer program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. We reserve the
right to terminate the systematic transfer program in whole or in part, or to
place restrictions on contributions to the program. This program may not be
currently available in some states.
Individual Asset Rebalancing
We offer an individual asset rebalancing program whereby you can select the
frequency for rebalancing. Frequencies available include rebalancing monthly,
quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The value in the Variable Account Options
will be automatically rebalanced by transfers among such Variable Account
Options, and you will receive a confirmation notice after each rebalancing.
Transfers will occur only to and from those Variable Account Options where you
have current contribution allocations. No transfer charge will apply to
transfers under our Individual Asset Rebalancing program, and such transfers
will not count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year
before we may impose a transfer charge.
Fixed Accounts are not eligible for the Individual Asset Rebalancing program.
To enroll under our Individual Asset Rebalancing program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You should be
aware that other allocation programs, such as dollar cost averaging, as well as
transfers and withdrawals that you make, may not work in concert with the
Individual Asset Rebalancing program. You should, therefore, monitor your use of
such other programs, transfers, and withdrawals while the Individual Asset
Rebalancing program is in effect. You or we may terminate your participation in
the program upon one day's prior written notice, and we may terminate or amend
the Individual Asset Rebalancing program at any time.
Systematic Contributions
We offer a program for systematic contributions that allows you to pre-authorize
monthly withdrawals from your checking account for payment to us. To enroll
under our program, you must deliver the appropriate administrative
29
<PAGE>
form to our Administrative Office. You or we may terminate your participation in
the program upon 30 days' prior written notice. Your participation may be
terminated by us if your bank declines to make any payment. The minimum amount
for systematic contributions is $100 per month.
Performance Information
Performance data for the Variable Account Options, including the yield and
effective yield of the VIP Money Market Option, the yield of the other Options,
and the total return of all of the Options may appear in advertisements or sales
literature. Performance data for any Option reflects only the performance of a
hypothetical investment in the Option during the particular time period on which
the calculations are based. Performance information should be considered in
light of the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolio in which the
Option invests and the market conditions during the given time period, and it
should not be considered as a representation of performance to be achieved in
the future.
Total returns are based on the overall dollar or percentage change in value of a
hypothetical investment in an Option. Total return quotations reflect changes in
Fund share price, the automatic reinvestment by the Option of all distributions
and the deduction of applicable contract charges and expenses, including any
contingent withdrawal charge that would apply if an Owner surrendered the
contract at the end of the period indicated. Total returns also may be shown
that do not take into account the contingent withdrawal charge or the annual
administrative charge applicable where the Account Value is less than $50,000 at
the end of a contract year.
A cumulative total return reflects an Option's performance over a stated period
of time. An average annual total return reflects the hypothetical annually
compounded return that would have produced the same cumulative total return if
the Option's performance had been constant over the entire period. Because
average annual total returns tend to smooth out variations in an Option's
returns, you should recognize that they are not the same as actual year-by-year
results.
Some Options may also advertise yield. These measures reflect the income
generated by an investment in the Option over a specified period of time. This
income is annualized and shown as a percentage. Yields do not take into account
capital gains or losses or the contingent withdrawal charge.
The VIP Money Market Option may advertise its current and effective yield.
Current yield reflects the income generated by an investment in the Option over
a specified 7-day period. Effective yield is calculated in a similar manner
except that income earned is assumed to be reinvested. The VIP II Investment
Grade Bond and VIP High Income Option may advertise a 30-day yield which
reflects the income generated by an investment in such Option over a specified
30-day period.
For a detailed description of the methods used to determine yield and total
return for the Variable Account Options, see the SAI.
30
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Contribution: ...................... $50,000.00
GRO Account duration: .............. 6 Years
Guaranteed Interest Rate: .......... 5% Annual Effective Rate
The following examples illustrate how the Market Value Adjustment and the
contingent withdrawal charge may affect the values of a contract upon a
withdrawal. The 5% assumed Guaranteed Interest Rate is the same rate used in the
Example under "Table of Annual Fees and Expenses" in this Prospectus. In these
examples, the withdrawal occurs three years after the initial contribution. The
Market Value Adjustment operates in a similar manner for transfers. No
contingent withdrawal charge applies to transfers.
The GRO Value for this $50,000 contribution is $67,004.78 at the expiration of
the GRO Account. After three years, the GRO Value is $57,881.25. It is also
assumed, for the purposes of these examples, that no prior partial withdrawals
or transfers have occurred.
The Market Value Adjustment will be based on the rate we are then crediting (at
the time of the withdrawal) on new contributions to GRO Accounts of the same
duration as the time remaining in your GRO Account, rounded to the next higher
number of complete months. If we do not declare a rate for the exact time
remaining, we will interpolate between the Guaranteed Interest Rates for GRO
Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next lower) the remaining
period described above. Three years after the initial contribution, there would
have been three years remaining in your GRO Account. These examples also show
the withdrawal charge which would be calculated separately.
Example of a Downward Market Value Adjustment:
A downward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal
that occurs when interest rates have increased. Assume interest rates have
increased three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting
6.5% for a three-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value
Adjustment, applying the above formula would be:
-0.0483785 = [(1 + .05)/36/12/ / (1 + .065 + .0025)/36/12/]- 1
The Market Value Adjustment is a reduction of $2,800.21 from the GRO Value:
-$2,800.21 = -0.0483785 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$55,081.04 = $57,881.25 - $2,800.21
A withdrawal charge of 4% would be assessed against the $50,000 original
contribution:
$2,000.00 = $50,000.00 X .04
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$53,081.04 = $57,881.25 - $2,800.21 - $2,000.00
31
<PAGE>
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, we would first determine
the free withdrawal amount:
Greater of:
a) $5,788.13 = $57,881.25 X .10
or
b) $2,756.25 = gain in prior contract year
Free Amount = $5,788.13
The non-free amount would be:
$14,211.87 = $20,000.00 - $5,788.13
The Market Value Adjustment, which is only applicable to the non-free amount,
would be:
- $687.55 = -0.0483785 X $14,211.87
The withdrawal charge would be:
$620.81 = [($14,211.87 + $687.55)/(1 - .04)] - ($14,211.87 + 687.55)
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment and withdrawal charge would be:
$21,308.36 = $20,000.00 + $687.55 + $620.81
The ending Account Value would be:
$36,572.89 = $57,881.25 - $21,308.36
Example of an Upward Market Value Adjustment:
An upward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal that
occurs when interest rates have decreased. Assume interest rates have decreased
three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting 4% for a
three-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value Adjustment,
applying the formula set forth in the prospectus, would be:
0.0217384 = [(1 + .05)/36/12/ / (1 + .04 + .0025)/36/12/]- 1
The Market Value Adjustment is an increase of $1,258.25 to the GRO Value:
$1,258.25 = 0.0217384 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$59,139.50 = $57,881.25 + $1,258.25
A withdrawal charge of 4% would be assessed against the $50,000 original
contribution:
$2,000.00 = $50,000.00 X .04
32
<PAGE>
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$57,139.50 = $57,881.25 + $1,258.25 - $2,000.00
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, the free withdrawal
amount and non-free amount would first be determined as above:
Free Amount = $5,788.13
Non-Free Amount = $14,211.87
The Market Value Adjustment would be:
$308.94 = .0217384 X $14,211.87
The withdrawal charge would be:
$572.29 = [($14,211.87 - $308.94)/(1 - .04)] - ($14,211.87 - $308.94)
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment and withdrawal charge would be:
$20,270.35 = $20,000.00 - $308.94 + $579.29
The ending Account Value would be:
$37,610.90 = $57,881.25 - $20,270.35
Actual Market Value Adjustments may have a greater or lesser impact than shown
in the examples, depending on the actual change in interest crediting rate and
the timing of the withdrawal or transfer in relation to the time remaining in
the GRO Account. Also, the Market Value Adjustment can never decrease the
Account Value below premium plus 3% interest, before any applicable charges.
Account values less than $50,000 will be subject to a $30 annual charge.
33
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MAY 1, 1997
FOR
GRANDMASTER II
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
ISSUED BY
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
AND
FUNDED THROUGH ITS SEPARATE ACCOUNT I
Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C>
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian.................................................. 2
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts............................................ 3
Part 3 - Performance Informatio................................................... 3
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values..................................... 10
Part 5 - Death Benefit Information for Contracts Issued Prior to January 1, 1996.. 11
Part 6 - Financial Statements..................................................... 12
</TABLE>
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should
be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the contracts, dated May 1, 1997.
For definitions of special terms used in the SAI, please refer to the
prospectus.
A copy of the prospectus to which this SAI relates is available at no charge by
writing the Administrative Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company
("Integrity"), P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, Ohio 43218, or by calling 1-800-325-
8583.
<PAGE>
PART 1 - INTEGRITY AND CUSTODIAN
Integrity is an Ohio stock life insurance company that sells life insurance and
annuities. Its principal executive offices are located at 515 West Market
Street, Louisville, Kentucky, 40202, and it maintains administrative offices in
Columbus, Ohio. Integrity, the depositor of Separate Account I, is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Integrity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation which is a
holding company engaged in no active business. Integrity owns 100% of the stock
of National Integrity Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance
corporation. All outstanding shares of Integrity Holdings, Inc. are owned by
ARM Financial Group, Inc. (ARM), a Delaware corporation which is a financial
services company focusing on the long-term savings and retirement marketplace by
providing retail and institutional products and services throughout the United
States. ARM owns 100% of the stock of (i) ARM Securities Corporation (ARM
Securities), a Minnesota corporation, registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) ARM
Capital Advisors, Inc., a New York corporation registered with the SEC as an
investment adviser, (iii) SBM Certificate Company, a Minnesota corporation
registered with the SEC as an issuer of face-amount certificates, and (iv) ARM
Transfer Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation registered with the SEC as a
transfer and dividend disbursing agency. Approximately 91% of the outstanding
voting stock of ARM is owned by The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II,
L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital
Investors, L.P., and MSCP III 892 Investors, L.P., each of which is a Delaware
limited partnership (collectively, the MSCP Funds). The MSCP Funds are private
equity funds sponsored by Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
that, through its subsidiaries, provides a wide range of financial services on a
global basis (Morgan Stanley). The general partner of each of the MSCP Funds is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley. Oldarm Limited Partnership, a
Kentucky limited partnership, New ARM, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability
company, and certain current and former employees and management of ARM own in
the aggregate approximately 9% of the voting stock of ARM.
No person has the direct or indirect power to control Morgan Stanley except
insofar as he or she may have such power by virtue of his or her capacity as a
director or executive officer thereof. Morgan Stanley is publicly held; no
individual beneficially owns more than 5% of the common shares; however,
approximately 31% of such shares are subject to a stockholders' agreement or
voting agreement among certain current and former principals and employees of
Morgan Stanley and its predecessor.
Beginning in 1994, ARM provided substantially all of the services required to be
performed on behalf of the Separate Account. Total fees paid to ARM by
Integrity for management services in 1995 and 1996, including services
applicable to the Registrant, were $7,462,365 and $13,823,048,
respectively.
Integrity is the custodian for the shares of the Funds owned by the Separate
Account. The Funds' shares are held in book-entry form.
Reports and marketing materials, from time to time, may include information
concerning the rating of Integrity, as determined by A.M. Best Company, Moody's
Investor Service, Standard & Poor's Corporation, Duff & Phelps Corporation, or
other recognized rating services. Integrity is currently rated "A" (Excellent)
by A.M. Best Company, and has received claims paying ability ratings of "A"
(Good) from Standard & Poor's Corporation, "Baa1" from Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., and "A+" (High) from Duff and Phelps Credit Rating Company.
However, Integrity does not guarantee the investment performance of the
portfolios, and these ratings do not reflect protection against investment risk.
Under prior management, Integrity was subject to a consent order in the State of
Florida under which it was precluded from writing new business in Florida from
May, 1992 to November, 1994. The consent order was entered into on May 6, 1992
as a result of noncompliance with certain investment restrictions under Florida
law. Due to the substantial asset restructuring and capital infusions involved
with Integrity's acquisition by ARM in November, 1993, Integrity came to be
fully in compliance with the investment limitations of the State of Florida and
a request for full relief from the consent order was granted by the Florida
Department of Insurance on November 4, 1994.
2
<PAGE>
PART 2 - DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
ARM Securities, a wholly owned subsidiary of ARM, is the principal underwriter
of the contracts. ARM Securities is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ARM Securities' address is 515 West Market Street, Louisville,
Kentucky 40202. The contracts are offered through ARM Securities on a
continuous basis.
We generally pay a maximum distribution allowance of 7.5% of initial
contribution and 7% of additional contributions, plus .50% trail commission paid
on Account Value after the 8th Contract Year. The amount of distribution
allowances paid was $7,813,058, $6,110,040, and $5,858,050 for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. No distribution allowances were
retained by ARM Securities during these years. Integrity may from time to time
pay or allow additional promotional incentives, in the form of cash or other
compensation, to broker-dealers that sell contracts. In some instances, such
other incentives may be offered only to certain broker-dealers that sell or are
expected to sell during specified time periods certain minimum amounts of the
contracts.
PART 3 - PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Each Variable Account Option may from time to time include the Average Annual
Total Return, the Cumulative Total Return, and Yield of its shares in
advertisements or in information furnished to shareholders. The VIP Money
Market Option may also from time to time include the Yield and Effective Yield
of its shares in information furnished to shareholders. Performance information
is computed separately for each Option in accordance with the formulas described
below. At any time in the future, total return and yields may be higher or
lower than in the past and there can be no assurance that any historical results
will continue.
Total Returns
Total returns reflect all aspects of an Option's return, including the automatic
reinvestment by the Option of all distributions and the deduction of all
applicable charges to the Option on an annual basis, including mortality risk
and expense charges, the annual administrative charge and other charges against
contract values. For purposes of charges not based upon a percentage of
contract values, an average account value of $40,000 has been used. Quotations
also will assume a termination (surrender) at the end of the particular period
and reflect the deductions of the contingent withdrawal charge, if applicable.
Any such total return calculation will be based upon the assumption that the
Option corresponding to the investment portfolio was in existence throughout the
stated period and that the applicable contractual charges and expenses of the
Option during the stated period were equal to those currently applicable under
the contract. Total returns may be shown simultaneously that do not take into
account deduction of the contingent withdrawal charge, and/or the annual
administrative charge.
Average annual total returns are calculated by determining the growth or decline
in value of a hypothetical historical investment in the Option over certain
periods, including 1, 3, 5, and 10 years (up to the life of the Option), and
then calculating the annually compounded percentage rate that would have
produced the same result if the rate of growth or decline in value had been
constant over the period. Investors should realize that the Option's
performance is not constant over time, but changes from year to year, and that
the average annual returns represent the averages of historical figures as
opposed to the actual historical performance of an Option during any portion of
the period illustrated. Average annual returns are calculated pursuant to the
following formula: P(1+T)/n/ = ERV, where P is a hypothetical initial payment
of $1,000, T is the average annual total return, n is the number of years, and
ERV is the withdrawal value at the end of the period.
Cumulative total returns are unaveraged and reflect the simple percentage change
in the value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period of
time. In addition to the period since inception, cumulative total returns may be
calculated on a year-to-date basis at the end of each calendar
3
<PAGE>
month in the current calendar year. The last day of the period for year-to-date
returns is the last day of the most recent calendar month at the time of
publication.
Yields
Some Options may advertise yields. Yields quoted in advertising reflect the
change in value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period
of time, not taking into account capital gains or losses or the imposition of
any contingent withdrawal charge. Yields are annualized and stated as a
percentage.
Current yield and effective yield are calculated for the VIP Money Market
Option. Current Yield is based on the change in the value of a hypothetical
investment (exclusive of capital changes) over a particular 7-day period, less a
hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from contract values during the period
(the base period), and stated as a percentage of the investment at the start of
the base period (the base period return). The base period return is then
annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting yield figure carried to
at least the nearest hundredth of one percent. Effective yield assumes that all
dividends received during an annual period have been reinvested. This
compounding effect causes effective yield to be higher than current yield.
Calculation of effective yield begins with the same base period return used in
the calculation of current yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly
compounding pursuant to the following formula:
Effective Yield = {(Base Period Return) + 1)/365/7/} - 1
4
<PAGE>
The table below provides average annual total returns for each Option for the
One and Three Year Periods ended December 31, 1996 and from inception through
December 31, 1996. The "contract continues" columns show returns if the contract
continues and is not terminated, and the "contract surrendered" columns show
returns if the contract is surrendered at the end of the period, in which case
contingent withdrawal charges may apply. The performance information is based on
the historical investment experience of the Options and does not indicate or
represent future experience.
Average Annual Total Returns for One and
Three Year Periods Ended 12/31/96 and Since Inception*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since Inception One Year Period Three Year Period
---------------------- --------------- -----------------
Contract Contract
Contract Surrendered Contract Surrendered
Option Continues 12/31/96 Continues 12/31/96 Contract Continues
- ------ --------- ----------- --------- ----------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 16.19% 15.92% 12.73% 6.65% 16.64%
VIP II Asset
Manager 9.83% 9.50% 13.04% 6.97% 6.51%
VIP Growth 15.07% 14.79% 13.14% 7.07% 14.22%
VIP Overseas 7.81% 7.46% 11.67% 5.60% 6.64%
VIP II Investment
Grade Bond 6.13% 5.76% 1.78% -4.29% 3.80%
VIP II Index 500 15.21% 14.43% 21.15% 15.07% 17.79%
VIP High Income 10.83% 9.98% 12.48% 6.40% 9.13%
VIP II Asset
Manager: Growth 20.47% 17.69% 18.30% 12.23% n/a
VIP II Contrafund 28.77% 26.15% 19.66% 13.58% n/a
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth &
Income n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
</TABLE>
*The inception date for each Option is set forth in the table below.
5
<PAGE>
The table below provides cumulative total returns for each Option from inception
through December 31, 1996, and for the One and Three Year Periods ended December
31, 1996. The "contract continues" columns show returns if the contract
continues and is not terminated, and the "contract surrendered" column shows
returns if the contract is surrendered at the end of the period, in which case
contingent withdrawal charges apply. The performance information is based on the
historical investment experience of the Options and does not indicate or
represent future experience.
Cumulative Total Returns for Period Since Inception to 12/31/96,
and for the One and Three Year Periods ended 12/31/96
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since Inception One Year Three Year
---------------------- -------- ----------
Contract
Contract Surrendered Contract Contract Inception
Option Continues 12/31/96 Continues Continues Date*
- ------ --------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 122.58% 120.18% 12.73% 58.68% 09/03/91
VIP II Asset
Manager 64.84% 62.44% 13.04% 20.83% 09/03/91
VIP Growth 111.35% 108.95% 13.14% 49.02% 09/03/91
VIP Overseas 49.30% 46.90% 11.67% 21.26% 09/03/91
VIP II Investment
Grade Bond 37.33% 34.93% 1.78% 11.85% 09/03/91
VIP II Index 500 71.99% 67.70% 21.15% 63.44% 03/04/93
VIP High Income 48.82% 44.53% 12.48% 29.98% 02/19/93
VIP II Asset
Manager: Growth 42.35% 36.20% 18.30% n/a 02/08/95
VIP II Contrafund 61.50% 55.36% 19.66% n/a 02/08/95
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth &
Income n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
</TABLE>
*Inception Dates reflect date of first trade.
6
<PAGE>
Performance Comparisons
Performance information for an Option may be compared, in reports and
advertising, to: (1) Standard & Poor's Stock Index (S&P 500), Dow Jones
Industrial Averages, (DJIA), Donoghue Money Market Institutional Averages, or
other unmanaged indices generally regarded as representative of the securities
markets; (2) other variable annuity separate accounts or other investment
products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or the Variable Annuity
Research and Data Service, which are widely used independent research firms that
rank mutual funds and other investment companies by overall performance,
investment objectives, and assets; and (3) the Consumer Price Index (measure of
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in a contract.
Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends but generally do not
reflect deductions for annuity charges, investment management costs, brokerage
costs and other transaction costs that are normally paid when directly investing
in securities.
Each Option may from time to time also include the ranking of its performance
figures relative to such figures for groups of mutual funds categorized by
Lipper Analytical Services (Lipper) as having the same or similar investment
objectives or by similar services that monitor the performance of mutual funds.
Each Option may also from time to time compare its performance to average mutual
fund performance figures compiled by Lipper in Lipper Performance Analysis.
Advertisements or information furnished to present shareholders or prospective
investors may also include evaluations of an Option published by nationally
recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally
recognized such as Barron's, Business Week, CDA Technologies, Inc., Changing
Times, Consumer's Digest, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Financial Planning,
Financial Times, Financial World, Forbes, Fortune, Global Investor, Hulbert's
Financial Digest, Institutional Investor, Investors Daily, Money, Morningstar
Mutual Funds, The New York Times, Personal Investor, Stanger's Investment
Adviser, Value Line, The Wall Street Journal, Wiesenberger Investment Company
Service and USA Today.
The performance figures described above may also be used to compare the
performance of an Option's shares against certain widely recognized standards or
indices for stock and bond market performance. The following are the indices
against which the Options may compare performance:
The Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks (the S&P 500) is a market
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate market
value of 500 stocks relative to the base period 1941-43. The S&P 500 Index is
composed almost entirely of common stocks of companies listed on the NYSE,
although the common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock
Exchange or traded OTC are included. The 500 companies represented include 400
industrial, 60 transportation and 50 financial services concerns. The S&P 500
Index represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the NYSE.
The Dow Jones Composite Average (or its component averages) is an unmanaged
index composed of 30 blue-chip industrial corporation stocks (Dow Jones
Industrial Average), 15 utilities company stocks and 20 transportation stocks.
Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices are unmanaged indices
of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance company stocks listed
on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Wilshire 5000 Equity Index (or its component indices) represents the return
of the market value of all common equity securities for which daily pricing is
available. Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index is an arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 900 securities on the stock
exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.
7
<PAGE>
The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index - An arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 1,470 securities listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia, the Far East, Canada and the
United States.
The Goldman Sachs 100 Convertible Bond Index currently includes 67 bonds and 33
preferred stocks. The original list of names was generated by screening for
convertible issues of $100 million or greater in market capitalization. The
index is priced monthly.
The Lehman Brothers Government Bond Index (the Lehman Government Index) is a
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; all
publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all quasi-
federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted issues are not
included in the Lehman Government Index.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index (the Lehman Government/
Corporate Index) is a measure of the market value of approximately 5,300 bonds
with a face value currently in excess of $1 million, which have at least one
year to maturity and are rated "Baa" or higher (investment grade) by a
nationally recognized statistical rating agency.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Intermediate Bond Index (the Lehman
Government/Corporate Intermediate Index) is composed of all bonds covered by the
Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index with maturities between one and
9.99 years. Total return comprises price appreciation/depreciation and income
as a percentage of the original investment. Indexes are rebalanced monthly by
market capitalization.
The Lehman Brothers Intermediate Treasury Bond Index includes bonds with
maturities between one and ten years with a face value currently in excess of $1
million, that are rated investment grade or higher by a nationally recognized
statistical rating agency.
The Shearson Lehman Long-Term Treasury Bond Index is composed of all bonds
covered by the Shearson Lehman Hutton Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10
years or greater.
The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
(NASDAQ) Composite Index covers 4,500 stocks traded over the counter. It
represents many small company stocks but is heavily influenced by about 100 of
the largest NASDAQ stocks. It is a value-weighted index calculated on price
change only and does not include income.
The NASDAQ Industrial Index is composed of more than 3,000 industrial issues.
It is a value-weighted index calculated on price change only and does not
include income.
The Value Line (Geometric) Index is an unweighted index of the approximately
1,700 stocks followed by the Value Line Investment Survey.
The Salomon Brothers GNMA Index includes pools of mortgages originated by
private lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National
Mortgage Association.
The Salomon Brothers' World Market Index is a measure of the return of an
equally weighted basket of short-term (three month U.S. Government securities
and bank deposits) investments in eight major currencies: the U.S. dollars, UK
pounds sterling, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, Swiss francs, French francs,
German deutsche mark and Netherlands guilder.
The Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index contains approximately
3,800 Treasury and agency, corporate and mortgage bonds with a rating of BBB or
higher, a stated maturity of at least one year, and a par value outstanding of
$25 million or more. The index is weighted according to the market value of all
bond issues included in the index.
8
<PAGE>
The Salomon Brothers High Grade Corporate Bond Index consists of publicly
issued, non-convertible corporate bonds rated AA or AAA. It is a value-
weighted, total return index, including approximately 800 issues with maturities
of 12 years or grater.
The Salomon Brothers World Bond Index measures the total return performance of
high-quality securities in major sectors of the international bond market. The
index covers approximately 600 bonds from 10 currencies: Australian dollars,
Canadian dollars, European Currency Units, French francs, Japanese yen,
Netherlands guilder, Swiss francs, UK pounds sterling, U.S. dollars, and German
deutsche marks.
The J.P. Morgan Global Government Bond Index is a total return, market
capitalization weighted index, rebalanced monthly consisting of the following
countries: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Japan,
Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom and United States.
The 50/50 Index assumes a static mix of 50% of the S&P 500 Index and 50% of the
Lehman Government Corporate Index.
Other Composite Indices: 70% S&P 500 Index and 30% NASDAQ Industrial Index; 35%
S&P 500 Index and 65% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index; and 65% S&P Index
and 35% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index.
The SEI Median Balanced Fund Universe measures a group of funds with an average
annual equity commitment and an average annual bond - plus - private - placement
commitment greater than 5% each year. SEI must have at least two years of data
for a fund to be considered for the population.
The Russell 2000/Small Stock Index comprises the smallest 2000 stocks in the
Russell 3000 Index, and represents approximately 11% of the total U.S. equity
market capitalization. The Russell 3000 Index comprises the 3,000 largest U.S.
companies by market capitalization. The smallest company has a market value of
roughly $20 million.
The Russell 2500 Index is comprised of the bottom 500 stocks in the Russell 1000
Index which represents the universe of stocks from which most active money
managers typically select; and all the stocks in the Russell 2000 Index. The
largest security in the index has a market capitalization of approximately 1.3
billion.
The Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the United
States Bureau of Labor Statistics is a statistical measure of change, over time,
in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.
Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Hobson Associates, presents an
historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small company
stocks, long-term government bonds, Treasury bills and inflation.
Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates as published in the United States
Savings & Loan League Fact Book.
Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
Corporation, the J.P. Morgan companies, Salomon Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith, Shearson Lehman Hutton and Bloomberg L.P.
The MSCI Combined Far East Free ex Japan Index is a market-capitalization
weighted index comprising stocks in Hong Kong, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia,
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Korea is included in the MSCI Combined
Far East Free ex Japan Index at 20% of its market capitalization.
9
<PAGE>
The First Boston High Yield Index generally includes over 180 issues with an
average maturity range of seven to ten years with a minimum capitalization of
$100 million. All issues are individually trader-priced monthly.
In reports or other communications to shareholders, the Fund may also describe
general economic and market conditions affecting the Options and may compare the
performance of the Options with (1) that of mutual funds included in the
rankings prepared by Lipper or similar investment services that monitor the
performance of insurance company separate accounts or mutual funds, (2)
IBC/Donoghue's Money Fund Report, (3) other appropriate indices of investment
securities and averages for peer universe of funds which are described in this
Statement of Additional Information, or (4) data developed by Integrity or any
of the Sub-Advisers derived from such indices or averages.
Individualized Computer Generated Illustrations
Integrity may from time to time use computer-based software available through
Morningstar, CDA/Wiesenberger and/or other firms to provide registered
representatives and existing and/or potential owners of the contracts with
individualized hypothetical performance illustrations for some or all of the
Variable Account Options. Such illustrations may include, without limitation,
graphs, bar charts and other types of formats presenting the following
information: (i) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in a single
Option; (ii) the historical fluctuation of the value of a single Option (actual
and hypothetical); (iii) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in
more than one Option; (iv) the historical performance of two or more market
indices in relation to one another and/or one or more Options; (v) the
historical performance of two or more market indices in comparison to a single
Option or a group of Options; (vi) a market risk/reward scatter chart showing
the historical risk/reward relationship of one or more mutual funds or Options
to one or more indices and a broad category of similar anonymous variable
annuity subaccounts; and (vii) Option data sheets showing various information
about one or more Options (such as information concerning total return for
various periods, fees and expenses, standard deviation, alpha and beta,
investment objective, inception date and net assets). We reserve the right to
republish figures independently provided by Morningstar or any similar agency or
service.
PART 4 - DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUES
The annuity unit value was initially fixed at $1.00 for contracts with assumed
base rates of net investment return of 5% and 3.5% a year, respectively. For
each valuation period thereafter, it is the annuity value for the preceding
valuation period multiplied by the adjusted net investment factor under the
contracts. For each valuation period, the adjusted net investment factor is
equal to the net investment factor reduced for each day in the valuation period
by:
* .00013366 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 5% a year; or
* .00009425 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 3.5% a year.
Because of this adjustment, the annuity unit value rises and falls depending on
whether the actual rate of net investment return (after charges) is higher or
lower than the assumed base rate.
All certificates have a 5% assumed base rate, except in states where that rate
is not permitted. Annuity payments under contracts with an assumed base rate of
3.5% will at first be smaller than those under contracts with a 5% assumed base
rate. Payments under the 3.5% contracts, however, will rise more rapidly when
unit values are rising, and payments will fall more slowly when unit values are
falling, than those under 5% contracts.
The amounts of variable annuity payments are determined as follows:
10
<PAGE>
Payments normally start on the Annuitant's retirement date. The first three
monthly payments are the same. Each of the first three monthly payments will be
based on the amount taken from the tables in the contract or on our current
rates, whichever is more favorable to the participant. Where the Company's
current annuity rates are used, contributions in the current and five prior
participation years will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity
rates applicable to funds derived from sources outside the Company. The balance
of the proceeds will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity rates
for payment of proceeds.
The first three monthly payments depend on the assumed base rate of net
investment return and the forms of annuity chosen (and any fixed period). If the
annuity involves a life contingency, the risk class and the age of the
annuitants will affect payments.
Payments after the first three months will vary according to the investment
performance of the Variable Account Option or Options selected. After that,
each payment will be calculated by multiplying the number of annuity units
credited by the average annuity unit value for the second calendar month before
the due date of the payment. The number of annuity units credited equals the
initial periodic payment divided by the annuity unit value for the valuation
period that includes the due date of the first annuity payment. The average
annuity unit value is the average of the annuity unit values for the valuation
periods ending in that month. Each business day together with any non-business
day or consecutive non-business day immediately preceding such business day
will constitute a valuation period.
Illustration of Changes in Annuity Unit Values. To show how we determine
variable annuity payments from month to month, assume that the contract value on
a retirement date is enough to fund an annuity with a monthly payment of $363
and that the annuity unit value for the valuation period that includes the due
date of the first annuity payment is $1.05. The number of annuity units
credited under your contract would be 345.71 (363 divided by 1.05 = 345.71).
If the fourth monthly payment is due in March, and the average annuity unit
value for January was $1.10, the annuity payment for March would be the number
of units (345.71) times the average annuity unit value ($1.10), or $380.28. If
the average annuity unit value was $1.00 in February, the annuity payment for
April would be 345.71 times $1.00, or $345.71.
For period certain life annuities and life income annuities, the participant may
not surrender or redeem once annuity payments commence. For period certain life
annuities only, if the payee (or the payee and the other annuitant under a joint
and survivor annuity) dies before the period selected ends, the remaining
payments will go to another named payee who may have the right to redeem the
annuity and secure the present value of future guaranteed payments in a lump
sum. The present value of future guaranteed payments for a period certain is
based on the number of payments left, the assumed base rate of net return, the
number of annuity units and the annuity unit value for the date the Company
receives a written request for lump sum payment of remaining values. Assets held
in the Account at least equal to all statutory reserves required for such
Separate Account.
PART 5 - DEATH BENEFIT INFORMATION FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED PRIOR TO JANUARY 1, 1996
Notwithstanding anything in the prospectus to the contrary, for contracts issued
during 1995, the amount of the death benefit is the greatest of:
. your Adjusted Account Value
. the highest Account Value at the beginning of any contract year, plus
subsequent contributions and minus subsequent withdrawals
. your total contributions less the sum of withdrawals
11
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding anything in the prospectus to the contrary, for contracts issued
prior to January 1, 1995, the amount of the death benefit is the greatest of:
. your Adjusted Account Value
. the Account Value at the beginning of the seventh contract year, plus
subsequent contributions and minus subsequent withdrawals
. your total contributions less the sum of withdrawals
"Subsequent withdrawals" for purposes of calculation of a death benefit reflect
any market value adjustments applicable to such withdrawals.
PART 6 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Ernst & Young LLP, Suite 2100, 400 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky
40202, is our independent auditor and serves as independent auditor of the
Separate Account. Ernst & Young LLP on an annual basis will audit certain
financial statements prepared by management and express an opinion on such
financial statements based on their audits.
The financial statements of the Separate Account as of December 31, 1996, and
for the periods indicated in the financial statements and the statutory-basis
financial statements of Integrity as of and for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995 included in this SAI have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports included herein.
The financial statements of Integrity should be distinguished from the financial
statements of the Separate Account and should be considered only as they relate
to the ability of Integrity to meet its obligations under the contract. They
should not be considered as relating to the investment performance of the assets
held in the Separate Account.
12
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
December 31, 1996
With Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors................................................1
Audited Financial Statements
Statement of Assets and Liabilities...........................................2
Statement of Operations.......................................................4
Statements of Changes in Net Assets...........................................6
Notes to Financial Statements................................................10
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Contract Holders
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Separate
Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company (comprising, respectively, the
Money Market, High Income, Equity-Income, Growth, Overseas, Investment Grade
Bond, Asset Manager, Index 500, Asset Manager: Growth, and Contrafund Divisions)
as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations and changes in
net assets for the periods indicated therein. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included
confirmation of securities owned in Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (Fidelity VIP Funds) as of December 31,
1996, by correspondence with the transfer agent of the Funds. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of each of the respective
divisions constituting the Integrity Life Insurance Company Separate Account I
at December 31, 1996, and the results of their operations and changes in their
net assets for each of the periods indicated therein, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
April 18, 1997
1
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $27,668,954 $24,732,893 $82,088,400 $78,547,595 $32,238,102
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity 14,686 5,226 8,540 (6,384) 609
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
===========================================================================
Unit value $ 15.03 $ 14.88 $ 27.57 $ 33.98 $ 17.98
===========================================================================
Units outstanding 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964
===========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
2
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $14,955,631 $58,647,566 $20,774,010 $ 6,832,743 $38,479,268 $402,965,162
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity (1,915) 2,154 (1,560) 2,912 472 24,740
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $ 6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
===================================================================================
Unit value $ 18.53 $ 21.65 $ 17.20 $ 14.23 $ 16.15
===================================================================
Units outstanding 807,207 2,708,795 1,207,882 479,960 2,382,588
===================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 1996
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $2,077,792 $2,788,700 $ 2,695,924 $ 3,656,936 $ 569,919
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 543,822 454,923 967,411 861,617 378,399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 1,533,970 2,333,777 1,728,513 2,795,319 191,520
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period (1,163) 1,820,824 8,678,431 7,671,018 1,015,935
End of period 17 1,712,483 13,214,606 5,155,205 3,176,319
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment 1,180 1,642,753 6,658,023 3,926,030 2,808,635
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $1,535,150 $3,976,530 $ 8,386,536 $ 6,721,349 $3,000,155
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Investment Asset
Grade Asset Manager:
Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $ 580,069 $3,679,957 $ 321,571 $341,274 $ 148,076 $16,860,218
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 171,455 784,805 180,553 58,740 358,537 4,760,262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 408,614 2,895,152 141,018 282,534 (210,461) 12,099,956
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period 889,374 4,628,621 966,863 7,420 726,334 26,403,657
End of period 508,186 8,077,051 2,528,584 365,540 3,948,157 38,686,148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments (140,599) 4,034,535 2,457,099 442,073 5,124,136 26,953,865
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $ 268,015 $6,929,687 $2,598,117 $724,607 $4,913,675 $39,053,821
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Equity-
Money Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 1,533,970 $ 2,333,777 $ 1,728,513 $ 2,795,319 $ 191,520
Net realized gain on sales of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,535,150 3,976,530 8,386,536 6,721,349 3,000,155
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 34,330,875 5,779,865 22,514,540 14,358,955 6,261,045
Contract terminations and benefits (6,208,045) (1,524,016) (4,704,707) (3,893,678) (1,526,278)
Net transfers among investment options (28,366,403) 4,880,594 484,110 11,341,667 3,436,687
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived from
contract related transactions (243,573) 9,136,443 18,293,943 21,806,944 8,171,454
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 1,291,577 13,112,973 26,680,479 28,528,293 11,171,609
Net assets, beginning of year 26,362,691 29,614,694 55,399,381 50,025,686 21,065,884
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 2,336,691 407,773 878,376 442,061 363,533
Terminations and benefits (431,061) (118,461) (182,775) (140,423) (89,813)
Net transfers (1,888,838) 343,721 16,646 344,276 210,804
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 16,792 633,033 712,247 645,914 484,524
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 408,614 $ 2,895,152 $ 141,018 $ 282,534 $ (210,461) $ 12,099,956
Net realized gain on sales of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from
operations 268,015 6,929,687 2,598,117 724,607 4,913,675 39,053,821
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
contract related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 3,378,025 6,136,455 7,410,209 2,833,347 11,316,760 114,320,076
Contract terminations and benefits (838,675) (5,296,646) (418,288) (248,404) (1,179,766) (25,838,503)
Net transfers among investment options 738,417 (6,065,460) 4,442,889 1,413,371 8,997,882 1,303,754
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 3,277,767 (5,225,651) 11,434,810 3,998,314 19,134,876 89,785,327
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 3,545,782 1,704,036 14,032,927 4,722,921 24,048,551 128,839,148
Net assets, beginning of year 11,411,764 56,941,376 6,742,643 2,106,910 14,430,245 274,101,274
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
=================================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 186,436 309,032 466,833 218,521 802,193
Terminations and benefits (47,054) (261,549) (26,888) (18,720) (84,387)
Net transfers 40,805 (312,128) 293,103 105,021 595,875
------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 180,187 (264,645) 733,048 304,822 1,313,681
==================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
7
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity-
Market Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 906,411 $ 602,161 $ 1,588,847 $ (357,201) $ (111,143)
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investment 0 421,460 398,434 1,747,660 74,370
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (1,390) 1,857,004 8,371,137 7,520,931 1,404,411
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 905,021 2,880,625 10,358,418 8,911,390 1,367,638
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 20,334,306 11,774,062 15,978,463 14,692,149 5,584,300
Contract terminations and benefits (3,262,823) (651,621) (2,258,085) (2,305,745) (1,398,897)
Net transfers among investment options (10,489,510) 4,609,207 9,173,422 6,493,844 (3,417,808)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 6,581,973 15,731,648 22,893,800 18,880,248 767,595
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 7,486,994 18,612,273 33,252,218 27,791,638 2,135,233
Net assets, beginning of year 18,875,697 11,002,421 22,147,163 22,234,048 18,930,651
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 26,362,691 $29,614,694 $55,399,381 $50,025,686 $21,065,884
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 1,439,814 920,318 733,711 553,520 364,819
Terminations and benefits (239,468) (50,330) (109,024) (84,599) (92,992)
Net transfers (740,572) 379,055 433,527 208,262 (235,605)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 459,774 1,249,043 1,058,214 677,183 36,222
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division* Division* Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 126,177 $ 452,675 $ (6,023) $ 73,421 $ 101,348 $ 3,376,673
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investments (41,212) 773,658 135,255 20,837 306,555 3,837,017
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,231,959 6,870,698 948,687 7,420 726,334 28,937,191
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,316,924 8,097,031 1,077,919 101,678 1,134,237 36,150,881
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 2,732,767 7,813,632 2,590,878 1,618,000 9,189,750 92,308,307
Contract terminations and benefits (598,195) (4,780,955) (211,930) (7,244) (78,792) (15,554,287)
Net transfers among investment options 814,239 (12,437,415) 997,890 394,476 4,185,050 323,395
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 2,948,811 (9,404,738) 3,376,838 2,005,232 13,296,008 $ 77,077,415
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 4,265,735 (1,307,707) 4,454,757 2,106,910 14,430,245 113,228,296
Net assets, beginning of year 7,146,029 58,249,083 2,287,886 0 0 160,872,978
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $11,411,764 $ 56,941,376 $6,742,643 $2,106,910 $14,430,245 $274,101,274
============================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 159,543 453,078 200,180 141,402 734,758
Terminations and benefits (35,875) (283,950) (18,438) (616) (9,811)
Net transfers 48,994 (704,833) 74,973 34,352 343,960
--------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 172,662 (535,705) 256,715 175,138 1,068,907
==============================================================
</TABLE>
*For the period February 6, 1995 (commencement of operations) to December 31,
1995.
See accompanying notes.
9
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Nature of Operations
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity") established Separate Account I
(the "Separate Account") on May 19, 1986, for the purpose of issuing flexible
premium variable annuity contracts ("contracts"). The Separate Account is a unit
investment trust registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The operations of the Separate
Account are part of Integrity.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
("ARM"). ARM specializes in the asset accumulation business, providing retail
and institutional customers with products and services designed to serve the
growing long-term savings and retirement markets.
Contract holders may allocate or transfer their account values to one or more of
the Separate Account's investment divisions or, for certain contract holders, to
a guaranteed interest division provided by Integrity, or both. Certain contract
holders may also allocate or transfer a portion or all of their account values
to one or more fixed guaranteed rate options of Integrity's Separate Account
GRO. Certain contract holders may also allocate new contributions to a
Systematic Transfer Option ("STO") which accumulates interest at a fixed rate.
All STO contributions must be transferred to other investment divisions or to a
guaranteed rate option within one year of the contribution.
The Separate Account investment divisions are invested in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (collectively the "Fidelity VIP Funds"). The
Fidelity VIP Funds are "series" type mutual funds managed by Fidelity Management
and Research Company ("Fidelity Management"). The contract holder's account
value in a Separate Account division will vary depending on the performance of
the corresponding portfolio. The Separate Account currently has ten investment
divisions available. The Separate Account introduced three new investment
divisions to contract holders on December 31, 1996 which include the Balanced
Portfolio, the Growth and Income Portfolio, and the Growth Opportunities
Portfolio from the Fidelity VIP Funds. The investment objective of each division
and its corresponding portfolio are the same. Set forth below is a summary of
the
10
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
investment objectives of the operative portfolios of the Fidelity VIP Funds at
December 31, 1996 for this Separate Account.
Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as is
consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only in
high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments
and their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities.
Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital
appreciation as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in income-producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt
securities.
Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests 65% of its assets in
securities from at least three countries outside North America.
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income as is
consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range of
investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the
portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated securities judged by
Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
11
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over the
long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term fixed-
income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which will occur
when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative difference in
value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in intermediate
to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term fixed income instruments. The
portfolio's relatively large investment in countries with limited or
developing capital markets may involve greater risks than investments in more
developed markets and the prices of such investments may be volatile.
Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the
total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of common
stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective, the
portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks to
maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks, bonds,
and short-term instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which represents the
general allocation of the fund's investments over the long term. The
approximate neutral mix for stocks, bonds and short-term instruments is 70%,
25% and 5%, respectively.
Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value of the
investment over the long-term by investing in equity securities of companies
that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on companies that
are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital appreciation.
Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and securities
convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest in any
type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
The assets of the Separate Account are owned by Integrity. The portion of the
Separate Account's assets supporting the contracts may not be used to satisfy
liabilities arising out of any other business of Integrity.
12
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for unit investment trusts.
Investments
Investments in shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are valued at the net asset
values of the respective portfolios, which approximates fair value. The
difference between cost and fair value is reflected as unrealized appreciation
and depreciation of instruments.
Share transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on
sales of shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are determined based on the identified
cost basis.
Dividends from income and capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-
dividend date. Dividends and distributions from the Fidelity VIP Fund portfolios
are reinvested in the respective portfolios and are reflected in the unit value
of the divisions of the Separate Account.
Unit Value
Unit values for the Separate Account divisions are computed at the end of each
business day. The unit value is equal to the unit value for the preceding
business day multiplied by a net investment factor. This net investment factor
is determined based on the value of the underlying mutual fund portfolios of the
Separate Account, reinvested dividends and capital gains, new premium deposits
or withdrawals, and the daily asset charge for the mortality and expense risk
and administrative charges. Unit values are adjusted daily for all activity in
the Separate Account.
Taxes
Operations of the Separate Account are included in the income tax return of
Integrity, which is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal Revenue
Code. The Separate Account will not be taxed as a regulated investment company
under Subchapter
13
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
M of the Internal Revenue Code. Under existing federal income tax law, no taxes
are payable on the investment income or on the capital gains of the Separate
Account.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
2. Investments
The aggregate cost of portfolio shares purchased and proceeds from portfolio
shares sold during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the cost of shares held
at December 31, 1996 for each division were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Division Purchases Sales Cost
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market $107,208,446 $105,909,966 $ 27,668,937
High Income 51,321,014 39,847,156 41,020,410
Equity-Income 30,450,353 10,460,425 68,873,794
Growth 48,195,522 23,635,224 73,392,390
Overseas 17,273,367 8,855,696 29,061,783
Investment Grade Bond 7,574,318 3,892,069 14,447,445
Asset Manager 9,362,435 11,733,066 50,570,515
Index 500 14,321,355 2,745,294 18,245,426
Asset Manager: Growth 5,170,383 887,677 6,467,203
Contrafund 30,676,620 11,748,693 34,531,111
</TABLE>
3. Expenses
Integrity assumes mortality and expense risks and incurs certain administrative
expenses related to the operations of the Separate Account and deducts a charge
from the assets of the Separate Account at an annual rate of 1.20% and 0.15% of
net assets, respectively, to cover these risks and expenses. In addition, an
annual charge of $30 per contract is assessed if the participant's account value
is less than $50,000 at the end of any participation year prior to the
participant's retirement date (as defined by the participant's contract).
14
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
with Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................ 1
Audited Financial Statements
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis).......................................... 3
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)................................ 5
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)............ 6
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)................................ 7
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)........................... 9
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Board of Directors
Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statutory basis balance sheets of Integrity
Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
statutory basis statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus, and
cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company presents its
financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance, which practices differ from
generally accepted accounting principles. The variances between such practices
and generally accepted accounting principles and the effects on the accompanying
financial statements are described in Note 1.
In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter described in the preceding
paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position
of Integrity Life Insurance Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, or the
results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.
1
<PAGE>
Also, in our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Integrity Life Insurance
Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
February 12, 1997
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Admitted assets
Cash and invested assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $1,755,236
Preferred stocks 42,234 7,604
Subsidiary 48,272 39,139
Mortgage loans 32,946 38,612
Real estate 497 512
Policy loans 98,212 94,642
Cash and short-term investments 87,009 54,476
Other invested assets 6,310 13,754
------------------------
Total cash and invested assets 2,797,872 2,003,975
Separate accounts assets 764,060 544,664
Accrued investment income 29,182 27,806
Receivable for investments sold - 6,636
Reinsurance balances receivable 1,702 6,795
Other admitted assets 1,400 2,892
------------------------
Total admitted assets $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Liabilities and capital and surplus
Liabilities:
Policy and contract liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves $2,614,118 $1,858,672
Unpaid claims 232 2,121
Deposits on policies to be issued 348 702
------------------------
Total policy and contract liabilities 2,614,698 1,861,495
Separate accounts liabilities 759,170 543,081
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 3,187 3,659
Transfers to separate accounts due or accrued, net (37,533) (30,146)
Reinsurance balances payable 13,473 2,472
Federal income taxes - 2,986
Asset valuation reserve 13,805 12,410
Interest maintenance reserve 38,594 35,217
Other liabilities 24,988 15,567
------------------------
Total liabilities 3,430,382 2,446,741
Capital and surplus:
Common stock, $2 par value, 1,500,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding 3,000 3,000
Paid-in surplus 87,535 87,535
Unassigned surplus 73,299 55,492
------------------------
Total capital and surplus 163,834 146,027
------------------------
Total liabilities and capital and surplus $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Premiums and other revenues:
Premiums and annuity considerations $ 7,803 $ 14,010
Deposit-type funds 737,791 232,682
Net investment income 171,811 152,365
Amortization of the interest maintenance reserve 3,090 2,947
Net gain from operations from Separate Accounts Statement 347 297
Other revenues 13,085 11,654
---------------------
Total premiums and other revenues 933,927 413,955
Benefits paid or provided:
Death benefits 20,012 24,688
Annuity benefits 61,242 39,092
Surrender benefits 248,282 322,569
Interest on funds left on deposit 25,204 1,059
Payments on supplementary contracts 10,261 9,423
Increase (decrease) in insurance and annuity reserves 372,699 (125,970)
---------------------
Total benefits paid or provided 737,700 270,861
Insurance and other expenses:
Commissions 20,270 16,215
General expenses 8,955 11,927
Taxes, licenses and fees 549 794
Net transfers to separate accounts 137,570 92,817
Other expenses 1,085 1,184
---------------------
Total insurance and other expenses 168,429 122,937
---------------------
Gain from operations before federal income taxes and
net realized capital losses 27,798 20,157
Federal income tax expense (benefit) (3,259) 1,370
---------------------
Gain from operations before net realized capital losses 31,057 18,787
Net realized capital losses, less capital gains tax
expense (1996-$5,738; 1995-$1,543) and excluding net
gains transferred to the interest maintenance reserve
(1996-$6,467; 1995-$8,061) (5,015) (918)
---------------------
Net income $ 26,042 $17,869
=====================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
Common Paid-In Unassigned Capital and
Stock Surplus Surplus Surplus
------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995 $3,000 $82,941 $57,600 $143,541
Net income 17,869 17,869
Net change in unrealized gain
of subsidiary 5,174 5,174
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 125 125
Decrease from change in valuation basis (8,593) (8,593)
Increase in asset valuation reserve (3,884) (3,884)
Capital contributions 19,850 19,850
Mark to market adjustment for SBM Life (15,256) (15,256)
Dividends to shareholder (12,800) (12,800)
Change in surplus in separate accounts (1,113) (1,113)
Transfer from separate accounts 1,114 1,114
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1995 3,000 87,535 55,492 146,027
Net income 26,042 26,042
Net change in unrealized gain of subsidiary 9,133 9,133
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 27 27
Increase in asset valuation reserve (1,395) (1,395)
Dividends to shareholder (16,000) (16,000)
Other changes in surplus in separate accounts 2,960 2,960
Transfer to separate accounts, net (2,960) (2,960)
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1996 $3,000 $87,535 $73,299 $163,834
======================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Operations:
Premiums, policy proceeds, and other
considerations received $ 745,594 $ 246,692
Net investment income received 171,376 153,357
Commission and expense allowances received
on reinsurance ceded 1,905 2,111
Benefits paid (341,767) (395,810)
Insurance expenses paid (30,246) (30,624)
Other income received net of other expenses paid 10,100 8,914
Net transfers to separate accounts (144,958) (99,721)
Federal income taxes paid (3,702) -
-----------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operations 408,302 (115,081)
Investment activities:
Proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments:
Bonds 1,604,304 1,075,864
Preferred stocks 57,895 7,604
Common stocks - 3,300
Mortgage loans 5,668 50,528
Real estate - 638
Other invested assets 7,233 3,360
Net gains on cash and short-term investments 9 -
Miscellaneous proceeds 211 -
-----------------------
Total investment proceeds 1,675,320 1,141,294
Taxes paid on capital gains (2,312) -
-----------------------
Net proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments 1,673,008 1,141,294
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis) (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
---------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Cost of investments acquired:
Bonds 1,960,794 1,036,258
Preferred and common stocks 92,077 13,340
Other invested assets - 10,472
---------------------------
Total cost of investments acquired 2,052,871 1,060,070
Net increase in policy loans and premium notes 3,569 4,071
---------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities (383,432) 77,153
Financing and miscellaneous activities:
Other cash provided:
Capital and surplus paid-in - 19,850
Other sources 40,403 16,930
---------------------------
Total other cash provided 40,403 36,780
Other cash applied:
Dividends to shareholders 16,000 12,800
Other applications, net 16,740 12,132
---------------------------
Total other cash applied 32,740 24,932
---------------------------
Net cash provided by financing and
miscellaneous activities 7,663 11,848
---------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and short-term
investments 32,533 (26,080)
Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year 54,476 80,556
---------------------------
Cash and short-term investments at end of year $ 87,009 $ 54,476
===========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies
Organization
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity" or the "Company") is an indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc. ("ARM"). ARM acquired the
Company and its wholly owned insurance subsidiary, National Integrity Life
Insurance Company ("National Integrity"), on November 26, 1993 from The National
Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited ("National Mutual"). The Company
is domiciled in the state of Ohio. The Company, currently licensed in 45 states
and the District of Columbia, and National Integrity provide retail and
institutional products throughout the United States to the long-term savings and
retirement marketplace.
On June 14, 1995, ARM completed the acquisition of substantially all of the
assets and business operations of SBM Company (the "Acquisition"), including all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of SBM Company's subsidiaries, State
Bond and Mortgage Life Insurance Company ("SBM Life") and SBM Financial
Services, Inc. (which subsequently changed its name to ARM Securities
Corporation). By virtue of the Acquisition, ARM acquired control of SBM
Certificate Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of SBM Life. Concurrent with the
Acquisition, ARM acquired all outstanding shares of the authorized capital stock
of SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for a purchase price of $3.3 million.
The designated effective date of the Acquisition was May 31, 1995.
The aggregate purchase price for the Acquisition was $38.8 million. ARM financed
the Acquisition by issuing a total of 9,770 shares of ARM's Class A common stock
to certain private equity funds managed by a subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group
Inc. and certain private investors for an aggregate sale price of $63.5 million.
ARM used proceeds from issuance of the new common equity in excess of the
adjusted purchase price for the Acquisition to (i) make a $19.9 million capital
contribution to SBM Life, (ii) acquire SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for
$3.3 million, and (iii) provide for fees and expenses related to the
Acquisition.
In connection with the Acquisition, on May 31, 1995, SBM Life was permitted to
record a direct charge to paid-in surplus of $15.3 million from marking-to-
market its entire bond portfolio. ARM's $19.9 million capital contribution to
SBM Life was primarily intended
9
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
to replace surplus depleted by the $15.3 million charge. Following the
Acquisition, ARM restructured SBM Life's investment portfolio to reduce SBM
Life's concentration of investments in collateralized mortgage obligations.
On December 31, 1995, SBM Life was merged with and into the Company. In
accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' (the
"NAIC") Annual Statement Instructions, the 1996 and 1995 Annual Statements were
prepared as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 1994. The capital stock and
paid-in surplus reported at December 31, 1995 represent balances for the Company
(adjusted for the aforementioned charge to paid-in surplus and offsetting
capital contribution). All remaining SBM Life capital and surplus at that date
was included as unassigned surplus.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio
Department of Insurance. Such practices vary from generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP"). The more significant variances from GAAP are as follows:
Investments
Investments in bonds and preferred stocks are reported at amortized cost or
market value based on the NAIC rating; for GAAP, such fixed maturity
investments are designated at purchase as held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity fixed investments are reported at
amortized cost, and the remaining fixed maturity investments are reported at
fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in operations for
those designated as trading and as a separate component of shareholder's
equity for those designated as available-for-sale. In addition, fair values of
certain investments in bonds and stocks are based on values specified by the
NAIC, rather than on actual or estimated market values used for GAAP.
10
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Realized gains and losses are reported in income net of income tax and
transfers to the interest maintenance reserve. Changes between cost and
admitted investment asset amounts are credited or charged directly to
unassigned surplus rather than to a separate surplus account. The Asset
Valuation Reserve is determined by an NAIC prescribed formula and is
reported as a liability rather than unassigned surplus. Under a formula
prescribed by the NAIC, the Company defers the portion of realized gains and
losses on sales of fixed income investments, principally bonds and mortgage
loans, attributable to changes in the general level of interest rates and
amortizes those deferrals over the remaining period to maturity based on the
individual security sold using the seriatim method. The net deferral is
reported as the Interest Maintenance Reserve in the accompanying balance
sheets. Under GAAP, realized gains and losses are reported in the income
statement on a pretax basis in the period that the asset giving rise to the
gain or loss is sold and include provisions when there has been a decline in
asset values deemed other than temporary.
Subsidiary
The accounts and operations of the Company's subsidiary are not consolidated
with the accounts and operations of the Company as would be required under
GAAP.
Policy Acquisition Costs
Costs of acquiring and renewing business are expensed when incurred. Under
GAAP, acquisition costs related to investment-type products, to the extent
recoverable from future gross profits, are amortized generally in proportion
to the emergence of future gross profits over the estimated term of the
underlying policies.
Nonadmitted Assets
Certain assets designated as "nonadmitted," principally receivables greater
than 90 days past due, are excluded from the accompanying balance sheets and
are charged directly to unassigned surplus.
11
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Premiums
Revenues include premiums and deposits received and benefits include death
benefits paid and the change in policy reserves. Under GAAP, such premiums
and deposits received are accounted for as a deposit liability and therefore
not recognized as premium revenue; benefits paid equal to the policy account
value are accounted for as a return of deposit instead of benefit expense.
Benefit Reserves
Certain policy reserves are calculated using statutorily prescribed interest
and mortality assumptions rather than on estimated expected experience or
actual account balances as would be required under GAAP.
Federal Income Taxes
Deferred federal income taxes are not provided for differences between the
financial statement amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
12
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
The effects of the foregoing variances from GAAP on the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Net income as reported in the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements $ 26,042 $ 17,869
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of amortization 11,036 16,651
Adjustments to customer deposits (1,883) (5,994)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (412) (769)
Amortization of value of insurance in force (5,850) (7,104)
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve (3,090) (3,906)
Adjustments for realized investment gains 3,373 5,313
Adjustments for federal income tax expense (6,516) (4,719)
Investment in subsidiary 9,498 4,833
Adjustment for SBM Life operating results prior to the Acquisition (see Note 1) - 4,604
Other (2,108) 1,274
-------------------------
Net income, GAAP basis $ 30,090 $ 28,052
=========================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Capital and surplus as reported in the accompanying
statutory basis financial statements $ 163,834 $ 146,027
Adjustments to customer deposits (169,041) (167,158)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (15,580) (18,541)
Asset valuation reserve and interest maintenance reserve 81,246 82,941
Value of insurance in force 85,352 91,202
Goodwill 6,826 7,090
Deferred policy acquisition costs 54,354 43,318
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (9,211) 24,127
Other 8,238 7,127
-------------------------
Shareholder's equity, GAAP basis $ 206,018 $ 216,133
=========================
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Other significant accounting practices are as follows:
Investments
Bonds, preferred stocks, common stocks, and short-term investments are stated at
values prescribed by the NAIC, as follows:
Bonds and short-term investments are reported at cost or amortized cost. The
discount or premium on bonds is amortized using the interest method. For loan-
backed bonds, anticipated prepayments are considered when determining the
amortization of discount or premium.
Prepayment assumptions for loan-backed bonds and structured securities are
obtained from broker-dealer survey values or internal estimates. These
assumptions are consistent with the current interest rate and economic
environment. The retrospective adjustment method is used to value all such
securities.
Preferred stocks are reported at cost.
The Company's investment in its insurance subsidiary is reported at the equity
in the underlying statutory basis of National Integrity's net assets. Changes
in the admitted asset carrying amount of the investment are credited or
charged directly to unassigned surplus.
Short-term investments include investments with maturities of less than one
year at the date of acquisition.
Mortgage loans and policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances.
Realized capital gains and losses are determined using the specific
identification method.
Benefits
Life and annuity reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined
based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and
valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater
than or equal to the minimum or guaranteed policy cash values or the amounts
required by the Ohio Department of
14
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Insurance. The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon the
death of life and annuity policy insureds and does not return any premium beyond
the date of death. Surrender values on policies do not exceed the corresponding
benefit reserve. Policies issued subject to multiple table substandard extra
premiums are valued on the standard reserve basis which recognizes the non-level
incidence of the excess mortality costs. Additional reserves are established
when the results of cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios
indicate the need for such reserves.
Tabular interest, tabular less actual reserve released, and tabular cost have
been determined by formula as prescribed by the NAIC.
Reinsurance
Reinsurance premiums, benefits and expenses are accounted for on bases
consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and
the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums, benefits and expenses, and the
reserves for policy and contract liabilities are reported net, rather than
gross, of reinsured amounts.
Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying balance
sheets represent funds that are separately administered, principally for
variable annuity contracts. Separate accounts assets are reported at market
value. Surrender charges collectible by the general account in the event of
variable policy surrenders are reported as a negative liability rather than an
asset pursuant to prescribed NAIC accounting practices. The operations of the
separate accounts are not included in the accompanying financial statements,
except for separate accounts with guarantees. Fees charged on separate accounts
policyholder deposits are included in other revenues.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in compliance with statutory accounting
practices requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
15
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the
presentation of the 1996 financial statements. These reclassifications resulted
in an immaterial increase in prior year net income and had no effect on
previously reported surplus.
2. Permitted Statutory Accounting Practices
The Company's statutory basis financial statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of
Insurance. "Prescribed" statutory accounting practices include state laws,
regulations, and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of
publications of the NAIC. "Permitted" statutory accounting practices encompass
all accounting practices that are not prescribed; such practices may differ from
state to state, may differ from company to company within a state, and may
change in the future. The NAIC currently is in the process of recodifying
statutory accounting practices, the result of which is expected to constitute
the only source of "prescribed" statutory accounting practices. Accordingly,
that project, which is expected to be effective for 1999, will likely change, to
some extent, prescribed statutory accounting practices, and may result in
changes to the accounting practices that the Company uses to prepare its
statutory financial statements. Although the recodification project is meant to
be surplus neutral, there is not enough available information for the industry
to assess the impact of such project.
16
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments
The cost or amortized cost and the fair value of investments in bonds are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 226,928 $ 778 $ 1,343 $ 226,363
States and political subdivisions 4,045 121 - 4,166
Foreign governments 39,336 160 296 39,200
Public utilities 120,513 1,204 1,084 120,633
Other corporate securities 626,219 4,111 18,657 611,673
Asset-backed securities 282,903 - - 282,903
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 - 170 1,182,278
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $2,482,392 $6,374 $21,550 $2,467,216
=============================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 187,867 $ 3,089 $ 71 $ 190,885
States and political subdivisions 9,193 495 - 9,688
Foreign governments 60,881 433 577 60,737
Public utilities 76,388 3,822 2 80,208
Other corporate securities 577,088 15,845 8,103 584,830
Asset-backed securities 109,480 - - 109,480
Mortgage-backed securities 734,339 52 1 734,390
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $1,755,236 $23,736 $ 8,754 $1,770,218
=============================================================
</TABLE>
Fair values are based on published quotations of the Securities Valuation Office
of the NAIC. Fair values generally represent quoted market value prices for
securities traded in
17
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
the public marketplace, or analytically determined values using bid or closing
prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. However, for certain
investments for which the NAIC does not provide a value, the Company uses the
amortized cost amount as a substitute for fair value in accordance with
prescribed guidance. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the fair value of
investments in bonds includes $1,853,618,000 and $646,393,000, respectively, of
bonds that were valued at amortized cost.
A summary of the cost or amortized cost and fair value of the Company's
investments in bonds at December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity, is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or
Amortized Fair
Cost Value
--------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Years to maturity:
One or less $ 24,891 $ 24,783
After one through five 164,212 160,461
After five through ten 209,202 203,861
After ten 618,737 612,931
Asset-backed securities 282,902 282,902
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 1,182,278
--------------------------
Total $2,482,392 $2,467,216
==========================
</TABLE>
The expected maturities in the foregoing table may differ from the contractual
maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties and because asset-
backed and mortgage-backed securities (including floating-rate securities)
provide for periodic payments throughout their life.
Proceeds from the sales of investments in bonds during 1996 and 1995 were
$1,435,801,000 and $912,298,000; gross gains of $26,178,000 and $21,015,000, and
gross losses of $14,430,000 and $10,561,000 were realized on those sales,
respectively.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, bonds with an admitted asset value of $7,693,000
and $24,192,000, respectively, were on deposit with state insurance departments
to satisfy regulatory requirements.
18
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Unrealized gains and losses on investment in subsidiary are reported directly in
surplus and do not affect operations. The gross unrealized gains and losses on,
and the cost and fair value of, the investment are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subsidiary $17,823 $30,449 $ - $48,272
=====================================================
At December 31, 1995:
Subsidiary $17,823 $21,316 $ - $39,139
=====================================================
</TABLE>
The Company has made no new investments in mortgage loans during 1996. The
maximum percentage of any one loan to the value of the security at the time of
the loan exclusive of any purchase money mortgages is 75%. Fire insurance at
least equal to the excess of the loan over the maximum loan which would be
permitted by law on the land without the buildings is required on all properties
covered by mortgage loans. As of year-end the Company held no mortgages with
interest more than one year past due. During 1996, no interest rates of
outstanding mortgage loans were reduced. No amounts have been advanced by the
Company.
In connection with the change in control of the Company during 1993, National
Mutual agreed to indemnify the Company pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated
November 26, 1993, with respect to (i) principal (up to 100%) of the Company's
mortgage loans' statutory book value as of December 31, 1992 and (ii)
contractual interest payments (based on the original principal amount) of all
acquired commercial and agricultural mortgage loans. In support of its
indemnification obligations, National Mutual has placed $23.0 million into
escrow in favor of the Company and National Integrity until the mortgage loans
have been repaid in full.
19
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Major categories of the Company's net investment income are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Income:
Bonds $158,724 $138,791
Preferred stocks 3,626 680
Mortgage loans 3,703 7,140
Real estate 218 118
Policy loans 6,729 6,150
Short-term investments and cash 3,849 3,696
Other investment income 168 911
--------------------
Total investment income 177,017 157,486
Investment expenses (5,206) (5,121)
--------------------
Net investment income $171,811 $152,365
====================
</TABLE>
4. Reinsurance
Consistent with prudent business practices and the general practice of the
insurance industry, the Company reinsures risks under certain of its insurance
products with other insurance companies through reinsurance agreements. Through
these reinsurance agreements, substantially all mortality risks associated with
single premium endowment and variable annuity deposits and substantially all
risks associated with variable life business have been reinsured with non-
affiliated insurance companies. A contingent liability exists with respect to
insurance ceded which would become a liability should the reinsurer be unable to
meet the obligations assumed under these reinsurance agreements.
The Company purchased guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") deposits totaling
$358,339,000 from National Integrity as of June 30, 1996. Beginning April 1,
1996 and
20
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
4. Reinsurance (continued)
through December 31, 1996, the Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits
through a 50% coinsurance agreement with General American Life Insurance
Company.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums and amounts earned is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Direct premiums and amounts
assessed against policyholders $241,442 $248,906
Reinsurance assumed 521,067 7,497
Reinsurance ceded (16,915) (9,713)
---------------------
Net premiums and amounts earned $745,594 $246,690
=====================
</TABLE>
5. Federal Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated return with National Integrity. The method of
allocation between the companies is based on separate return calculations after
consolidated losses and credits.
Income before income taxes differs from taxable income principally due to value
of insurance in force, interest maintenance reserves, and differences in policy
and contract liabilities and investment income for tax and financial reporting
purposes.
The current year and prior year tax provisions were calculated including
consolidated net operating loss carryover benefits of $14,164,000 and
$14,084,000, respectively.
The Company had a net operating loss carryforward of approximately $7.0 million
at December 31, 1995 expiring in the years 2005 to 2007. The filing of amended
1993 and 1994 consolidated federal returns generated additional consolidated net
operating losses of $7.2 million, which were fully utilized in the current year
provision.
Federal income tax regulations allowed certain special deductions for 1983 and
prior years which are accumulated in a memorandum tax account designated as
"policyholders' surplus". Generally, this policyholders' surplus account will
become subject to tax at the
21
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
5. Federal Income Taxes (continued)
then-current rates only if the accumulated balance exceeds certain maximum
limitations or if certain cash distributions are deemed to be paid out of the
account. At December 31, 1996, the Company's accumulated separate policyholders'
surplus account balance was approximately $1,739,000, which the Company obtained
as a result of the SBM Life merger at December 31, 1995. The Company has no
plans to distribute amounts from the policyholders' surplus account, and no
further additions to the account are allowed by the Tax Reform Act of 1984.
6. Surplus
Dividends that ARM may receive from the Company in any year without prior
approval of the Ohio Insurance Director are limited by statute to the greater of
(i) 10% of the Company's statutory capital and surplus as of the preceding
December 31, and (ii) the Company's statutory net income for the preceding year.
The maximum dividend payments that may be made by the Company to ARM during 1997
are $26,042,000.
Under New York insurance laws, National Integrity may pay dividends to Integrity
only out of its earnings and surplus, subject to at least thirty days' prior
notice to the New York Insurance Superintendent and no disapproval from the
Superintendent prior to the date of such dividend. The Superintendent may
disapprove a proposed dividend if the Superintendent finds that the financial
condition of National Integrity does not warrant such distribution.
The NAIC adopted Risk-Based Capital ("RBC") requirements which became effective
December 31, 1993, that attempt to evaluate the adequacy of a life insurance
company's adjusted statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment,
insurance and other business risks. The RBC formula will be used by the states
as an early warning tool to identify possible under-capitalized companies for
the purpose of initiating regulatory action and is not designed to be a basis
for ranking the financial strength of insurance companies. In addition, the
formula defines a new minimum capital standard which supplements the previous
system of low fixed minimum capital and surplus requirements. The RBC
requirements provide for four different levels of regulatory attention depending
on the ratio of the company's adjusted capital and surplus to its RBC. As of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, the adjusted capital and surplus of the Company is
substantially in excess of the minimum level of RBC that would require
regulatory response.
22
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
7. Annuity Reserves
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's annuity reserves, including
separate accounts, and deposit fund liabilities that are subject to
discretionary withdrawal (with adjustment), subject to discretionary withdrawal
without adjustment, and not subject to discretionary withdrawal provisions are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 121,549 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 263,726 8.7
At market value 543,906 18.1
Total with adjustment or at market --------------------
value 929,181 30.8
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or
adjustment 1,520,259 50.5
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 561,616 18.7
--------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 3,011,056 100.0%
======
Less reinsurance ceded 44,653
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,966,403
==========
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)(continued)
7. Annuity Reserves (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
--------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 81,678 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 371,396 18.0
At market value 404,273 19.5
-------------------
Total with adjustment or at market
value 857,347 41.5
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or adjustment 664,997 32.2
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 542,014 26.3
-------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 2,064,358 100.0%
=====
Less reinsurance ceded 62,808
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,001,550
==========
</TABLE>
The Company's insurance and annuity reserves (net of reinsurance) increased in
1996 by 48.2%, from $2,001,550,000 at December 31, 1995 to $2,966,403,000 at
December 31, 1996. Beginning April 1, 1996 and through December 31, 1996, the
Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits through a 50% coinsurance agreement
and purchased $358,339,000 in GIC deposits from National Integrity as of
June 30, 1996.
8. Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities represent funds segregated for the
benefit of variable annuity, certain fixed annuity and variable life
policyholders who generally bear the investment risk (mutual fund options), or
for certain policyholders who are
24
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
guaranteed a fixed rate of return (guaranteed rate options). Assets held in
separate accounts are carried at estimated fair values.
Information regarding the separate accounts of the Company as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
-------------------------
Nonindexed Nonguaranteed
Guaranteed Separate
Indexed More than 4% Accounts Total
----------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Premiums, deposits and other
considerations $15,499 $ 57,823 $126,770 $200,092
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts with
assets at fair value $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts by
withdrawal characteristics:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ - $121,549 $ - $121,549
At book value without market value
adjustment and with current
surrender charge of 5% or more - 8,244 - 8,244
At market value 183 - 571,880 572,063
----------------------------------------------------------
183 129,793 571,880 701,856
Not subject to discretionary
withdrawal 13,593 - - 13,593
----------------------------------------------------------
Total separate accounts reserves $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
A reconciliation of the amounts transferred to and from the separate accounts
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Separate Accounts
Statement:
Transfers to separate accounts $200,092 $129,830
Transfers from separate accounts (71,356) (43,344)
-----------------------
Net transfers to separate accounts 128,736 86,486
Reconciling adjustments:
Mortality and expense charges reported
as other revenues 6,977 4,726
Policy deductions reported as other
revenues 1,857 1,605
-----------------------
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Life, Accident and
Health Annual Statement $137,570 $ 92,817
=======================
</TABLE>
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value
information about all financial instruments, including insurance liabilities
classified as investment contracts, unless specifically exempted. The fair value
of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a
forced or liquidation sale. In cases where quoted market prices are not
available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other
valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the
assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash
flows. Accordingly, the aggregate
26
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value
of such instruments. For financial instruments not separately disclosed below,
the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 December 31, 1995
-----------------------------------------------------
Carrying Carrying
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $2,552,022 $1,755,236 $1,797,097
Preferred stocks 42,234 43,550 7,604 8,623
Mortgage loans 32,946 32,946 38,612 38,612
Liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves for
investment-type contracts $2,279,832 $2,297,739 $1,490,606 $1,571,032
Separate accounts annuity reserves 687,292 686,518 485,951 484,406
</TABLE>
Bonds and Preferred Stocks
Fair values for bonds and preferred stocks are based on quoted market prices,
where available. For bonds and preferred stocks for which a quoted market price
is not available, fair values are estimated using internally calculated
estimates or quoted market prices of comparable investments.
Mortgage Loans
Pursuant to the terms of ARM's acquisition of the Company, payments of principal
and interest on mortgage loans acquired on November 26, 1993 are guaranteed by
National Mutual. Principal received in excess of statutory book value is to be
returned to National Mutual. Accordingly, book value is deemed to be fair value.
27
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
Life and Annuity Reserves for Investment-Type Contracts
The fair value of single premium immediate annuities is based on discounted
cash flow calculations using a market yield rate for assets with similar
durations. The fair value of the remaining annuities is primarily based on the
cash surrender values of the underlying policies.
Separate Accounts Annuity Reserves
The fair value of separate accounts annuity reserves for investment-type
products equals the cash surrender values.
10. Related Party Transactions
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company entered into an Administrative Services
Agreement with ARM. ARM performs certain administrative and special services for
the Company to assist with its business operations. The services include
policyholder services; accounting, tax and auditing; underwriting; marketing and
product development; functional support services; payroll functions; personnel
functions; administrative support services; and investment functions. During
1996 and 1995, the Company was charged $13,823,000 and $9,691,000, respectively,
for these services in accordance with the requirements of applicable insurance
law and regulations.
In connection with ARM's acquisition of the Company in 1993, ARM obtained a Term
Loan Facility Agreement in the principal amount of $40.0 million. The loan
amount is secured by a pledge of the shares of common stock of Integrity.
28
<PAGE>
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET - GrandMaster III
Showing Location in Part A (Prospectus) and Part B (Statement of Additional
Information) of Information required By Form N-4
PART A: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS - GrandMaster III
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Prospectus
<S> <C> <C>
1. Cover Page Cover Page
2. Definitions Part 1 - Summary
3. Synopsis Part 1 - Summary; Table of Annual Fees
and Expenses; Examples
4. Condensed Financial Information Part 1 - Financial Information
5. General Description of Registrant, Part 2 - Integrity and the Separate Account;
Annuity Contracts Part 3 - Your Investment Options
6. Deductions Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
7. General Description of Variable Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity contracts Annuity Contract
8. Annuity Period Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
9. Death Benefit Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
10. Purchases and Contract Value Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
11. Redemptions Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
12. Taxes Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
13. Legal Proceedings Not Applicable
14. Table of Contents of the Statement Table of Contents
of Additional Information
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PART B: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION - GRANDMASTER III
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Statement of Additional
Information
<S> <C> <C>
15. Cover Page Cover Page
16. Table of Contents Cover Page
17. General Information and History Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
18. Services Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
20. Underwriters Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
21. Calculation of Performance Data Part 3 - Performance Information
22. Annuity Payments Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
23. Financial Statements Part 5 - Financial Statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Prospectus
==========
GrandMaster III
Flexible Premium Variable Annuity
issued by Integrity Life Insurance Company
This prospectus describes a flexible premium variable annuity offered by
Integrity Life Insurance Company, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM
Financial Group, Inc. The individual contracts and group certificates
(contracts) offered by this prospectus provide several types of benefits, some
of which have tax-favored status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Contributions under the contracts may be allocated to the various
investment divisions of our Separate Account I (Variable Account Options, or
individually, Option) or to our Fixed Accounts, or both.
Contributions to the Variable Account Options are invested in shares of
corresponding portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund (VIP), Variable
Insurance Products Fund II (VIP II), and Variable Insurance Products Fund III
(VIP III) (the Funds or Fund). The Funds are part of the Fidelity Investments(R)
group of companies. The values allocated to the Options reflect the investment
performance of the Funds' portfolios. The prospectus for the Funds describes the
investment objectives, policies and risks of each of the Funds' portfolios.
There are thirteen Variable Account Options, which invest in the following
portfolios:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
. VIP Money Market Portfolio . VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
. VIP High Income Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
. VIP Equity-Income Portfolio . VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
. VIP Growth Portfolio . VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
. VIP Overseas Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
. VIP III Balanced Portfolio . VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
. VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
</TABLE>
We currently offer Guaranteed Rate Options (GROs) and a Systematic Transfer
Option (STO), together referred to as Fixed Accounts. Your allocation to a GRO
accumulates at a fixed interest rate we declare at the beginning of the duration
you select. A market value adjustment (Market Value Adjustment) will be made for
withdrawals, surrenders, transfers and certain other transactions before the
expiration of your GRO Account, but your value under a GRO Account may not be
decreased below an amount equal to your allocation plus interest compounded at
an annual effective rate of 3% (Minimum Value), less previous withdrawals and
any applicable contingent withdrawal charges. Your allocation to the STO
accumulates at a fixed interest rate that we declare each calendar quarter,
guaranteed never to be less than an effective annual yield of 3%. You must
transfer all contributions you make to the STO into other Investment Options
within one year of contribution on a monthly or quarterly basis.
This prospectus contains information about the contracts that you should know
before investing. You should read this prospectus and any supplements, and
retain them for future reference. This prospectus is not valid unless provided
with the current prospectus for the Funds, which you should also read.
For further information and assistance, you should contact our Administrative
Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, OH
43218. The express mail address is Integrity Life Insurance Company, 200 East
Wilson Bridge Road, Worthington, Ohio 43085. You may also call the following
toll-free number: 1-800-325-8583.
A registration statement relating to the contracts, which includes a Statement
of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 1997, has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The SAI is incorporated by reference into
this prospectus. A copy of the SAI is available free of charge by writing to or
calling our Administrative Office. A table of contents for the SAI follows the
table of contents for this prospectus.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR
ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1997.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part 1 - Summary Page
<S> <C>
Your Variable Annuity Contract......................... 1
Your Benefits.......................................... 1
How Your Contract is Taxed............................. 1
Your Contributions..................................... 1
Your Investment Options................................ 1
Variable Account Options............................... 1
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value... 2
Transfers.............................................. 2
Charges and Fees....................................... 2
Withdrawals............................................ 2
Your Initial Right to Revoke........................... 3
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses...................... 4
Financial Information.................................. 7
Part 2 - Integrity And The Separate Account
Integrity Life Insurance Company....................... 9
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options.. 9
Assets of Our Separate Account......................... 9
Changes In How We Operate.............................. 9
Part 3 - Your Investment Options
The Funds.............................................. 10
The Funds' Investment Adviser...................... 10
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios............ 12
Fixed Accounts......................................... 13
Guaranteed Rate Options............................ 14
Renewals of GRO Accounts.......................... 14
Market Value Adjustments.......................... 14
Systematic Transfer Option......................... 15
Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
Separate Account Charges............................... 16
Annual Administrative Charge........................... 16
Fund Charges........................................... 16
State Premium Tax Deduction............................ 16
Contingent Withdrawal Charge........................... 17
Transfer Charge........................................ 18
Tax Reserve............................................ 18
Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable Annuity
Contributions Under Your Contract...................... 18
Your Account Value..................................... 18
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account......... 19
How We Determine Unit Value............................ 19
Transfers.............................................. 20
Withdrawals............................................ 20
Assignments............................................ 20
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C>
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions................ 21
Annuity Benefits................................................ 21
Annuities....................................................... 21
Annuity Payments................................................ 22
Timing of Payment............................................... 23
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions..................... 23
Part 6 - Voting Rights
Fund Voting Rights.............................................. 23
How We Determine Your Voting Shares............................. 23
How Fund Shares Are Voted....................................... 24
Separate Account Voting Rights.................................. 24
Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
Introduction.................................................... 24
Your Contract is an Annuity..................................... 24
Taxation of Annuities Generally................................. 25
Distribution-at-Death Rules..................................... 25
Diversification Standards....................................... 26
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs................................. 26
Individual Retirement Annuities.............................. 26
Tax Sheltered Annuities...................................... 27
Simplified Employee Pensions................................. 27
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension
and Profit Sharing Plans.................................... 27
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and
Tax-Exempt Organizations.................................... 27
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs............. 28
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding........................ 28
Impact of Taxes to Integrity.................................... 29
Transfers Among Investment Options.............................. 29
Part 8 - Additional Information
Systematic Withdrawals.......................................... 29
Dollar Cost Averaging........................................... 29
Systematic Transfer Program..................................... 30
Individual Asset Rebalancing.................................... 30
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program .............. 30
Systematic Contributions........................................ 31
Performance Information......................................... 32
</TABLE>
Appendix A - Illustration of a Market Value Adjustment........ 33
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
<PAGE>
SAI Table of Contents
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
Part 3 - Performance Information
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
Part 5 - Financial Statements
If you would like to receive a copy of the Statement of Additional Information,
please complete the form below and send it to:
Administrative Office
Integrity Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 182080
Columbus, OH 43218
ATTN: Request for SAI of Separate Account I
Name:________________________________________________
Address:_____________________________________________
City:____________State:_________ Zip:________________
<PAGE>
PART 1 - SUMMARY
Your Variable Annuity Contract
In this prospectus, we, our and us mean Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Integrity), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
(ARM). We offer individual variable annuity contracts. In certain states, we
offer certificates under a group variable annuity contract instead of contracts.
When we use the words contract or certificate, we are referring to both the
individual contracts and the group certificates.
You can invest for retirement by purchasing a contract if you properly complete
a Customer Profile form (an application or enrollment form may be required in
some states) and make a minimum initial contribution. In this prospectus, you
and your mean the Annuitant, the person upon whose life the Annuity Benefit and
the Death Benefit are based, usually the Owner of the contract. If the Annuitant
does not own the contract, all of the rights under the contract belong to the
Owner until annuity payments begin.
Your retirement or endowment date (Retirement Date) will be no later than your
98th birthday or earlier, if required by law, unless you notify us of a
different date.
Your Benefits
Your contract provides an Account Value, an annuity benefit, and a death
benefit. See "Your Account Value," "Death Benefits and Similar Benefit
Distributions" and "Annuity Benefits" in Part 5.
Your benefits may be received under a contract subject to the usual rules for
taxation of annuities, including the tax-deferral of earnings until withdrawal.
The contract also can provide your benefits under certain tax-favored retirement
programs, which are subject to special rules covering such matters as
eligibility and contribution amounts. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the
Contracts" for detailed information.
How Your Contract is Taxed
Under current law, any increases in the value of your contributions to your
contract are tax deferred and will not be included in your taxable income until
withdrawn. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
Your Contributions
The minimum initial contribution in most states is currently $1,000. Minimum
initial contribution for residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington State is $3,000. Subsequent contributions of at least $100 can be
made. Special rules for lower minimum initial and subsequent contributions apply
for certain tax-favored retirement plans. See "Contributions Under Your
Contract" in Part 5.
Your Investment Options
You may allocate contributions to the Variable Account Options or to the Fixed
Accounts, or both. The Variable Account Options and the Fixed Accounts are
together referred to as the Investment Options. Contributions may be allocated
to up to nine Investment Options at any one time. See "Contributions Under Your
Contract" in Part 5. To select Investment Options most suitable for you, see
Part 3, "Your Investment Options."
Variable Account Options
The Variable Account Options (also referred to as Divisions) invest in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Funds, each a "series" type of mutual
fund. Each investment portfolio is referred to as a Portfolio. The investment
objective of each Variable Account Option and its corresponding Portfolio is the
same. Your value in a Variable Account Option will vary depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolio. For a full description of the Funds,
see the Funds' prospectus and the Funds' Statement of Additional Information.
1
<PAGE>
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value
The sum of your values under the Fixed Accounts plus your values in the Variable
Account Options is referred to as the Account Value. Your Adjusted Account Value
is your Account Value, as increased or decreased (but not below the Minimum
Value) by any Market Value Adjustments. Your Cash Value is equal to your
Adjusted Account Value, reduced by any applicable contingent withdrawal charge
and will be reduced by the pro rata portion of the annual administrative charge,
if applicable. See "Charges and Fees" below.
Transfers
You may transfer all or portions of your Account Value among the Investment
Options, subject to the conditions described under "Transfers" in Part 5.
Transfers from any Investment Option must be for at least $250. Transfers may be
arranged through our telephone transfer service. See Part 5, "Transfers."
Transfers may also be made under our following special services: (i) Dollar
Cost Averaging, (ii) Individual Asset Rebalancing, (iii) Ibbotson Asset
Allocation and Rebalancing Program, or (iv) to transfer your STO contributions.
See Part 8, "Dollar Cost Averaging," "Individual Asset Rebalancing," "Ibbotson
Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program," and "Systematic Transfer Program."
Charges and Fees
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 as of the last day of any contract
year prior to your Retirement Date, an annual administrative expense charge of
$30 is deducted from your contract. See Part 4, "Deductions and Charges."
A charge at an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value of the assets
in each Variable Account Option is made daily. We make this charge to cover
mortality and expense risks (1.20%) and certain administrative expenses (.15%).
The charge will never be greater than an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the
Account Value of the assets in each Variable Account Option. See Part 4,
"Deductions and Charges."
Investment advisory fees and other expenses are deducted from amounts invested
by the Separate Account in the Funds. For providing investment management
services to the Portfolios of the Funds, Fidelity Management and Research
Company (Fidelity Management) receives fees from the Portfolios based on the
average net assets of each Portfolio. The highest annual rate at which any of
the Portfolios paid advisory fees in 1996 was .76% of average net assets.
Advisory fees cannot be increased without the consent of Fund shareholders. See
"Table of Annual Fees and Expenses" below and "The Funds' Investment Adviser" in
Part 3.
If you frequently transfer funds from one Investment Option to another, certain
transfers may become subject to a charge. We will not, however, charge more than
$20 per transfer. See "Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
When you make withdrawals from your contract, a contingent withdrawal charge may
be deducted from your Account Value. This sales charge will be in addition to
the Market Value Adjustment applicable to early withdrawals from GRO Accounts.
Under certain circumstances, the contingent withdrawal charge and market value
adjustment may be waived. See "Withdrawals" below and "Guaranteed Rate Options"
in Part 3.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as frequently
as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. A sales charge of up to
8% of the contribution amount withdrawn,
2
<PAGE>
in excess of any free withdrawal amount (defined below), will be deducted from
your Account Value, unless one of the exceptions applies. This charge defrays
marketing expenses. See "Contingent Withdrawal Charge" in Part 4. Most
withdrawals made by you prior to age 59-1/2 are also subject to a 10% federal
tax penalty. In addition, some tax-favored retirement programs limit
withdrawals. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts." For partial
withdrawals, the total amount deducted from your Account Value will include the
withdrawal amount requested, any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and any
applicable withdrawal charge, so that the net amount you receive will be the
amount requested. For residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Washington
State a $3,000 minimum account balance is required to remain in your Contract
after any withdrawals.
The free withdrawal amount is a non-cumulative amount which you may take as a
partial withdrawal each contract year without being subject to the contingent
withdrawal charge or any Market Value Adjustment. It is equal to 10% of the
Account Value, minus cumulative prior withdrawals in the current contract year.
However, as explained above, a tax penalty still applies if you are under age
59-1/2.
Your Initial Right to Revoke
Within ten days after you receive your contract, you may cancel it by returning
it to our Administrative Office. The 10-day period may be extended if required
by state law. We will refund all your contributions with an adjustment for any
investment gain or loss on the contributions put into each Variable Account
Option from the date units were purchased until the date your contract is
received by us, including any charges deducted. If state law instead requires a
refund of your contributions without any adjustment, we will return that amount
to you. For allocations to Fixed Accounts, we will refund to you the amount of
your contributions.
3
<PAGE>
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
- -----------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Sales Load on Purchases......................................... $0
Deferred Sales Load (1)................................. 8% Maximum
Exchange Fee (2)................................................ $0
Annual Administrative Charge (3)................................ $30
</TABLE>
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a
percentage of average account value) (4)
- ----------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees.............................. 1.20%
Administrative Expenses...................................... .15%
-----
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses....................... 1.35%
=====
</TABLE>
Fund Annual Expenses After Reimbursement
(as a percentage of average net assets) (5)
- -------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other Total Annual
Portfolio Fees Expenses Expenses
- ---------- ---- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market.................. .21% .09% .30%
VIP High Income................... .59% .12% .71%(6)
VIP Equity-Income................. .51% .07% .58%
VIP Growth........................ .61% .08% .69%
VIP Overseas...................... .76% .17% .93%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond...... .45% .13% .58%
VIP II Asset Manager.............. .64% .10% .74%(6)(7)
VIP II Index 500.................. .13% .15% .28%(7)
VIP II Contrafund................. .61% .13% .74%(6)
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth...... .65% .22% .87%(6)(7)
VIP III Balanced.................. .48% .24% .72%(6)
VIP III Growth Opportunities...... .61% .16% .77%(6)
VIP III Growth & Income........... .50% .20% .70%(6)(8)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) See "Deductions and Charges - Contingent Withdrawal Charge" in Part 4. You
may make a partial withdrawal of up to 10% of the Account Value in any contract
year less withdrawals during the current contract year, without assessment of
any withdrawal charge.
(2) After the first twelve transfers during a contract year, Integrity has the
right to impose a transfer charge of $20 per transfer. This charge would not
apply to transfers made for dollar cost averaging, individual asset rebalancing,
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program, or systematic transfers. See
"Deductions and Charges - Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
(3) The annual administrative charge is $30. This charge applies only if the
Account Value is less than $50,000 at the end of any contract year prior to your
Retirement Date. See "Deductions and Charges - Annual Administrative Charge" in
Part 4.
(4) See "Deductions and Charges - Separate Account Charges" in Part 4.
(5) In the Funds' prospectus, see "Management, Distribution and Service Fees."
4
<PAGE>
(6) A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain funds pay was used to
reduce funds' expenses. In addition, certain funds have entered into
arrangements with their custodian and transfer agent whereby interest earned on
uninvested cash balances was used to reduce custodian and transfer agent
expenses. Including these reductions, the total operating expenses presented in
the table would have been .56% for VIP Equity-Income Portfolio, .67% for VIP
Growth Portfolio, .92% for VIP Overseas Portfolio, .73% for VIP II Asset Manager
Portfolio, .71% for VIP II Contrafund Portfolio, .85% for VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth Portfolio, and .76% for VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio, and .71%
for VIP III Balanced Portfolio.
(7) The investment adviser agreed to reimburse a portion of VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's expenses during the period. Without this reimbursement, the fund's
management fee, other expenses and total expenses would have been .28%, .15%,
and .43%, respectively.
(8) Annualized
Examples
The examples below show the expenses that would be borne by the Annuitant per
$1,000 investment, assuming a $40,000 average contract value and a 5% annual
rate of return on assets.
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you surrender your contract at the end of the
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
applicable period:
- -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market.............. $ 97.66 $114.61 $133.86 $203.09
VIP High Income............... $101.86 $127.34 $155.29 $246.89
VIP Equity-Income............. $100.53 $123.32 $148.53 $233.20
VIP Growth.................... $101.65 $126.72 $154.25 $244.80
VIP Overseas.................. $104.11 $134.13 $166.63 $269.66
VIP II Investment Grade Bond.. $100.53 $123.32 $148.53 $233.20
VIP II Asset Manager.......... $102.17 $128.27 $156.84 $250.03
VIP II Index 500.............. $ 97.45 $113.98 $132.81 $200.91
VIP II Contrafund............. $102.17 $128.27 $156.84 $250.03
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth.. $103.50 $132.28 $163.55 $263.50
VIP III Balanced.............. $101.96 $127.65 $155.81 $247.94
VIP III Growth Opportunities.. $102.47 $129.19 $158.39 $253.15
VIP III Growth & Income....... $101.76 $127.03 $154.77 $245.84
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you do not surrender your contract at the end
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the applicable period:
- ------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
- --------- ------ ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market.............. $17.66 $54.61 $ 93.86 $203.09
VIP High Income............... $21.86 $67.34 $115.29 $246.89
VIP Equity-Income............. $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP Growth.................... $21.65 $66.72 $114.25 $244.80
VIP Overseas.................. $24.11 $74.13 $126.63 $269.66
VIP II Investment Grade Bond.. $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP II Asset Manager.......... $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Index 500.............. $17.45 $53.98 $ 92.81 $200.91
VIP II Contrafund............. $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth.. $23.50 $72.28 $123.55 $263.50
VIP III Balanced.............. $21.96 $67.65 $115.81 $247.94
VIP III Growth Opportunities.. $22.47 $69.19 $118.39 $253.15
VIP III Growth & Income....... $21.76 $67.03 $114.77 $245.84
</TABLE>
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you elect the normal form of annuity at the
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
end of the applicable period:
- ----------------------------
Same expenses per $1,000 investment as shown in table immediately above.
These examples assume a continuation of the fixed charges that are borne by the
Separate Account and of the investment advisory fees and other expenses of the
Funds as they were for the year ended December 31, 1996, except for VIP III
Growth & Income Portfolio, which were based on estimated current expenses.
Actual Fund expenses may be greater or less than those on which these examples
were based. The annual rate of return assumed in the examples is not an estimate
or guarantee of future investment performance. The table also assumes an
estimated $40,000 average contract value, so that the administrative charge per
$1,000 of net asset value in the Separate Account is $0.75. Such per $1,000
charge would be higher for smaller Account Values and lower for higher values.
The above table and examples are intended to assist your understanding of the
various costs and expenses that apply to your contract, directly or indirectly.
These tables reflect expenses of the Separate Account as well as those of the
Portfolios. Premium taxes upon annuitization also may be applicable.
6
<PAGE>
Financial Information
The table below shows the unit value for each Variable Account Option at
inception, the number of units outstanding at December 31 of each year since
inception, and the unit value at the end of each period. The unit value at the
beginning of each period is the unit value as of the end of the previous period.
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity- Investment
Market Income Income Growth Overseas Grade Bond
Division Division Division Division Division Division
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
December 31, 1987 $10.18 - $7.74 $7.51 $8.13 $10.21
Number of Units 1,952 - 25,560 50 7,250 26,988
December 31, 1988 $10.75 - $8.49 $7.48 $8.93 $10.69
Number of Units 2,062 - 8,962 2,043 2,019 45,789
December 31, 1989 $11.57 - $10.41 $10.45 $11.02 $12.20
Number of Units 43,299 - 8,517 2,284 1,937 4,372
December 31, 1990 $12.34 - $9.04 $11.04 $10.16 $12.82
Number of Units 2,427 - 29,446 2,060 1,779 3,350
December 31, 1991 $12.90 - $12.92 $17.96 $12.44 $14.38
Number of Units 1,422 - 7,198 1,777 945 1,160
December 31, 1992 $13.22 - $14.90 $19.36 $10.95 $15.13
Number of Units 68,139 - 124,911 129,511 35,346 80,734
December 31, 1993 $13.46 $11.45 $17.38 $22.80 $14.83 $16.57
Number of Units 346,644 615,289 748,436 444,077 480,406 330,360
December 31, 1994 $13.84 $11.12 $18.35 $22.49 $14.88 $15.73
Number of Units 1,363,372 989,407 1,206,683 988,674 1,272,218 454,358
December 31, 1995 $14.46 $13.23 $24.46 $30.03 $16.10 $18.20
Number of Units 1,823,146 2,238,450 2,264,897 1,665,857 1,308,440 627,020
December 31, 1996 $15.03 $14.88 $27.57 $33.98 $17.98 $18.53
Number of Units 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964 807,207
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The inception date for
the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III
Growth & Income Option was December 31, 1996. The Inception date for the VIP II
Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Option was February 6,
1995. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter of
1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
7
<PAGE>
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Asset Index Contra- Manager Growth Growth
Manager 500 fund Growth Balanced Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
December 31, 1987 $8.00 - - - - - -
Number of Units 29,166 - - - - - -
December 31, 1988 $8.98 - - - - - -
Number of Units 11,300 - - - - - -
December 31, 1989 $11.16 - - - - - -
Number of Units 10,635 - - - - - -
December 31, 1990 $11.02 - - - - - -
Number of Units 12,194 - - - - - -
December 31, 1991 $13.60 - - - - - -
Number of Units 5,272 - - - - - -
December 31, 1992 $15.01 - - - - - -
Number of Units 309,292 - - - - - -
December 31, 1993 $17.92 $10.52 - - - - -
Number of Units 1,748,246 98,288 - - - - -
December 31, 1994 $16.60 $10.49 - - - - -
Number of Units 3,509,145 218,119 - - - - -
December 31, 1995 $19.15 $14.20 $13.50 $12.03 - - -
Number of Units 2,973,440 474,834 1,068,907 175,138 - - -
December 31, 1996 $21.65 $17.20 $16.15 $14.23 - - -
Number of Units 2,708,795 1,207,882 2,382,588 479,960 - - -
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The Inception date for
the VIP II Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: VIP Growth Option was
February 6, 1995. The inception date for the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III
Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III Growth & Income Option was December 31,
1996. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter
of 1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
8
<PAGE>
PART 2 - INTEGRITY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Integrity is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Ohio.
Our home office is in Worthington, Ohio and our principal executive office is in
Louisville, Kentucky. We are authorized to sell life insurance and annuities in
45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to the contracts, we sell
flexible premium annuity contracts with an underlying investment medium other
than the Funds, fixed single premium annuity contracts, and flexible premium
annuity contracts offering both traditional fixed guaranteed interest rates
along with fixed equity indexed options. We are currently licensed to sell
variable contracts in 45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to
issuing annuity products, we have entered into agreements with other insurance
companies to provide administrative and investment support for products to be
designed, underwritten and sold by these companies.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM. ARM specializes in the
asset accumulation business, providing retail and institutional customers with
products and services designed to serve the growing long-term savings and
retirement markets. At December 31, 1996, ARM had $4.8 billion of assets under
management.
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options
The Separate Account is established and maintained under the insurance laws of
the State of Ohio. It is a unit investment trust registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940
Act). A unit investment trust is a type of investment company. SEC registration
does not involve any supervision by the SEC of the management or investment
policies of the Separate Account. Each Variable Account Option invests in shares
of a corresponding Portfolio of the Funds. We may establish additional Options,
some of which may not be available for your allocations. The Variable Account
Options currently available to you are listed on the cover page of this
prospectus. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Portfolios then offered invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust.
Assets of Our Separate Account
Under Ohio law, we own the assets of our Separate Account and use them to
support the variable portion of your contract and other variable annuity
contracts. Annuitants under other variable annuity contracts will participate in
the Separate Account in proportion to the amounts relating to their contracts.
The Separate Account's assets supporting the variable portion of these variable
contracts may not be used to satisfy liabilities arising out of any other
business of ours. Under certain unlikely circumstances, one Variable Account
Option may be liable for claims relating to the operations of another Option.
Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without
regard to our other income, gains or losses. We may permit charges owed to us to
stay in the Separate Account, and thus may participate proportionately in the
Separate Account. Amounts in the Separate Account in excess of reserves and
other liabilities belong to us, and we may transfer them to our general account
(General Account).
Changes In How We Operate
We may modify how we or our Separate Account operate, subject to your approval
when required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation. You will be
notified if any changes result in a material change in the underlying
investments of a Variable Account Option. We may:
- add Options to, or remove Options from, our Separate Account, combine two or
more Options within our Separate Account, or withdraw assets relating to your
contract from one Option and put them into another;
- register or end the registration of the Separate Account under the 1940 Act;
9
<PAGE>
- operate our Separate Account under the direction of a committee or discharge
such a committee at any time (the committee may be composed of a majority of
persons who are "interested persons" of Integrity under the 1940 Act);
- restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners or others who have voting
rights that affect our Separate Account;
- cause one or more Options to invest in a mutual fund other than or in
addition to the Funds;
- operate our Separate Account or one or more of the Options in any other form
the law allows, including a form that allows us to make direct investments.
We may make any legal investments we wish. In choosing these investments, we
will rely on our own or outside counsel for advice.
PART 3 - YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
The Funds
Each of the Funds is an open-end diversified management investment company
registered under the 1940 Act. Such registration does not involve supervision by
the SEC of the investments or investment policies of the Funds. The Funds are
each a "series" type of investment company with diversified portfolios. The
Funds do not impose a sales charge or "load" for buying and selling their
shares. The shares of the Portfolios of the Funds are bought and sold by the
Separate Account at their respective net asset values.
The Funds are designed to serve as investment vehicle for variable annuity and
variable life contracts of insurance companies. Shares of the Portfolios of the
Funds currently are available to the separate accounts of a number of insurance
companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with Fidelity Management or
Integrity. The Board of Trustees of each of the Funds is responsible for
monitoring the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
between the interests of the policyowners of all separate accounts investing in
the Fund and determining what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we
believe that a Fund's response to any of those events insufficiently protects
our contract owners, we will see to it that appropriate and available action is
taken to protect our contract owners. See "The Fund and the Fidelity
Organization" in the Funds' prospectus for a further discussion of the risks
associated with the offering of Fund shares to our Separate Account and the
separate accounts of other insurance companies.
Shares of Portfolios of the Funds are made available to the Separate Account
under three essentially identical Participation Agreements (Participation
Agreement or Agreements). The Participation Agreements are among the applicable
Fund, Fidelity Distributors Corporation which is the principal underwriter for
shares of the Funds (Distributor), and Integrity. If state or federal law
precludes the sale of the Funds' or any Portfolio's shares to the Separate
Account, or in certain other circumstances, sales of shares to the Separate
Account may be suspended and/or the Participation Agreements may be terminated
as to the Funds or the affected Portfolio. Also, the Participation Agreements
may be terminated by any party thereto with one year's written notice.
Notwithstanding termination of the Participation Agreement, the Fund and the
Distributor are obligated to continue to make the Funds' shares available for
contracts outstanding on the date the Participation Agreement terminates, unless
the Participation Agreement was terminated due to an irreconcilable conflict
among contractowners of different separate accounts. If for any reason the
shares of any Portfolio are no longer available for purchase by the Separate
Account for outstanding contracts, the parties to the Participation Agreements
have agreed to cooperate to comply with the 1940 Act in arranging for the
substitution of another funding medium as soon as reasonably practicable and
without disruption of sales of shares to the Separate Account or any Variable
Account Option.
The Funds' Investment Adviser. Fidelity Management & Research Company (Fidelity
Management), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940, serves as the investment adviser to each Fund. Fidelity Management,
whose principal address is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of FMR Corp. and is part of Fidelity Investments(R), one
of the largest investment management organizations in the United States.
Fidelity Investments(R) includes a number of different companies, which provide
a variety of financial services and products to individuals and corporations.
10
<PAGE>
Fidelity Management provides investment research and portfolio management
services to mutual funds and other clients. At December 31, 1996, Fidelity
Management advised funds having more than 23 million shareholder accounts with a
total value of more than $354 billion. For certain of the Portfolios, Fidelity
Management has entered into sub-advisory agreements with affiliated companies
that are part of the Fidelity Investments(R) organization. Fidelity Management,
not the Portfolios, pays the sub-advisers for their services to the Portfolios.
The Portfolios of the Funds pay monthly advisory fees to Fidelity Management.
The advisory fee payable by each of the Portfolios, other than the VIP Money
Market Portfolio and the VIP II Index 500 Portfolio, is composed of a group fee
rate and an individual fund fee rate. The group fee rate is based on the average
monthly net assets of all mutual funds advised by Fidelity Management. For the
VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Asset Manager, VIP II
Contrafund, and VIP II Asset Manager: VIP Growth Portfolios, the group fee rate
cannot rise above .52%. For the VIP High Income and VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolios, the group fee rate cannot rise above .37%. The group fee rate drops
as total assets under management increase.
The VIP Money Market Portfolio's advisory fee is made up of two components: a
basic fee rate and an income-based component. The basic fee rate is the sum of a
group fee rate as described above (but capped at a maximum of .37%) and an
individual fund fee rate of .03%. The income based component is 6% of that
portion of the fund's gross yield which exceeds a 5% return (but capped at a
maximum of .24%).
The VIP II Index 500 Portfolio pays a monthly fee at the annual rate of .28% of
the Portfolio's average net assets.
Set forth in the table below is the individual fund fee rate for the portfolios
and their 1996 aggregate advisory rate, comprised of the individual and group
rates, as a percentage of average net assets, and the VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's 1996 advisory rate as a percentage of average net assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996
Portfolio Individual Rate Aggregate Rate
--------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market .03% .21%
VIP High Income .45% .59%
VIP Equity-Income .20% .51%
VIP Growth .30% .61%
VIP Overseas .45% .76%
VIP II Investment Grade
Bond .30% .45%
VIP II Asset Manager .25% .64%
VIP II Index 500 N/A .13%
VIP II Contrafund .30% .61%
VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth .30% .65%
VIP III Balanced .20% .48%
VIP III Growth Opportunities .30% .61%
VIP III Growth & Income .20% .50%
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios. Set forth below is a summary of the
investment objectives of the Portfolios of the Funds. There can be no assurance
that these objectives will be achieved. You should read the Funds' prospectus
carefully before investing.
VIP Money Market Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as
is consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only
in high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments and
their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
VIP High Income Portfolio
-------------------------
VIP High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed-income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities. In view of the types of securities in which this Portfolio
invests, you should read the complete risk disclosure for this Portfolio in the
Funds' prospectus before investing in it.
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital appreciation
as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its assets in income-
producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt securities.
VIP Growth Portfolio
--------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
VIP Overseas Portfolio
----------------------
VIP Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in securities from at least three countries outside North America.
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income
as is consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range
of investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the VIP
II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated
securities judged by Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over
the long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term money
market fixed-income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which
will occur when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative
difference in value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in
intermediate to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term money market fixed income
instruments.
12
<PAGE>
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond
to the total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of
common stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective,
the Portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value
of your investment over the long term by investing in equity securities of
companies that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on
companies that are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital
appreciation. VIP II Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and
securities convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest
in any type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks
to maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks,
bonds, and short-term money market instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which
represents the way the fund's investments will generally be allocated over the
long term. The range and approximate neutral mix for each asset class are shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Range Neutral Mix
----- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Stock Class 0-100% 70%
Bond Class 0-100% 25%
Short-Term/
Money Market Class 0-100% 5%
</TABLE>
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio seeks to provide capital growth by
investing primarily in common stocks and securities convertible into common
stock. It has the flexibility to adjust its investment mix between growth,
cyclical and value stocks as market conditions change. The portfolio seeks
growth through either appreciation of the security itself or an increase in the
company's earning or gross sales.
VIP III Balanced Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP III Balanced Portfolio seeks both income and growth of capital by investing
in a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed-income securities. It uses a
balanced approach to provide the best possible total return from investments in
foreign and domestic equity securities, convertible securities, preferred and
common stocks paying any combination of dividends and capital gains, and fixed
income securities.
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
---------------------------------
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital with some
current income. It invests primarily in stocks of companies that offer
potential for growth in earnings while paying dividends, but offer the potential
for capital appreciation on future income. Investments may include common and
preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed-income securities and foreign
securities.
Fixed Accounts
Because of applicable exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in
contracts attributable to Fixed Accounts have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"), nor under the Investment Company Act of
1940 ("1940 Act"). Thus, neither such contracts nor our General Account, which
guarantees the values and
13
<PAGE>
benefits under those contracts, are generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. Accordingly, we have been advised
that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the
disclosure in this prospectus relating to the Fixed Accounts or the General
Account. Disclosures regarding the Fixed Accounts or the General Account may,
however, be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the Federal
securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in
prospectuses.
Guaranteed Rate Options
We offer GROs with durations of three, five, seven and ten years. We may from
time to time change the durations available. Each allocation to a GRO locks in a
fixed effective annual interest rate declared by us (Guaranteed Interest Rate)
for the duration you select (your GRO Account). The duration of your GRO
Account is the Guarantee Period. Each contribution or transfer to a GRO
establishes a new GRO Account at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate
declared by us. We will not declare an interest rate less than 3%. Each GRO
Account expires at the end of the duration you have selected. See "Renewals of
GRO Accounts" below. Values and benefits under your contract attributable to
GROs are guaranteed by the reserves in our GRO separate account as well as by
our General Account.
The value of each of your GRO Accounts is referred to as a GRO Value. The GRO
Value at the expiration of the GRO Account, assuming you have not transferred or
withdrawn any amounts, will be the amount allocated plus interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate. We credit interest daily at an effective annual rate
equal to the Guaranteed Interest Rate. We allocate interest at the end of each
contract year and at the time of any transfer, full or partial withdrawal,
payment of a death benefit or purchase of any annuity benefit.
We may declare a higher rate of interest in the first year for any Contribution
allocated to a GRO which will exceed the Guaranteed Interest Rate credited
during the remaining years of the Guarantee Period (Enhanced Rate). This
Enhanced Rate will be guaranteed for the Guaranteed Period's first year and
declared at the time of purchase. We reserve the right to declare and credit
additional interest based on Contribution, Account Value, withdrawal dates,
economic conditions or on any other lawful, nondiscriminatory basis (Additional
Interest). Any Enhanced Rate and Additional Interest credited to your GRO
Account will be separate from the Guaranteed Interest Rate and not used in the
Market Value Adjustment formula. The Enhanced Rate or Additional Interest may
not be made applicable under contracts issued in certain states.
Each group of GRO Accounts of the same duration is considered one GRO, (i.e. all
of your three-year GRO Accounts are one GRO while all of your five-year GRO
Accounts are another GRO).
You may obtain information about our current Guaranteed Interest Rates by
calling our Administrative Office.
Allocations to GROs may not be made under contracts issued in certain states.
Renewals of GRO Accounts. When a GRO Account expires, a new GRO Account of the
same duration, at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be established
unless you withdraw your GRO Value or transfer it to another Investment Option.
We will notify you in writing before the expiration of your GRO Accounts. You
must notify us prior to the expiration of your GRO Accounts of any changes you
desire to make. See "Transfers" in Part 5.
Any renewal of a GRO Account will be implemented on the expiration date of the
GRO Account. You will receive the current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable on
the expiration date. If a GRO Account expires and it cannot be renewed for the
same duration, it will be renewed for the next shortest available duration,
unless you instruct us otherwise within 30 days prior to expiration of the GRO
Account. You may not choose, and we will not renew a GRO Account that expires
after your Retirement Date.
Market Value Adjustments. A Market Value Adjustment is an adjustment, either up
or down, in your GRO Value prior to the expiration of your GRO Account. A Market
Value Adjustment will be made for each transfer, partial withdrawal in excess of
the free withdrawal amount, surrender, or purchase of an annuity benefit from a
GRO
14
<PAGE>
Account that occurs other than within 30 days prior to the expiration of the GRO
Account. There will be no Market Value Adjustment made for a death benefit. The
market adjusted value may be higher or lower than the GRO Value. In no event,
however, may the market adjusted value in each GRO Account be less than the
Minimum Value, an amount equal to your allocation to such GRO Account plus 3%
interest, compounded annually, less previous withdrawals from such GRO Account
and less any applicable contingent withdrawal charges. The Minimum Value for
partial withdrawals or transfers will be calculated on a pro-rata basis.
The Market Value Adjustment applicable to a GRO Account prior to its expiration
reflects the relationship between the Guaranteed Interest Rate for such GRO
Account and the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to a newly
elected GRO Account of a duration equal to the time remaining in your GRO
Account. The Market Value Adjustment will reduce the GRO Value (but not below
the Minimum Value) if the current Guaranteed Interest Rate is higher than the
Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
Conversely, the Market Value Adjustment will increase the GRO Value if the
current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower than the Guaranteed Interest Rate
being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
The Market Value Adjustment (MVA) for a GRO Account is determined under the
following formula:
MVA = GRO Value x [(1 + A)/N/12/ / (1 + B + .0025)/N/12/ - 1], where
A is the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to the GRO Account subject to
the Market Value Adjustment,
B is the current Guaranteed Interest Rate, as of the effective date of the
application of the Market Value Adjustment, for current allocations to a GRO
Account, the length of which is equal to the number of whole months remaining
in your GRO Account. Subject to certain adjustments, if such remaining period
is not equal to an exact period for which we have declared a new Guaranteed
Interest Rate, B will be determined by interpolating between the Guaranteed
Interest Rates for GRO Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next
lower) the remaining period described above.
N is the number of whole months remaining in your GRO Account.
For contracts issued in certain states, the formula above will be adjusted to
comply with applicable state requirements.
If the remaining term of your GRO Account is 30 days or less, the Market Value
Adjustment for your GRO Account shall be zero. If for any reason we are no
longer declaring current Guaranteed Interest Rates, then for purposes of
determining B we will use the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Notes
with the same remaining term as your GRO Account, interpolating when necessary,
in place of the current Guaranteed Interest Rate or Rates.
For illustrations of the application of the Market Value Adjustment formula, see
Appendix A.
Systematic Transfer Option
We also offer a STO which guarantees an interest rate that we declare in advance
for each calendar quarter. This interest rate applies to all contributions
within the STO Account at the time the rate is declared. You must transfer all
STO contributions into other Investment Options within one year of your most
recent STO contribution. Transfers will be made automatically in equal quarterly
or monthly installments of not less than $1,000 each. No transfers into the STO
from other Investment Options are permitted. Withdrawals from the STO are
subject to normal contingent withdrawal charges. We guarantee that the STO's
effective annual yield will never be less than 3.0%. See "Systematic Transfer
Program" in Part 8 for details on this program. This option may not be
currently available in some states.
15
<PAGE>
PART 4 - DEDUCTIONS AND CHARGES
Separate Account Charges
Integrity deducts from the unit value every calendar day an amount equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value in the Variable Account
Options. This daily expense rate cannot be increased without your consent.
Various portions of this total charge, as described below, pay for certain
services to the Separate Account and the contracts.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of .15% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for administrative expenses not covered by
the annual administrative charge described below. The daily administrative
charge, like the annual administrative charge, is designed to reimburse
Integrity for expenses actually incurred, without profit.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of 1.20% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for Integrity's assuming the expense risk
(.85%) and the mortality risk (.35%) under the contract. The expense risk is the
risk that our actual expenses of administering the contracts will exceed the
annual administrative expense charge. In this context, mortality risk refers to
the cost of insuring the risk Integrity takes that annuitants, as a class of
persons, will live longer than estimated and therefore require Integrity to pay
out more annuity benefits than anticipated. The relative proportion of the
mortality and expense risk charges may be modified, but the total effective
annual risk charge of 1.20% of the value of the Variable Account Options may not
be increased on your Contract.
Integrity may realize a gain from these daily charges to the extent they are not
needed to meet the actual expenses incurred.
Annual Administrative Charge
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 on the last day of any contract year
prior to the your Retirement Date, Integrity charges an annual administrative
charge of $30. This charge is deducted from your Account Value in each
Investment Option on a pro-rata basis. The portion of the charge applicable to
the Variable Account Options will reduce the number of units credited to you.
The portion of the charge applicable to Fixed Accounts is withdrawn in dollars.
The annual administrative charge will be pro-rated based on the number of days
that have elapsed in the contract year in the event of the Annuitant's
retirement, death, or termination of a contract during a contract year. The
annual administrative charge is waived for employees of Integrity or National
Integrity Life Insurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrity
(National Integrity), who purchase contracts under the salary allotment program
of either company.
Fund Charges
Our Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. That
price reflects investment advisory fees and other direct expenses that have
already been deducted from the assets of the Funds. The amount charged for
investment management may not be increased without the prior approval of the
Funds' respective shareholders. See "The Funds" in Part 3.
State Premium Tax Deduction
Integrity will not deduct state premium taxes from your contributions before
applying the contributions to the Investment Options, unless required to pay
such taxes under applicable state law. If the Annuitant elects an annuity
benefit, Integrity will deduct any applicable state premium taxes from the
amount otherwise available for an annuity benefit. State premium taxes, if
applicable, currently range up to 4%.
Contingent Withdrawal Charge
No sales charges are applied when you make a contribution to the contract.
Contributions withdrawn will be subject to a withdrawal charge of up to 8%. As
shown below, the percentage charge varies, depending upon the
16
<PAGE>
"age" of the contributions included in the withdrawal-that is, the contract year
in which each contribution was made. The maximum percentage of 8% would apply if
the entire amount of the withdrawal consisted of contributions made during your
current contract year. No withdrawal charge applies when you withdraw
contributions made earlier than your sixth prior contract year. For purposes of
calculating the withdrawal charge, (1) the oldest contributions will be treated
as the first withdrawn and more recent contributions next, and (2) partial
withdrawals up to the free withdrawal amount will not be considered a withdrawal
of any contributions. For partial withdrawals, the total amount deducted from
your Account Value will include the withdrawal amount requested, any applicable
Market Value Adjustment, and any applicable withdrawal charge, so that the net
amount you receive will be the amount requested.
During any contract year, no charge will be applied to your partial withdrawals
that do not exceed the free withdrawal amount. On any Business Day, the free
withdrawal amount is 10% of your Account Value less withdrawals during the
current contract year. If any partial withdrawal exceeds the free withdrawal
amount, we will deduct the applicable contingent withdrawal charge with respect
to such excess amount. The contingent withdrawal charge is a sales charge to
defray our costs of selling and promoting the contracts. We do not expect that
revenues from contingent withdrawal charges will cover all of such costs. Any
shortfall will be made up from our General Account assets, including any profits
from other charges under the contracts.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Contract Year in Which Charge as a % of the
Withdrawn Contribution Was Made Contribution Withdrawn
------------------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C>
Current......................... 8%
First Prior..................... 7
Second Prior.................... 6
Third Prior..................... 5
Fourth Prior.................... 4
Fifth Prior..................... 3
Sixth Prior..................... 2
Seventh Prior and Earlier....... 0
</TABLE>
No contingent withdrawal charge will be applied to any amount withdrawn if the
Annuitant uses the withdrawal either to purchase from Integrity an immediate
annuity benefit with life contingencies or an immediate annuity without life
contingencies which provides for level payments over five or more years, with a
restricted prepayment option. Similarly, no charge will be applied if the
Annuitant dies and the withdrawal is made by the Annuitant's beneficiary. See
"Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions" in Part 5.
Unless specifically instructed otherwise, Integrity will make withdrawals
(including any applicable charges) from the Investment Options in the same
ratio the Annuitant's Account Value in each Investment Option bears to the
Annuitant's total Account Value. The minimum withdrawal permitted is $300. For
residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Washington State a $3,000 minimum
account balance is required to remain in your Contract after any withdrawals.
Transfer Charge
No charge is made for your first twelve transfers among the Variable Account
Options or the GROs during a contract year. We are, however, permitted to
charge up to $20 for each additional transfer during that contract year. (No
transfer charge will apply to transfers under our Dollar Cost Averaging or
Individual Asset Rebalancing programs, the Ibbotson Asset Allocation and
Rebalancing Program, or under systematic transfers from the STO, nor will such
transfers count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year
before we may impose a transfer charge.) See "Transfers" in Part 5. Transfers
from a GRO may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See "Guaranteed Rate
Options" in Part 3.
17
<PAGE>
Hardship Waiver
Withdrawal Charges may also be waived on full or partial withdrawal requests of
$1,000 or more under a Hardship circumstance. The Market Value Adjustment may
also be waived on any amounts withdrawn from the GRO Accounts. Such Hardship
circumstances include the Owner's (1) confinement to a nursing home, hospital
and long term care facility, (2) diagnosis of terminal illness with any medical
condition which would result in death or total disability, and (3)
unemployment. We reserve the right to obtain reasonable notice and
documentation including, but not limited to, a physician's certification and
Determination Letter from a State Department of Labor. Some of the hardship
circumstances listed above may not be applicable in some states, and, in other
states, may not be available at all.
Tax Reserve
We have the right to make a charge in the future for taxes or for reserves set
aside for taxes, which will reduce the investment experience of the Variable
Account Options.
PART 5 - TERMS OF YOUR VARIABLE ANNUITY
Contributions Under Your Contract
You can make contributions of at least $100 at any time up to the Annuitant's
Retirement Date. Your first contribution, however, cannot be less than $1,000.
Minimum initial contribution for residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington State is $3,000 after any withdrawals. We will accept contributions
of at least $50 for salary allotment programs. We have special rules for
minimum contribution amounts for tax-favored retirement programs. See "Special
Rules for Tax-Favored Retirement Programs" in Part 7.
We may limit the total contributions under one contract to $1,000,000 if you
are under age 76 or to $250,000 if you are over age 76. Once you reach eight
years before your Retirement Date, we may refuse to accept any contribution
made for you. Contributions may also be limited by various laws or prohibited
by Integrity for all Annuitants under the contract. If your contributions are
made under a tax-favored retirement program, we will not measure them against
the maximum limits set by law.
Contributions are applied to the various Investment Options selected by you and
are used to pay annuity and death benefits.
Each contribution is credited as of the date we have received (as defined
below) at our Administrative Office both the contribution and instructions for
allocation among the Investment Options. At any time you may have amounts in
not more than nine Investment Options. For purposes of calculating the nine
Investment Options, each of your GRO Accounts counts as one Investment Option.
Wire transfers of federal funds are deemed received on the day of transmittal
if credited to our account by 3 p.m. Eastern Time, otherwise they are deemed
received on the next Business Day. Contributions by check or mail are deemed
received not later than the second Business Day after they are delivered to our
Administrative Office. A Business Day is any day other than a weekend or a
national bank holiday.
You can change your choice of Investment Options at any time by writing to the
Administrative Office. The request should indicate your contract number and the
specific change, and you should sign the request. When it is received by the
Administrative Office, the change will be effective for any contribution which
accompanies it and for all future contributions.
Your Account Value
Your Account Value reflects various charges. See Part 4, "Deductions and
Charges." Annual deductions are made as of the last day of each contract year.
Withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustments, if
18
<PAGE>
applicable, are made as of the effective date of the transaction. Charges
against our Separate Account are reflected daily. Any amount allocated to a
Variable Account Option will go up or down in value depending on the investment
experience of that Option. For contributions allocated to the Variable Account
Options, there are no guaranteed values. The value of your contributions
allocated to Fixed Accounts is guaranteed, subject to any applicable Market
Value Adjustments. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3.
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account
Allocations to the Variable Account Options are used to purchase units. On any
given day, the value you have in a Variable Account Option is the unit value
multiplied by the number of units credited to you in that Option. The units of
each Variable Account Option have different unit values.
The number of units purchased or redeemed (sold) in any Variable Account Option
is calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the transaction by the Option's
unit value, calculated after the close of business that day. The number of
units for a Variable Account Option at any time is the number of units
purchased less the number of units redeemed. The value of units fluctuates with
the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolios of the Funds which
in turn reflects the investment income and realized and unrealized capital
gains and losses of the Portfolios, as well as the Funds' expenses. The unit
values also change because of deductions and charges we make to our Separate
Account. The number of units credited to you, however, will not vary because of
changes in unit values. Units of a Variable Account Option are purchased when
you allocate new contributions or transfer prior contributions to that Option.
Units are redeemed when you make withdrawals or transfer amounts from a
Variable Account Option. We also redeem units to pay the death benefit when the
Annuitant dies and to pay the annual administrative charge.
How We Determine Unit Value
We determine unit values for each Variable Account Option on the Valuation
Date. The Valuation Date for purposes of determining unit values is 4 p.m.
Eastern Time on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
The unit value of each Variable Account Option for any day on which we
determine unit values is equal to the unit value for the last day on which a
unit value was determined multiplied by the net investment factor for that
Option on the current day. We determine a net investment factor for each Option
as follows:
- First, we take the value of the shares belonging to the Option in the
corresponding Portfolio at the close of business that day (before giving
effect to any transactions for that day, such as contributions or
withdrawals). For this purpose, we use the share value reported to us by
the Funds.
- Next, we add any dividends or capital gains distributions by the Fund on
that day.
- Then, we charge or credit for any taxes or amounts set aside as a reserve
for taxes.
- Then, we divide this amount by the value of the amounts in the Option at
the close of business on the last day on which a unit value was determined
(after giving effect to any transactions on that day).
- Finally, we subtract a daily asset charge for each calendar day since the
last day on which a unit value was determined (for example, a Monday
calculation will include charges for Saturday and Sunday). The daily
charge is .00003721, which is an effective annual rate of 1.35%. This
charge is for the mortality risk, administrative expenses and expense risk
assumed by us under the contract.
Generally, this means that we adjust unit values to reflect what happens to the
Fund, and also for the mortality and expense risk charge and any charge for
administrative expenses or taxes.
19
<PAGE>
Transfers
You may transfer your Account Value among the Variable Account Options and the
GROs, subject to Integrity's then current transfer restrictions. You may not
make a transfer into the STO. Transfers to a GRO must be to a newly elected GRO
(i.e. to a GRO that you have not elected before) at the then-current Guaranteed
Interest Rate, unless Integrity otherwise consents. Transfers from a GRO other
than within 30 days prior to the expiration date of a GRO Account are subject
to a Market Value Adjustment. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3. For
amounts in GROs, transfers will be made according to the order in which monies
were originally allocated to any GRO.
The amount transferred must be at least $250 or, if less, the entire amount in
the Investment Option. After twelve transfers have been made by you during a
contract year, a charge of up to $20 may apply to each additional transfer
during that contract year, except that no charge will be made for transfers
under our Dollar Cost Averaging, Individual Asset Rebalancing, Ibbotson Asset
Allocation and Rebalancing Program or systematic transfer programs, described
in Part 8. Once annuity payments begin, transfers are no longer permitted.
Written transfer requests must be sent directly to the Administrative Office.
Each Annuitant's request for a transfer must specify the contract number, the
amounts to be transferred and the Investment Options to and from which the
amounts are to be transferred. Transfers may also be arranged through our
telephone transfer service provided you have established a Personal
Identification Number (PIN Code). We will honor telephone transfer instructions
from any person who provides correct identifying information, and we are not
responsible in the event of a fraudulent telephone transfer which is believed
to be genuine in accordance with these procedures. Accordingly, you bear the
risk of loss if unauthorized persons make transfers on your behalf.
A transfer request will be effective as of the Business Day it is received by
our Administrative Office. A transfer request does not change the allocation of
current or future contributions among the Investment Options. Telephone
transfers may be requested from 8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on any day
we are open for business. You will receive the Variable Account Options' unit
values as of the close of business on the day you call. Accordingly, transfer
requests received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time will be processed using unit
values as of the close of business on the next Business Day after the day you
call. All transfers will be confirmed in writing.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as
frequently as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. For
residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Washington State a $3,000 minimum
account balance is required to remain in your Contract after any withdrawals.
A withdrawal charge of up to 8% of the contribution amount withdrawn, as
adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment and the withdrawal charge
itself will be deducted from your Account Value, unless one of the exceptions
applies. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3 and "Contingent Withdrawal
Charge" in Part 4. Most withdrawals made by you prior to age 59-1/2 are also
subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. In addition, some tax-favored retirement
programs limit withdrawals. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts" for
further information regarding various tax consequences associated with the
contracts.
Assignments
You may not assign the contract as collateral or security for a loan, but an
Owner whose contract is not related to a tax-favored program may otherwise
assign the contract before the Annuitant's Retirement Date. An assignment of
the contract as a gift may, however, have adverse tax consequences. See Part 7,
"Tax Aspects of the Contracts." Integrity will not be bound by an assignment
unless it is in writing and we have received it at the Administrative Office.
20
<PAGE>
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions
A death benefit is available to a beneficiary if the Annuitant dies prior to
the Retirement Date.
If the Annuitant is under the age of 80 at the time of death, the amount of the
death benefit is the greatest of:
. your Account Value
. the highest Account Value at the beginning of any contract year, plus
subsequent contributions and minus subsequent withdrawals
. your total contributions less the sum of withdrawals
"Subsequent withdrawals" for purposes of calculation of a death benefit reflect
any market value adjustments applicable to such withdrawals.
If the Annuitant is 80 or older at the time of death, the amount of the death
benefit will be your Account Value.
The death benefit amount is determined as of the date proof of death and
instructions for payment of proceeds are received by the Administrative Office.
Death benefits (and benefit distributions required because of a separate
Owner's death) can be paid in a lump sum or as an annuity. If no benefit option
is selected for the beneficiary at the Annuitant's death, the beneficiary can
select an option.
The beneficiary of the death benefit under a contract is selected by the Owner.
An Owner may change beneficiaries by submitting the appropriate form to the
Administrative Office. If no Annuitant's beneficiary survives the Annuitant,
then the death benefit is generally paid to the Annuitant's estate. No death
benefit will be paid after the Annuitant's death if there is a contingent
Annuitant. In that case, the contingent Annuitant becomes the new Annuitant
under the contract.
Generally, the Owner also may select his or her own beneficiary. If the Owner
dies before the Annuitant's Retirement Date, an Owner's beneficiary will become
the Owner of the contract and may be required to receive benefit distributions.
Annuity Benefits
All annuity benefits under your contract are calculated as of the Retirement
Date selected by you. The Retirement Date can be changed by written notice to
the Administrative Office any time prior to the Retirement Date. The Retirement
Date may be no later than your 98th birthday or earlier, if required by law.
The terms of the contracts applicable to the various retirement programs, along
with the federal tax laws, establish certain minimum and maximum retirement
ages.
Annuity benefits may take the form of a lump sum payment or an annuity. A lump
sum payment will provide the Annuitant with the Cash Value under the contract,
shortly after the Retirement Date. The amount applied for the purchase of an
annuity benefit will be the Adjusted Account Value, except that the Cash Value
will be the amount applied if the annuity benefit does not have a life
contingency and either the term is less than five years or the annuity can be
commuted to a lump sum payment without a withdrawal charge applying.
Annuities
Alternate forms of annuity benefits can provide for fixed or variable payments
which may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Variable
payments will be funded through one or more Separate Account Divisions. For
any annuity, the minimum amount applied to the annuity must be $2,000 and the
minimum initial payment must be at least $20.
If you have not already selected a form of annuity, we will send you, within
six months prior to your Retirement Date, an appropriate notice form on which
you may indicate the type of annuity you desire or
21
<PAGE>
confirm to us that the normal form of annuity, as defined below, is to be
provided. However, if we do not receive a completed form from you on or before
your Retirement Date, we will deem the Retirement Date to have been extended
until we receive your written instructions at our Administrative Office. During
such extension, the values under your contract in the various Investment
Options will remain invested in such options and amounts remaining in Variable
Account Options will continue to be subject to the investment risks associated
with those Options. However, your Retirement Date cannot be extended beyond
your 98th birthday or earlier, if required by law. You will receive a lump sum
benefit if you do not make an election by such date.
We currently offer the following types of annuities:
A period certain annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both, to
the Annuitant or the Annuitant's beneficiary (the payee) for a fixed period.
The amount is determined by the period selected. The Annuitant, or if the payee
dies before the end of the period selected, the payee's beneficiary, may elect
to receive the total present value of future payments in cash.
A period certain life annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both,
for at least the period selected and thereafter for the life of the payee or
the payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. You may not
change or redeem the annuity once payments have begun. If the payee (or the
payee and the other annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity) dies before
the period selected ends, the remaining payments will go to another named payee
who may have the right to redeem the annuity and secure the present value of
future guaranteed payments in a lump sum. The normal form of annuity is a fixed
life income annuity with 10 years of payments guaranteed, funded through our
General Account.
A life income annuity provides fixed payments for the life of the payee or the
payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. Once a life
income annuity is selected, the form of annuity cannot be changed or redeemed
for a lump sum payment by the Annuitant or any payee.
Annuity Payments
Fixed annuity payments will not change and are based upon annuity rates
provided in your contract. The size of payments will depend on the form of
annuity that was chosen and, in the case of a life income annuity, on the
payee's age (or payee and a joint annuitant in the case of a joint and survivor
annuity) and sex (except under most tax-favored retirement programs). If
Integrity's current annuity rates then in effect would yield a larger payment,
those current rates will apply instead of the tables.
Variable annuity payments are funded only in the Separate Account Divisions
through the purchase of annuity units. The Variable Account Option or Options
selected cannot be changed after annuity payments begin. The SAI provides
further information concerning the determination of annuity payments. The
number of units purchased is equal to the amount of the first annuity payment
divided by the new annuity unit value for the valuation period which includes
the due date of the first annuity payment. The amount of the first annuity
payment is determined in the same manner for a variable annuity as it is for a
fixed annuity. The number of annuity units stays the same for the annuity
payment period but the new annuity unit value changes to reflect the investment
income and the realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the Variable
Account Option or Options selected, after charges made against it. Annuity unit
values assume a base rate of net investment return of 5%, except in states
which require a lower rate in which case 3.5% will be used. The annuity unit
value will rise or fall depending on whether the actual rate of net investment
return is higher or lower than the assumed base rate. In the SAI, see
"Determination of Annuity Unit Values."
If the age or sex of an annuitant has been misstated, any benefits will be
those which would have been purchased at the correct age and sex. Any
overpayments or underpayments made by us will be charged or credited with
interest at the rate of 6% per year. If we have made overpayments because of
incorrect information about age or sex, we will deduct the overpayment from the
next payment or payments due. We add underpayments to the next payment.
22
<PAGE>
Timing of Payment
We normally make payments from the Variable Account Options, or apply your
Adjusted Account Value to the purchase of an annuity within seven days after
receipt of the required form at our Administrative Office. Our action can be
deferred, however, for any period during which (1) the New York Stock Exchange
has been closed or trading on it is restricted; (2) sales of securities or
determination of the fair value of Separate Account assets is not reasonably
practicable because of an emergency; or (3) the SEC, by order, permits
Integrity to defer action in order to protect persons with interests in the
Separate Account. Integrity can defer payment of your Fixed Accounts for up to
six months, and interest will be paid on any such payment delayed for 30 days
or more.
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions
When you communicate in writing with our Administrative Office, use the address
on the first page of this prospectus. Your request or instruction cannot be
honored unless it is in proper and complete form. Whenever possible, use one of
our printed forms, which may be obtained from our Administrative Office.
PART 6 - VOTING RIGHTS
Fund Voting Rights
Integrity is the legal owner of the shares of the Funds held by the Separate
Account and, as such, has the right to vote on certain matters. Among other
things, we may vote to elect the Funds' Board of Directors, to ratify the
selection of independent auditors for the Funds, and on any other matters
described in the Funds' current prospectus or requiring a vote by shareholders
under the 1940 Act.
Whenever a shareholder vote is taken, we give you the opportunity to tell us
how to vote the number of shares purchased as a result of contributions to your
contract. We will send you Fund proxy materials and a form for giving us voting
instructions.
If we do not receive instructions in time from all Owners, we will vote shares
in a Portfolio for which no instructions have been received in the same
proportion as we vote shares for which we have received instructions. Under
eligible deferred compensation plans and certain Qualified Plans, your voting
instructions must be communicated to us indirectly, through your employer, but
we are not responsible for any failure by your employer to solicit your
instructions or to communicate your instructions to us. We will vote any Fund
shares that we are entitled to vote directly, because of amounts we have
accumulated in our Separate Account, in the same proportions that other Owners
vote. If the federal securities laws or regulations or interpretations of them
change so that we are permitted to vote shares of the Funds in our own right or
to restrict Owner voting, we may do so.
How We Determine Your Voting Shares
You may participate in voting only on matters concerning the Portfolios in
which your contributions have been invested. We determine the number of Fund
shares in each Variable Account Option that are attributable to your contract
by dividing the amount of your Account Value allocated to that Option by the
net asset value of one share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date set by the Funds' Board for the Funds' shareholders' meeting. The record
date for this purpose must be no more than 60 days before the meeting of the
Funds. We count fractional shares. After annuity payments have commenced,
voting rights are calculated in a similar manner based on the actuarially
determined value of your interest in each Variable Account Option.
23
<PAGE>
How Fund Shares Are Voted
All Fund shares are entitled to one vote; fractional shares have fractional
votes. Voting is on a Portfolio-by-Portfolio basis, except for certain matters
(for example, election of Directors) which require collective approval. On
matters on which the interests of the individual Portfolios differ, the
approval of the shareholders in one Portfolio is not needed in order to make a
decision in another Portfolio. To the extent shares of the Funds are sold to
separate accounts of other insurance companies, the shares voted by such
companies in accordance with instructions received from their contract holders
will dilute the effect of voting instructions received by Integrity from its
Owners.
Separate Account Voting Rights
Under the 1940 Act, certain actions (such as some of those described under
"Changes in How We Operate" in Part 2) may require Owner approval. In that
case, you will be entitled to a number of votes based on the value you have in
the Variable Account Options, as described above under "How We Determine Your
Voting Shares." We will cast votes attributable to amounts we have in the
Variable Account Options in the same proportions as votes cast by Owners.
PART 7 - TAX ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
Introduction
The effect of federal income taxes on the amounts held under a contract, on
annuity payments, and on the economic benefits to the Owner, Annuitant, and the
beneficiary or other payee may depend on Integrity's tax status, on the type of
retirement plan, if any, for which the contract is purchased, and upon the tax
and employment status of the individuals concerned.
The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the contract is
not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations and is not intended to
be tax advice. It is based upon understanding of the present federal income tax
laws as currently interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). No
representation is made regarding the likelihood of continuation of the present
federal income tax laws or of the current interpretations by the IRS or the
courts. Future legislation may affect annuity contracts adversely. Moreover, no
attempt has been made to consider any applicable state or other laws. Because
of the inherent complexity of such laws and the fact that tax results will vary
according to the particular circumstances of the individual involved and, if
applicable, the qualified plan, any person contemplating the purchase of a
contract, contemplating selection of annuity payments under the contract, or
receiving annuity payments under a contract should consult a qualified tax
adviser. INTEGRITY DOES NOT MAKE ANY GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX STATUS,
FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL, OF ANY CONTRACT OR ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING THE
CONTRACTS.
Your Contract is an Annuity
Under the federal tax law, any individual can purchase an annuity with after-
tax dollars and exclude any annuity earnings in taxable income until an actual
distribution is taken from the annuity. Alternatively, the individual (or
employer) may purchase the annuity to fund a tax-favored retirement program
(contributions are with pre-tax dollars), such as an IRA or qualified plan.
This prospectus covers the basic tax rules that apply to an annuity purchased
directly with after-tax dollars, (nonqualified annuity), and some of the
special tax rules which apply to an annuity purchased to fund a tax-favored
retirement program, (qualified annuity). A qualified annuity may restrict your
rights and benefits in order to qualify for its special treatment under the
federal tax law.
24
<PAGE>
Taxation of Annuities Generally
Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), governs
the taxation of annuities. In general, an Owner is not taxed on increases in
value under a contract until some form of withdrawal or distribution is made
under the contract. However, under certain circumstances, the increase in value
may be subject to current federal income tax. For example, corporations,
partnerships, trusts and other non-natural persons cannot defer the taxation of
current income credited to the contract unless an exception applies. In
addition, if an Owner transfers an annuity as a gift to someone other than a
spouse (or divorced spouse), any increase in its value will be taxed at the
time of transfer. The assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of a
contract will be treated as a distribution of that portion of the value of the
contract.
Section 72 provides that the proceeds of a full or partial withdrawal from a
contract prior to the date on which annuity payments begin are treated first as
taxable income to the extent that the Account Value exceeds the "investment" or
"basis" in the contract and then as non-taxable recovery of the investment or
basis in the contract. Generally, the investment or basis in the contract
equals the contributions made by or on your behalf, less any amounts previously
withdrawn which were not treated as taxable income. Special rules may apply if
the contract includes contributions made prior to August 14, 1982 which were
rolled over to the contract in a tax-free exchange.
Once annuity payments begin, the Annuitant recovers a portion of the investment
tax-free from each payment. The non-taxable portion of each payment is based on
the ratio of the Annuitant's investment to his or her expected return under the
contract (exclusion Ratio). The remainder of each payment will be ordinary
income.
After you have recovered your total investment, future payments are fully
included in income. If the Annuitant dies prior to recovering the total
investment, a deduction for the remaining basis will generally be allowed on
the Annuitant's final federal income tax return.
Withholding of federal income taxes on all distributions may be required unless
the recipient who is eligible elects not to have any amounts withheld and
properly notifies Integrity of that election.
The taxable portion of a distribution is treated as ordinary income and is
taxed at ordinary income tax rates. In addition, a tax penalty of 10% applies
to the taxable portion of a distribution unless the distribution is: (1) on or
after the date on which the taxpayer attains age 59-1/2; (2) as a result of the
death of the Owner; (3) attributable to the taxpayer becoming disabled within
the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7); (4) from certain qualified plans (note,
however, other penalties may apply); (5) under a qualified funding asset (as
defined in Section 130(d) of the Code); (6) purchased by an employer on
termination of certain types of qualified plans and held by the employer until
the employee separates from service; or (7) under an immediate annuity as
defined in Code Section 72(u)(4).
All annuity contracts issued by Integrity or its affiliates to one Annuitant
during any calendar year are treated as a single contract in measuring the
taxable income that results from surrenders and withdrawals under any one of
the contracts.
Distribution-at-Death Rules
Under section 72(s) of the Code, in order to be treated as an annuity, a
contract must provide the following distribution rules: (a) if any Owner dies
on or after the Retirement Date and before the entire interest in the contract
has been distributed, then the remaining portion of such interest must be
distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on the date of the
Owner's death; and (b) if any Owner dies before the Retirement Date, the entire
interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date
of the Owner's death. To the extent such interest is payable to a beneficiary,
however, such interest may be annuitized over the life of that beneficiary or
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that beneficiary, so
long as distributions commence within one year after the Owner's death. If the
beneficiary
25
<PAGE>
is the spouse of the Owner, the contract (along with the deferred tax status)
may be continued in the name of the spouse as the Owner.
If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant," as defined in the
Code, is considered the Owner. The primary annuitant is the individual who is
of primary importance in affecting the timing of the amount of payout under a
contract. In addition, when the Owner is not an individual, a change in the
primary annuitant is treated as the death of the Owner. Finally, in the case
of joint owners, the distribution-at-death rules will be applied at the death
of the first Owner.
Diversification Standards
Each Portfolio of the Fund will be required to adhere to regulations adopted by
the Treasury Department pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code prescribing
asset diversification requirements for investment companies whose shares are
sold to insurance company separate accounts funding variable contracts. The
investment manager for the Funds monitors the investments in order to comply
with the regulations to assure that the contracts continue to be treated as
annuities for federal income tax purposes.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets if the contract owner possesses
incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise
investment control over the assets. In those circumstances, income and gains
from the separate account assets would be includable in the variable contract
owner's gross income. The Treasury Department also announced, in connection
with the issuance of regulations concerning diversification, that those
regulations "do not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in which
investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the
investor (i.e., the Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as
the owner of the assets in the account." This announcement also stated that
guidance would be issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to
which policyholders may direct their investments to particular subaccounts
without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of the date of
this prospectus, no such guidance has been issued.
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
The contract is designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement
plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Numerous special tax
rules apply to the participants in such qualified plans and to the contracts
used in connection with such qualified plans. These tax rules vary according
to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. Owners,
Annuitants, and beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to
any benefits under qualified plans may be subject to the terms and conditions
of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
contract. In addition, loans from qualified contracts, where allowed, are
subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the amount
that may be borrowed, the duration of the loan, and the manner in which the
loans must be repaid. (Owners should always consult their tax advisors and
retirement plan fiduciaries prior to exercising their loan privileges.) Also,
special rules apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the
form in which the distributions must be paid. Therefore, no attempt is made to
provide more than general information about the use of contracts with the
various types of qualified plans.
Integrity reserves the right to change its administrative rules, such as
minimum contribution amounts, as needed to comply with the Code as to tax-
favored retirement programs.
Following are brief descriptions of various types of qualified plans in
connection with which Integrity may issue a contract.
Individual Retirement Annuities
-------------------------------
Code Section 408 permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual
retirement program known as an IRA. An individual who receives compensation and
who has not reached age 70-1/2 by the end of the tax year may establish an IRA
and make contributions up to the deadline for filing his or her federal income
tax
26
<PAGE>
return for that year (without extensions). IRAs are subject to limitations on
the amount that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on the
time when distributions may commence. An individual may also rollover amounts
distributed from another IRA or another tax-favored retirement program to an
IRA contract. Your IRA contract will be issued with a rider outlining the
special terms of your contract which apply to IRAs.
Tax Sheltered Annuities
-----------------------
Section 403(b) of the Code permits the purchase of tax-sheltered annuities
(TSA) by public schools and certain charitable, educational and scientific
organizations described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code. The contract is not
intended to accept other than employee contributions. Such contributions are
not includible in the gross income of the employee until the employee receives
distributions from the contract. The amount of contributions to the TSA is
limited to certain maximums imposed by Code sections 403(b), 415 and 402(g).
Furthermore, the Code sets forth additional restrictions governing such items
as transferability, distributions and withdrawals. Any employee should obtain
competent tax advice as to the tax treatment and suitability of such an
investment. Your contract will be issued with a rider outlining the special
terms which apply to a TSA.
Simplified Employee Pensions
----------------------------
Section 408(k) of the Code allows employers to establish simplified employee
pension plans (SEP-IRAs) for their employees, using the employees' IRAs for
such purposes, if certain criteria are met. Under these plans the employer may,
within specified limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the
employees to IRAs. Employers intending to use the contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent advice. The SEP-IRA will be issued with a
rider outlining the special terms of the contract.
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension and Profit Sharing
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plans
-----
Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish
various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed
Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as
"H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such
tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans may permit the purchase of the contract in order to provide
benefits under the plans. Employers intending to use the contract in connection
with such plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves the right to
request documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists and is being
properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Organizations
-------------
Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and
tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without
paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible
deferred compensation plan. To the extent the contracts are used in connection
with an eligible plan, employees are considered general creditors of the
employer and the employer as Owner of the contract has the sole right to the
proceeds of the contract. However, Section 457(g), as added by the Small
Business and Jobs Protection Act (SBJPA) of 1996, provides that on and after
August 20, 1996, a plan maintained by an eligible governmental employer must
hold all assets and income of the plan in a trust, custodial account, or
annuity contract for the exclusive benefit of participants and their
beneficiaries. If the plan is in existence on August 20, 1996, the employer
need not establish a trust, custodial account, or annuity contract until
January 1, 1999. Loans to employees may be permitted under such plans;
however, a Section 457 plan is not required to allow loans. Contributions to a
contract in connection with an eligible government plan are subject to
limitations. Those who intend to use the contracts in connection with such
plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves the right to request
documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists and is being
properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
27
<PAGE>
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
Distributions from tax-favored plans are subject to certain restrictions. Prior
to the enactment of the 1996 SBJPA, distributions of minimum amounts specified
by the Code must have commenced by April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which the participant reaches age 70-1/2. The SBJPA provides
participants in qualified plans, with the exception of five-percent owners and
IRA holders, to begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year
following the later of either (i) the calendar year in which the employee
reaches age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which the employee retires.
Additional distribution rules apply after the participant's death. Failure to
make mandatory distributions may result in the imposition of a 50% penalty tax
on any difference between the required distribution amount and the amount
distributed. Distributions to a participant from all plans (other than 457
plans) in a calendar year that exceed a specific limit under the Code are
generally subject to a 15% penalty tax (in addition to any ordinary income tax)
on the excess portion of the distributions. However, the SBJPA of 1996 has
suspended the excise tax on excess distributions. The provision relating to
the excise tax on excess distributions is effective with respect to
distributions received in 1997, 1998 and 1999.
Distributions from a tax-favored plan (not including an IRA subject to Code
Section 408) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, in the form of a
lump sum settlement or periodic annuity payments for a fixed period of fewer
than 10 years are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the
taxable amount of the distribution, unless (1) the distributee directs the
transfer of such amounts in cash to another plan or an IRA; or (2) the payment
is a minimum distribution required under the Code. The taxable amount is the
amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-tax
contributions. All other types of taxable distributions are subject to
withholding unless the distributee elects not to have withholding apply.
We are not permitted to make distributions from a contract unless a request has
been made. It is therefore your responsibility to comply with the minimum
distribution rules. You should consult your tax adviser regarding these rules
and their proper application.
The above description of the federal income tax consequences of the different
types of tax-favored retirement plans which may be funded by the contract is
only a brief summary and is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
provisions of plans are extremely complex and often difficult to comprehend.
Anything less than full compliance with all applicable rules, all of which are
subject to change, may have adverse tax consequences. A prospective Owner
considering adoption of a plan and purchase of a contract in connection
therewith should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser, with
regard to the suitability of the contract as an investment vehicle for the
plan.
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding
Integrity will withhold and remit to the U.S. government a part of the taxable
portion of each distribution made under a contract unless the distributee
notifies Integrity at or before the time of the distribution of an election not
to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Integrity may be
required to withhold tax, as explained above. The withholding rates applicable
to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible
rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally
applicable to payments of wages. In addition, the withholding rate applicable
to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including withdrawals prior to
the maturity date) is 10%. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable
to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply
to payments made to residents. Generally, an election out of federal
withholding will also be considered an election out of state withholding. For
more information concerning a particular state, call our Administrative Office
at the toll-free number.
28
<PAGE>
Impact of Taxes to Integrity
The contracts provide that Integrity may charge the Separate Account for taxes.
Integrity can also set up reserves for taxes.
Transfers Among Investment Options
There will not be any tax liability if you transfer any part of the Account
Value among the Investment Options of your contract.
PART 8 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Systematic Withdrawals
We offer a program for systematic withdrawals that allows you to pre-authorize
periodic withdrawals from your contract prior to your Retirement Date. You may
choose to have withdrawals made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually
and may specify the day of the month (other than the 29th, 30th or 31st) on
which the withdrawal is to be made. You may specify a dollar amount for each
withdrawal or an annual percentage to be withdrawn. The minimum systematic
withdrawal currently is $100. For residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina
and Washington State a $3,000 minimum account balance is required to remain in
your Contract after any withdrawals. You may also specify an account for direct
deposit of your systematic withdrawals. To enroll under our systematic
withdrawal program, you must deliver the appropriate administrative form to our
Administrative Office. Withdrawals may begin not less than one business day
after our receipt of the form. You or we may terminate your participation in
the program upon one day's prior written notice, and we may terminate or amend
the systematic withdrawal program at any time. If on any withdrawal date you do
not have sufficient values to make all of the withdrawals you have specified,
no withdrawals will be made and your enrollment in the program will be ended.
Amounts withdrawn by you under the systematic withdrawal program may be within
the free withdrawal amount in which case neither a contingent withdrawal charge
nor a Market Value Adjustment will be made. See "Contingent Withdrawal Charge"
in Part 4. Amounts withdrawn under the systematic withdrawal program in excess
of the free withdrawal amount will be subject to a contingent withdrawal charge
and a Market Value Adjustment if applicable. Withdrawals also may be subject to
the 10% federal tax penalty for early withdrawals under the contracts and to
income taxation. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
Dollar Cost Averaging
We offer a dollar cost averaging program under which allocations to the VIP
Money Market Option are automatically transferred on a monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis to one or more other Variable Account Options. You
must specify a dollar amount to be transferred into each Variable Account
Option, and the current minimum transfer to each Option is $250. No transfer
charge will apply to transfers under our dollar cost averaging program, and
such transfers will not count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a
contract year before we may impose a transfer charge.
To enroll under our dollar cost averaging program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You or we may
terminate your participation in the program upon one day's prior written
notice, and we may terminate or amend the dollar cost averaging program at any
time. If you do not have sufficient funds in the VIP Money Market Option to
transfer to each Variable Account Option specified, no transfer will be made
and your enrollment in the program will be ended.
Systematic Transfer Program
We also offer a systematic transfer program under which contributions to the
STO are automatically transferred on a monthly or quarterly basis, as selected
by you, to one or more other Investment Options. Your STO contributions will be
transferred in equal installments of not less than $1,000 over a one year
29
<PAGE>
period. If you do not have sufficient funds in the STO to transfer to each
Option specified, a final transfer will be made on a pro rata basis and your
enrollment in the program will be ended. Any funds remaining in the STO at the
end of the one year period during which transfers are required to be made will
be transferred at the end of such period on a pro rata basis to the Options
previously elected by you for this program. No transfer charge will apply to
transfers under our systematic transfer program, and such transfers will not
count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year before we
may impose a transfer charge.
To enroll under our systematic transfer program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. We reserve the
right to terminate the systematic transfer program in whole or in part, or to
place restrictions on contributions to the program. This program may not be
currently available in some states.
Individual Asset Rebalancing
We offer an asset rebalancing program whereby you can select the frequency for
rebalancing. Frequencies available include rebalancing monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually or annually. The value in the Variable Account Options will be
automatically rebalanced by transfers among such Variable Account Options, and
you will receive a confirmation notice after each rebalancing. Transfers will
occur only to and from those Variable Account Options where you have current
contribution allocations. No transfer charge will apply to transfers under our
Individual Asset Rebalancing program, and such transfers will not count towards
the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year before we may impose a
transfer charge.
Fixed Accounts are not eligible for the Individual Asset Rebalancing program.
To enroll under our Individual Asset Rebalancing program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You should be
aware that other allocation programs, such as dollar cost averaging, as well as
transfers and withdrawals that you make, may not work in concert with the
Individual Asset Rebalancing program. You should, therefore, monitor your use
of such other programs, transfers, and withdrawals while the Individual Asset
Rebalancing program is in effect. This program is not available in concert with
the Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program. You or we may terminate
your participation in the program upon one day's prior written notice, and we
may terminate or amend the Individual Asset Rebalancing program at any time.
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program
We also offer an Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program designed by Ibbotson
Associates (Ibbotson Model(s)). Ibbotson Associates is an independent research
and consulting firm, specializing in the strategic asset allocation decision.
You may select one of three proposed Ibbotson Models: Aggressive, Moderate or
Conservative. Your current contribution allocations will be initially
allocated as recommended by Ibbotson and approved by you, among the Options
currently established for each Ibbotson Model as indicated below.
To ensure conformity with current Ibbotson Model instructions, the value in the
Variable Account Options will be automatically rebalanced annually by transfers
among such Variable Account Options. You will receive a confirmation notice
after each rebalancing. GRO Accounts attributable to the Ibbotson Model will
not rebalance. Instead, GRO Accounts shall renew for the same duration at the
then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate. See "Fixed Accounts - Renewals of GRO
Accounts" in Part 3.
No transfer charge will apply to transfers under the Ibbotson Asset Allocation
and Rebalancing Program, nor will such transfers count toward the twelve
transfers you may make in a contract year before we may impose a transfer
charge. See "Transfers" in Part 4.
30
<PAGE>
To enroll under the Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program, you
must deliver the appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office.
You should be aware that other allocation programs, such as dollar cost
averaging, as well as transfers and withdrawals that you make, may not work in
concert with the Individual Asset Rebalancing program. You should, therefore,
monitor your use of such other programs, transfers, and withdrawals while the
Individual Asset Rebalancing program is in effect. This program is not
available in concert with the Individual Asset Rebalancing program. We reserve
the right to terminate or amend this program in whole or in part, or to place
restrictions on contributions to the program. This program may not be
available in all states.
You may terminate participation in this program upon one day's prior written
notice.
CONSERVATIVE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 10%
VIP Equity Income 20%
VIP Growth 0%
VIP II Index 500 0%
VIP Overseas 5%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 30%
GRO - 3 Year 35%
----
100%
MODERATE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 10%
VIP Equity Income 25%
VIP Growth 10%
VIP II Index 500 15%
VIP Overseas 15%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 15%
GRO - 3 Year 30%
----
100%
AGGRESSIVE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 0%
VIP Equity Income 20%
VIP Growth 30%
VIP II Index 500 20%
VIP Overseas 20%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 0%
GRO - 3 Year 10%
----
100%
Systematic Contributions
We offer a program for systematic contributions that allows you to pre-
authorize monthly withdrawals from your checking account for payment to us. To
enroll under our program, you must deliver the appropriate administrative form
to our Administrative Office. You or we may terminate your participation in the
program
31
<PAGE>
upon 30 days' prior written notice. Your participation may be terminated by us
if your bank declines to make any payment. The minimum amount for systematic
contributions is $100 per month.
Performance Information
Performance data for the Variable Account Options, including the yield and
effective yield of the VIP Money Market Option, the yield of the other Options,
and the total return of all of the Options may appear in advertisements or
sales literature. Performance data for any Option reflects only the performance
of a hypothetical investment in the Option during the particular time period on
which the calculations are based. Performance information should be considered
in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolio in which
the Option invests and the market conditions during the given time period, and
it should not be considered as a representation of performance to be achieved
in the future.
Total returns are based on the overall dollar or percentage change in value of
a hypothetical investment in an Option. Total return quotations reflect changes
in Fund share price, the automatic reinvestment by the Option of all
distributions and the deduction of applicable contract charges and expenses,
including any contingent withdrawal charge that would apply if an Owner
surrendered the contract at the end of the period indicated. Total returns also
may be shown that do not take into account the contingent withdrawal charge or
the annual administrative charge applicable where the Account Value is less
than $50,000 at the end of a contract year.
A cumulative total return reflects an Option's performance over a stated period
of time. An average annual total return reflects the hypothetical annually
compounded return that would have produced the same cumulative total return if
the Option's performance had been constant over the entire period. Because
average annual total returns tend to smooth out variations in an Option's
returns, you should recognize that they are not the same as actual year-by-year
results.
Some Options may also advertise yield. These measures reflect the income
generated by an investment in the Option over a specified period of time. This
income is annualized and shown as a percentage. Yields do not take into account
capital gains or losses or the contingent withdrawal charge.
The VIP Money Market Option may advertise its current and effective yield.
Current yield reflects the income generated by an investment in the Option over
a specified 7-day period. Effective yield is calculated in a similar manner
except that income earned is assumed to be reinvested. The VIP II Investment
Grade Bond and VIP High Income Option may advertise a 30-day yield which
reflects the income generated by an investment in such Option over a specified
30-day period.
For a detailed description of the methods used to determine yield and total
return for the Variable Account Options, see the SAI.
32
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Contribution: $50,000.00
GRO Account duration: 7 Years
Guaranteed Interest Rate: 5% Annual Effective Rate
The following examples illustrate how the Market Value Adjustment and the
contingent withdrawal charge may affect the values of a contract upon a
withdrawal. The 5% assumed Guaranteed Interest Rate is the same rate used in
the Example under "Table of Annual Fees and Expenses" in this Prospectus. In
these examples, the withdrawal occurs three years after the initial
contribution. The Market Value Adjustment operates in a similar manner for
transfers. No contingent withdrawal charge applies to transfers.
The GRO Value for this $50,000 contribution is $70,355.02 at the expiration of
the GRO Account. After three years, the GRO Value is $57,881.25. It is also
assumed, for the purposes of these examples, that no prior partial withdrawals
or transfers have occurred.
The Market Value Adjustment will be based on the rate we are then crediting (at
the time of the withdrawal) on new contributions to GRO Accounts of the same
duration as the time remaining in your GRO Account, rounded to the next higher
number of complete months. If we do not declare a rate for the exact time
remaining, we will interpolate between the Guaranteed Interest Rates for GRO
Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next lower) the remaining
period described above. Three years after the initial contribution, there would
have been four years remaining in your GRO Account. These examples also show
the withdrawal charge which would be calculated separately.
Example of a Downward Market Value Adjustment:
A downward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal
that occurs when interest rates have increased. Assume interest rates have
increased three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting
6.25% for a four-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value
Adjustment, applying the above formula would be:
-0.0551589 = [(1 + .05)/48/12/ / (1 + .0625 + .0025)/48/12/] - 1
The Market Value Adjustment is a reduction of $3,192.67 from the GRO Value:
-$3,192.67 = -0.0551589 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$54,688.58 = $57,881.25 - $3,192.67
A withdrawal charge of 5% would be assessed against the $50,000 original
contribution:
$2,500.00 = $50,000.00 X .05
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$52,188.58 = $57,881.25 - $3,192.67 - $2,500.00
33
<PAGE>
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, we would first
determine the free withdrawal amount:
$5,788.13 = $57,881.25 X .10
The non-free amount would be:
$14,211.87 = $20,000.00 - $5,788.13
The Market Value Adjustment, which is only applicable to the non-free amount,
would be
- $783.91 = -0.0551589 X $14,211.87
The withdrawal charge would be:
$789.25 = [($14,211.87+ $783.91)/(1 - .05)] - ($14,211.87+ 783.91)
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment and withdrawal charge would be:
$21,573.16 = $20,000.00 + $783.91 + $789.25
The ending Account Value would be:
$36,308.09 = $57,881.25 - $21,573.16
Example of an Upward Market Value Adjustment:
An upward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal
that occurs when interest rates have decreased. Assume interest rates have
decreased three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting
4% for a four-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value
Adjustment, applying the formula set forth in the prospectus, would be:
.0290890 = [(1 + .05)/48/12/ / (1 + .04 + .0025)/48/12/] - 1
The Market Value Adjustment is an increase of $1,683.71 to the GRO Value:
$1,683.71 = .0290890 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$59,564.96 = $57,881.25 + $1,683.71
A withdrawal charge of 5% would be assessed against the $50,000 original
contribution:
$2,500.00 = $50,000.00 X .05
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$57,064.96 = $57,881.25 + $1,683.71 - $2,500.00
34
<PAGE>
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, the free withdrawal
amount and non-free amount would first be determined as above:
Free Amount = $ 5,788.13
Non-Free Amount = $14,211.87
The Market Value Adjustment would be:
$413.41 = .0290890 X $14,211.87
The withdrawal charge would be:
$726.23 = [($14,211.87 - $413.41)/(1 - .05)] - ($14,211.87 - $413.41)
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment and withdrawal charge would be:
$20,312.82 = $20,000.00 - $413.41 + $726.23
The ending Account Value would be:
$37,568.43 = $57,881.25 - $20,312.82
Actual Market Value Adjustments may have a greater or lesser impact than shown
in the examples, depending on the actual change in interest crediting rate and
the timing of the withdrawal or transfer in relation to the time remaining in
the GRO Account. Also, the Market Value Adjustment can never decrease the
Account Value below premium plus 3% interest, before any applicable charges.
Account values less than $50,000 will be subject to a $30 annual charge.
35
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MAY 1, 1997
FOR
GRANDMASTER III
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
ISSUED BY
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
AND
FUNDED THROUGH ITS SEPARATE ACCOUNT I
Table of Contents
Page
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian............................................ 2
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts...................................... 3
Part 3 - Performance Information............................................ 3
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values.............................. 10
Part 5 - Financial Statements.............................................. 11
</TABLE>
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should
be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the contracts, dated May 1, 1997.
For definitions of special terms used in the SAI, please refer to the
prospectus.
A copy of the prospectus to which this SAI relates is available at no charge by
writing the Administrative Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company
("Integrity"), P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, Ohio 43218, or by calling 1-800-325-
8583.
<PAGE>
PART 1 - INTEGRITY AND CUSTODIAN
Integrity is an Ohio stock life insurance company that sells life insurance and
annuities. Its principal executive offices are located at 515 West Market
Street, Louisville, Kentucky, 40202, and it maintains administrative offices in
Columbus, Ohio. Integrity, the depositor of Separate Account I, is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Integrity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation which is a
holding company engaged in no active business. Integrity owns 100% of the stock
of National Integrity Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance
corporation. All outstanding shares of Integrity Holdings, Inc. are owned by
ARM Financial Group, Inc. (ARM), a Delaware corporation which is a financial
services company focusing on the long-term savings and retirement marketplace by
providing retail and institutional products and services throughout the United
States. ARM owns 100% of the stock of (i) ARM Securities Corporation (ARM
Securities), a Minnesota corporation, registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) ARM
Capital Advisors, Inc., a New York corporation registered with the SEC as an
investment adviser, (iii) SBM Certificate Company, a Minnesota corporation
registered with the SEC as an issuer of face-amount certificates, and (iv) ARM
Transfer Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation registered with the SEC as a
transfer and dividend disbursing agency. Approximately 91% of the outstanding
voting stock of ARM is owned by The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II,
L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital
Investors, L.P., and MSCP III 892 Investors, L.P., each of which is a Delaware
limited partnership (collectively, the MSCP Funds). The MSCP Funds are private
equity funds sponsored by Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
that, through its subsidiaries, provides a wide range of financial services on a
global basis (Morgan Stanley). The general partner of each of the MSCP Funds is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley. Oldarm Limited Partnership, a
Kentucky limited partnership, New ARM, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability
company, and certain current and former employees and management of ARM own in
the aggregate approximately 9% of the voting stock of ARM.
No person has the direct or indirect power to control Morgan Stanley except
insofar as he or she may have such power by virtue of his or her capacity as a
director or executive officer thereof. Morgan Stanley is publicly held; no
individual beneficially owns more than 5% of the common shares; however,
approximately 31% of such shares are subject to a stockholders' agreement or
voting agreement among certain current and former principals and employees of
Morgan Stanley and its predecessor.
Beginning in 1994, ARM provided substantially all of the services required to be
performed on behalf of the Separate Account. Total fees paid to ARM by
Integrity for management services in 1995 and 1996, including services
applicable to the Registrant, were $7,462,365 and $13,823,048, respectively.
Integrity is the custodian for the shares of the Funds owned by the Separate
Account. The Funds' shares are held in book-entry form.
Reports and marketing materials, from time to time, may include information
concerning the rating of Integrity, as determined by A.M. Best Company, Moody's
Investor Service, Standard & Poor's Corporation, Duff & Phelps Corporation, or
other recognized rating services. Integrity is currently rated "A" (Excellent)
by A.M. Best Company, and has received claims paying ability ratings of "A"
(Good) from Standard & Poor's Corporation, "Baa1" from Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., and "A+" (High) from Duff and Phelps Credit Rating Company.
However, Integrity does not guarantee the investment performance of the
portfolios, and these ratings do not reflect protection against investment
risk.
Under prior management, Integrity was subject to a consent order in the State of
Florida under which it was precluded from writing new business in Florida from
May, 1992 to November, 1994. The consent order was entered into on May 6, 1992
as a result of noncompliance with certain investment restrictions under Florida
law. Due to the substantial asset restructuring and capital infusions involved
with Integrity's acquisition by ARM in November, 1993, Integrity came to be
fully in compliance with the investment limitations of the State of Florida and
a request for full relief from the consent order was granted by the Florida
Department of Insurance on November 4, 1994.
2
<PAGE>
PART 2 - DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
ARM Securities, a wholly owned subsidiary of ARM, is the principal underwriter
of the contracts. ARM Securities is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ARM Securities' address is 515 West Market Street, Louisville,
Kentucky 40202. The contracts are offered through ARM Securities on a
continuous basis.
We generally pay a maximum distribution allowance of 7.5% of initial
contribution and 7% of additional contributions, plus .50% trail commission paid
on Account Value after the 8th Contract Year. The amount of distribution
allowances paid was $7,813,058, $6,110,040, and $5,858,050 for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. No distribution allowances were
retained by ARM Securities during these years. Integrity may from time to time
pay or allow additional promotional incentives, in the form of cash or other
compensation, to broker-dealers that sell contracts. In some instances, such
other incentives may be offered only to certain broker-dealers that sell or are
expected to sell during specified time periods certain minimum amounts of the
contracts.
PART 3 - PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Each Variable Account Option may from time to time include the Average Annual
Total Return, the Cumulative Total Return, and Yield of its shares in
advertisements or in information furnished to shareholders. The VIP Money
Market Option may also from time to time include the Yield and Effective Yield
of its shares in information furnished to shareholders. Performance information
is computed separately for each Option in accordance with the formulas described
below. At any time in the future, total return and yields may be higher or lower
than in the past and there can be no assurance that any historical results will
continue.
Total Returns
Total returns reflect all aspects of an Option's return, including the automatic
reinvestment by the Option of all distributions and the deduction of all
applicable charges to the Option on an annual basis, including mortality risk
and expense charges, the annual administrative charge and other charges against
contract values. For purposes of charges not based upon a percentage of
contract values, an average account value of $40,000 has been used. Quotations
also will assume a termination (surrender) at the end of the particular period
and reflect the deductions of the contingent withdrawal charge, if applicable.
Any such total return calculation will be based upon the assumption that the
Option corresponding to the investment portfolio was in existence throughout the
stated period and that the applicable contractual charges and expenses of the
Option during the stated period were equal to those currently applicable under
the contract. Total returns may be shown simultaneously that do not take into
account deduction of the contingent withdrawal charge, and/or the annual
administrative charge.
Average annual total returns are calculated by determining the growth or decline
in value of a hypothetical historical investment in the Option over certain
periods, including 1, 3, 5, and 10 years (up to the life of the Option), and
then calculating the annually compounded percentage rate that would have
produced the same result if the rate of growth or decline in value had been
constant over the period. Investors should realize that the Option's
performance is not constant over time, but changes from year to year, and that
the average annual returns represent the averages of historical figures as
opposed to the actual historical performance of an Option during any portion of
the period illustrated. Average annual returns are calculated pursuant to the
following formula: P(1+T)/n/ = ERV, where P is a hypothetical initial payment
of $1,000, T is the average annual total return, n is the number of years, and
ERV is the withdrawal value at the end of the period.
Cumulative total returns are unaveraged and reflect the simple percentage change
in the value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period of
time. In addition to the period since inception, cumulative total returns may be
calculated on a year-to-date basis at the end of each calendar
3
<PAGE>
month in the current calendar year. The last day of the period for year-to-date
returns is the last day of the most recent calendar month at the time of
publication.
Yields
Some Options may advertise yields. Yields quoted in advertising reflect the
change in value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period
of time, not taking into account capital gains or losses or the imposition of
any contingent withdrawal charge. Yields are annualized and stated as a
percentage.
Current yield and effective yield are calculated for the VIP Money Market
Option. Current Yield is based on the change in the value of a hypothetical
investment (exclusive of capital changes) over a particular 7-day period, less a
hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from contract values during the period
(the base period), and stated as a percentage of the investment at the start of
the base period (the base period return). The base period return is then
annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting yield figure carried to
at least the nearest hundredth of one percent. Effective yield assumes that all
dividends received during an annual period have been reinvested. This
compounding effect causes effective yield to be higher than current yield.
Calculation of effective yield begins with the same base period return used in
the calculation of current yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly
compounding pursuant to the following formula:
Effective Yield = {(Base Period Return) + 1)/365/7/} - 1
4
<PAGE>
The table below provides average annual total returns for each Option for the
One and Three Year Periods ended December 31, 1996 and from inception through
December 31, 1996. The "contract continues" columns show returns if the contract
continues and is not terminated, and the "contract surrendered" columns show
returns if the contract is surrendered at the end of the period, in which case
contingent withdrawal charges may apply. The performance information is based on
the historical investment experience of the Options and does not indicate or
represent future experience.
Average Annual Total Returns for One and
Three Year Periods Ended 12/31/96 and Since Inception*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since Inception One Year Period Three Year Period
---------------------- --------------- -----------------
Contract Contract
Contract Surrendered Contract Surrendered Contract
Option Continues 12/31/96 Continues 12/31/96 Continues
- ------ --------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 16.19% 15.82% 12.73% 5.65% 16.64%
VIP II Asset
Manager 9.83% 9.38% 13.04% 5.97% 6.51%
VIP Growth 15.07% 14.69% 13.14% 6.07% 14.22%
VIP Overseas 7.81% 7.32% 11.67% 4.60% 6.64%
VIP II Investment
Grade Bond 6.13% 5.62% 1.78% -5.29% 3.80%
VIP II Index 500 15.21% 14.25% 21.15% 14.07% 17.79%
VIP High Income 10.83% 9.78% 12.48% 5.40% 9.13%
VIP II Asset
Manager: Growth 20.47% 17.23% 18.30% 11.23% n/a
VIP II Contrafund 28.77% 25.72% 19.66% 12.58% n/a
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth &
Income n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
</TABLE>
*The inception date for each Option is set forth in the table below.
5
<PAGE>
The table below provides cumulative total returns for each Option from inception
through December 31, 1996, and for the One and Three Year Periods ended December
31, 1996. The "contract continues" columns show returns if the contract
continues and is not terminated, and the "contract surrendered" column shows
returns if the contract is surrendered at the end of the period, in which case
contingent withdrawal charges apply. The performance information is based on the
historical investment experience of the Options and does not indicate or
represent future experience.
Cumulative Total Returns for Period Since Inception to 12/31/96, and for the One
and Three Year Periods ended 12/31/96
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since Inception One Year Three Year
---------------------- -------- ----------
Contract
Contract Surrendered Contract Contract Inception
Option Continues 12/31/96 Continues Continues Date*
- ------ --------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 122.58% 119.18% 12.73% 58.68% 09/03/91
VIP II Asset
Manager 64.84% 61.44% 13.04% 20.83% 09/03/91
VIP Growth 111.35% 107.95% 13.14% 49.02% 09/03/91
VIP Overseas 49.30% 45.90% 11.67% 21.26% 09/03/91
VIP II Investment
Grade Bond 37.33% 33.93% 1.78% 11.85% 09/03/91
VIP II Index 500 71.99% 66.70% 21.15% 63.44% 03/04/93
VIP High Income 48.82% 43.53% 12.48% 29.98% 02/19/93
VIP II Asset
Manager:
Growth 42.35% 35.20% 18.30% n/a 02/08/95
VIP II Contrafund 61.50% 54.36% 19.66% n/a 02/08/95
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth &
Income n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
</TABLE>
*Inception Dates reflect date of first trade.
6
<PAGE>
Performance information for an Option may be compared, in reports and
advertising, to: (1) Standard & Poor's Stock Index (S&P 500), Dow Jones
Industrial Averages, (DJIA), Donoghue Money Market Institutional Averages, or
other unmanaged indices generally regarded as representative of the securities
markets; (2) other variable annuity separate accounts or other investment
products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or the Variable Annuity
Research and Data Service, which are widely used independent research firms that
rank mutual funds and other investment companies by overall performance,
investment objectives, and assets; and (3) the Consumer Price Index (measure of
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in a contract.
Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends but generally do not
reflect deductions for annuity charges, investment management costs, brokerage
costs and other transaction costs that are normally paid when directly investing
in securities.
Each Option may from time to time also include the ranking of its performance
figures relative to such figures for groups of mutual funds categorized by
Lipper Analytical Services (Lipper) as having the same or similar investment
objectives or by similar services that monitor the performance of mutual funds.
Each Option may also from time to time compare its performance to average mutual
fund performance figures compiled by Lipper in Lipper Performance Analysis.
Advertisements or information furnished to present shareholders or prospective
investors may also include evaluations of an Option published by nationally
recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally
recognized such as Barron's, Business Week, CDA Technologies, Inc., Changing
Times, Consumer's Digest, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Financial Planning,
Financial Times, Financial World, Forbes, Fortune, Global Investor, Hulbert's
Financial Digest, Institutional Investor, Investors Daily, Money, Morningstar
Mutual Funds, The New York Times, Personal Investor, Stanger's Investment
Adviser, Value Line, The Wall Street Journal, Wiesenberger Investment Company
Service and USA Today.
The performance figures described above may also be used to compare the
performance of an Option's shares against certain widely recognized standards or
indices for stock and bond market performance. The following are the indices
against which the Options may compare performance:
The Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks (the S&P 500) is a market
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate market
value of 500 stocks relative to the base period 1941-43. The S&P 500 Index is
composed almost entirely of common stocks of companies listed on the NYSE,
although the common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock
Exchange or traded OTC are included. The 500 companies represented include 400
industrial, 60 transportation and 50 financial services concerns. The S&P 500
Index represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the NYSE.
The Dow Jones Composite Average (or its component averages) is an unmanaged
index composed of 30 blue-chip industrial corporation stocks (Dow Jones
Industrial Average), 15 utilities company stocks and 20 transportation stocks.
Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices are unmanaged indices
of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance company stocks listed
on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Wilshire 5000 Equity Index (or its component indices) represents the return
of the market value of all common equity securities for which daily pricing is
available. Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index is an arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 900 securities on the stock
exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.
The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index - An arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 1,470 securities listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia, the Far East, Canada and the
United States.
7
<PAGE>
The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index - An arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 1,470 securities listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia, the Far East, Canada and the
United States.
The Goldman Sachs 100 Convertible Bond Index currently includes 67 bonds and 33
preferred stocks. The original list of names was generated by screening for
convertible issues of $100 million or greater in market capitalization. The
index is priced monthly.
The Lehman Brothers Government Bond Index (the Lehman Government Index) is a
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; all
publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all quasi-
federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted issues are not
included in the Lehman Government Index.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index (the Lehman Government/
Corporate Index) is a measure of the market value of approximately 5,300 bonds
with a face value currently in excess of $1 million, which have at least one
year to maturity and are rated "Baa" or higher (investment grade) by a
nationally recognized statistical rating agency.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Intermediate Bond Index (the Lehman
Government/Corporate Intermediate Index) is composed of all bonds covered by the
Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index with maturities between one and
9.99 years. Total return comprises price appreciation/depreciation and income as
a percentage of the original investment. Indexes are rebalanced monthly by
market capitalization.
The Lehman Brothers Intermediate Treasury Bond Index includes bonds with
maturities between one and ten years with a face value currently in excess of $1
million, that are rated investment grade or higher by a nationally recognized
statistical rating agency.
The Shearson Lehman Long-Term Treasury Bond Index is composed of all bonds
covered by the Shearson Lehman Hutton Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10
years or greater.
The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
(NASDAQ) Composite Index covers 4,500 stocks traded over the counter. It
represents many small company stocks but is heavily influenced by about 100 of
the largest NASDAQ stocks. It is a value-weighted index calculated on price
change only and does not include income.
The NASDAQ Industrial Index is composed of more than 3,000 industrial issues. It
is a value-weighted index calculated on price change only and does not include
income.
The Value Line (Geometric) Index is an unweighted index of the approximately
1,700 stocks followed by the Value Line Investment Survey.
The Salomon Brothers GNMA Index includes pools of mortgages originated by
private lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National
Mortgage Association.
The Salomon Brothers' World Market Index is a measure of the return of an
equally weighted basket of short-term (three month U.S. Government securities
and bank deposits) investments in eight major currencies: the U.S. dollars, UK
pounds sterling, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, Swiss francs, French francs,
German deutsche mark and Netherlands guilder.
The Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index contains approximately
3,800 Treasury and agency, corporate and mortgage bonds with a rating of BBB or
higher, a stated maturity of at least one year, and a par value outstanding of
$25 million or more. The index is weighted according to the market value of all
bond issues included in the index.
8
<PAGE>
The Salomon Brothers World Bond Index measures the total return performance of
high-quality securities in major sectors of the international bond market. The
index covers approximately 600 bonds from 10 currencies: Australian dollars,
Canadian dollars, European Currency Units, French francs, Japanese yen,
Netherlands guilder, Swiss francs, UK pounds sterling, U.S. dollars, and German
deutsche marks.
The J.P. Morgan Global Government Bond Index is a total return, market
capitalization weighted index, rebalanced monthly consisting of the following
countries: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Japan,
Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom and United States.
The 50/50 Index assumes a static mix of 50% of the S&P 500 Index and 50% of the
Lehman Government Corporate Index.
Other Composite Indices: 70% S&P 500 Index and 30% NASDAQ Industrial Index; 35%
S&P 500 Index and 65% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index; and 65% S&P Index
and 35% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index.
The SEI Median Balanced Fund Universe measures a group of funds with an average
annual equity commitment and an average annual bond - plus - private - placement
commitment greater than 5% each year. SEI must have at least two years of data
for a fund to be considered for the population.
The Russell 2000/Small Stock Index comprises the smallest 2000 stocks in the
Russell 3000 Index, and represents approximately 11% of the total U.S. equity
market capitalization. The Russell 3000 Index comprises the 3,000 largest U.S.
companies by market capitalization. The smallest company has a market value of
roughly $20 million.
The Russell 2500 Index is comprised of the bottom 500 stocks in the Russell 1000
Index which represents the universe of stocks from which most active money
managers typically select; and all the stocks in the Russell 2000 Index. The
largest security in the index has a market capitalization of approximately 1.3
billion.
The Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the United
States Bureau of Labor Statistics is a statistical measure of change, over time,
in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.
Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Hobson Associates, presents an
historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small company
stocks, long-term government bonds, Treasury bills and inflation.
Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates as published in the United States
Savings & Loan League Fact Book.
Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
Corporation, the J.P. Morgan companies, Salomon Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith, Shearson Lehman Hutton and Bloomberg L.P.
The MSCI Combined Far East Free ex Japan Index is a market-capitalization
weighted index comprising stocks in Hong Kong, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia,
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Korea is included in the MSCI Combined
Far East Free ex Japan Index at 20% of its market capitalization.
The First Boston High Yield Index generally includes over 180 issues with an
average maturity range of seven to ten years with a minimum capitalization of
$100 million. All issues are individually trader-priced monthly.
In reports or other communications to shareholders, the Fund may also describe
general economic and market conditions affecting the Options and may compare the
performance of the Options with (1) that
9
<PAGE>
of mutual funds included in the rankings prepared by Lipper or similar
investment services that monitor the performance of insurance company separate
accounts or mutual funds, (2) IBC/Donoghue's Money Fund Report, (3) other
appropriate indices of investment securities and averages for peer universe of
funds which are described in this Statement of Additional Information, or (4)
data developed by Integrity or any of the Sub-Advisers derived from such indices
or averages.
Individualized Computer Generated Illustrations
National Integrity may from time to time use computer-based software available
through Morningstar, CDA/Wiesenberger and/or other firms to provide registered
representatives and existing and/or potential owners of the contracts with
individualized hypothetical performance illustrations for some or all of the
Variable Account Options. Such illustrations may include, without limitation,
graphs, bar charts and other types of formats presenting the following
information: (i) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in a single
Option; (ii) the historical fluctuation of the value of a single Option (actual
and hypothetical); (iii) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in
more than one Option; (iv) the historical performance of two or more market
indices in relation to one another and/or one or more Options; (v) the
historical performance of two or more market indices in comparison to a single
Option or a group of Options; (vi) a market risk/reward scatter chart showing
the historical risk/reward relationship of one or more mutual funds or Options
to one or more indices and a broad category of similar anonymous variable
annuity subaccounts; and (vii) Option data sheets showing various information
about one or more Options (such as information concerning total return for
various periods, fees and expenses, standard deviation, alpha and beta,
investment objective, inception date and net assets). We reserve the right to
republish figures independently provided by Morningstar or any similar agency or
service.
PART 4 - DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUES
The annuity unit value was initially fixed at $1.00 for contracts with assumed
base rates of net investment return of 5% and 3.5% a year, respectively. For
each valuation period thereafter, it is the annuity value for the preceding
valuation period multiplied by the adjusted net investment factor under the
contracts. For each valuation period, the adjusted net investment factor is
equal to the net investment factor reduced for each day in the valuation period
by:
* .00013366 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 5% a year; or
* .00009425 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 3.5% a year.
Because of this adjustment, the annuity unit value rises and falls depending on
whether the actual rate of net investment return (after charges) is higher or
lower than the assumed base rate.
All certificates have a 5% assumed base rate, except in states where that rate
is not permitted. Annuity payments under contracts with an assumed base rate of
3.5% will at first be smaller than those under contracts with a 5% assumed base
rate. Payments under the 3.5% contracts, however, will rise more rapidly when
unit values are rising, and payments will fall more slowly when unit values are
falling, than those under 5% contracts.
The amounts of variable annuity payments are determined as follows:
Payments normally start on the Annuitant's retirement date. The first three
monthly payments are the same. Each of the first three monthly payments will be
based on the amount taken from the tables in the contract or on our current
rates, whichever is more favorable to the participant. Where the Company's
current annuity rates are used, contributions in the current and five prior
participation years will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity
rates applicable to funds derived from sources outside the Company. The balance
of the proceeds will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity rates
for payment of proceeds.
10
<PAGE>
The first three monthly payments depend on the assumed base rate of net
investment return and the forms of annuity chosen (and any fixed period). If the
annuity involves a life contingency, the risk class and the age of the
annuitants will affect payments.
Payments after the first three months will vary according to the investment
performance of the Variable Account Option or Options selected. After that, each
payment will be calculated by multiplying the number of annuity units credited
by the average annuity unit value for the second calendar month before the due
date of the payment. The number of annuity units credited equals the initial
periodic payment divided by the annuity unit value for the valuation period that
includes the due date of the first annuity payment. The average annuity unit
value is the average of the annuity unit values for the valuation periods ending
in that month. Each business day together with any non-business day or
consecutive non-business day immediately preceding such business day will
constitute a valuation period.
Illustration of Changes in Annuity Unit Values. To show how we determine
variable annuity payments from month to month, assume that the contract value on
a retirement date is enough to fund an annuity with a monthly payment of $363
and that the annuity unit value for the valuation period that includes the due
date of the first annuity payment is $1.05. The number of annuity units credited
under your contract would be 345.71 (363 divided by 1.05 = 345.71).
If the fourth monthly payment is due in March, and the average annuity unit
value for January was $1.10, the annuity payment for March would be the number
of units (345.71) times the average annuity unit value ($1.10), or $380.28. If
the average annuity unit value was $1.00 in February, the annuity payment for
April would be 345.71 times $1.00, or $345.71.
For period certain life annuities and life income annuities, the participant may
not surrender or redeem once annuity payments commence. For period certain life
annuities only, if the payee (or the payee and the other annuitant under a joint
and survivor annuity) dies before the period selected ends, the remaining
payments will go to another named payee who may have the right to redeem the
annuity and secure the present value of future guaranteed payments in a lump
sum. The present value of future guaranteed payments for a period certain is
based on the number of payments left, the assumed base rate of net return, the
number of annuity units and the annuity unit value for the date the Company
receives a written request for lump sum payment of remaining values. Assets held
in the Account at least equal to all statutory reserves required for such
Separate Account.
PART 5 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Ernst & Young LLP, Suite 2100, 400 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky
40202, is our independent auditor and serves as independent auditor of the
Separate Account. Ernst & Young LLP on an annual basis will audit certain
financial statements prepared by management and express an opinion on such
financial statements based on their audits.
The financial statements of the Separate Account as of December 31, 1996, and
for the periods indicated in the financial statements and the statutory-basis
financial statements of Integrity as of and for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995 included in this SAI have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports included herein.
The financial statements of Integrity should be distinguished from the financial
statements of the Separate Account and should be considered only as they relate
to the ability of Integrity to meet its obligations under the contract. They
should not be considered as relating to the investment performance of the assets
held in the Separate Account.
11
<PAGE>
12
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
December 31, 1996
With Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors................................................1
Audited Financial Statements
Statement of Assets and Liabilities...........................................2
Statement of Operations.......................................................4
Statements of Changes in Net Assets...........................................6
Notes to Financial Statements................................................10
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Contract Holders
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Separate
Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company (comprising, respectively, the
Money Market, High Income, Equity-Income, Growth, Overseas, Investment Grade
Bond, Asset Manager, Index 500, Asset Manager: Growth, and Contrafund Divisions)
as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations and changes in
net assets for the periods indicated therein. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included
confirmation of securities owned in Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (Fidelity VIP Funds) as of December 31,
1996, by correspondence with the transfer agent of the Funds. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of each of the respective
divisions constituting the Integrity Life Insurance Company Separate Account I
at December 31, 1996, and the results of their operations and changes in their
net assets for each of the periods indicated therein, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
April 18, 1997
1
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $27,668,954 $24,732,893 $82,088,400 $78,547,595 $32,238,102
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity 14,686 5,226 8,540 (6,384) 609
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
===========================================================================
Unit value $ 15.03 $ 14.88 $ 27.57 $ 33.98 $ 17.98
===========================================================================
Units outstanding 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964
===========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
2
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $14,955,631 $58,647,566 $20,774,010 $ 6,832,743 $38,479,268 $402,965,162
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity (1,915) 2,154 (1,560) 2,912 472 24,740
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $ 6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
===================================================================================
Unit value $ 18.53 $ 21.65 $ 17.20 $ 14.23 $ 16.15
===================================================================
Units outstanding 807,207 2,708,795 1,207,882 479,960 2,382,588
===================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 1996
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $2,077,792 $2,788,700 $ 2,695,924 $ 3,656,936 $ 569,919
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 543,822 454,923 967,411 861,617 378,399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 1,533,970 2,333,777 1,728,513 2,795,319 191,520
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period (1,163) 1,820,824 8,678,431 7,671,018 1,015,935
End of period 17 1,712,483 13,214,606 5,155,205 3,176,319
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment 1,180 1,642,753 6,658,023 3,926,030 2,808,635
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $1,535,150 $3,976,530 $ 8,386,536 $ 6,721,349 $3,000,155
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Investment Asset
Grade Asset Manager:
Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $ 580,069 $3,679,957 $ 321,571 $341,274 $ 148,076 $16,860,218
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 171,455 784,805 180,553 58,740 358,537 4,760,262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 408,614 2,895,152 141,018 282,534 (210,461) 12,099,956
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period 889,374 4,628,621 966,863 7,420 726,334 26,403,657
End of period 508,186 8,077,051 2,528,584 365,540 3,948,157 38,686,148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments (140,599) 4,034,535 2,457,099 442,073 5,124,136 26,953,865
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $ 268,015 $6,929,687 $2,598,117 $724,607 $4,913,675 $39,053,821
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Equity-
Money Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 1,533,970 $ 2,333,777 $ 1,728,513 $ 2,795,319 $ 191,520
Net realized gain on sales of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,535,150 3,976,530 8,386,536 6,721,349 3,000,155
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 34,330,875 5,779,865 22,514,540 14,358,955 6,261,045
Contract terminations and benefits (6,208,045) (1,524,016) (4,704,707) (3,893,678) (1,526,278)
Net transfers among investment options (28,366,403) 4,880,594 484,110 11,341,667 3,436,687
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived from
contract related transactions (243,573) 9,136,443 18,293,943 21,806,944 8,171,454
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 1,291,577 13,112,973 26,680,479 28,528,293 11,171,609
Net assets, beginning of year 26,362,691 29,614,694 55,399,381 50,025,686 21,065,884
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 2,336,691 407,773 878,376 442,061 363,533
Terminations and benefits (431,061) (118,461) (182,775) (140,423) (89,813)
Net transfers (1,888,838) 343,721 16,646 344,276 210,804
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 16,792 633,033 712,247 645,914 484,524
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 408,614 $ 2,895,152 $ 141,018 $ 282,534 $ (210,461) $ 12,099,956
Net realized gain on sales of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from
operations 268,015 6,929,687 2,598,117 724,607 4,913,675 39,053,821
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
contract related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 3,378,025 6,136,455 7,410,209 2,833,347 11,316,760 114,320,076
Contract terminations and benefits (838,675) (5,296,646) (418,288) (248,404) (1,179,766) (25,838,503)
Net transfers among investment options 738,417 (6,065,460) 4,442,889 1,413,371 8,997,882 1,303,754
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 3,277,767 (5,225,651) 11,434,810 3,998,314 19,134,876 89,785,327
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 3,545,782 1,704,036 14,032,927 4,722,921 24,048,551 128,839,148
Net assets, beginning of year 11,411,764 56,941,376 6,742,643 2,106,910 14,430,245 274,101,274
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
=================================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 186,436 309,032 466,833 218,521 802,193
Terminations and benefits (47,054) (261,549) (26,888) (18,720) (84,387)
Net transfers 40,805 (312,128) 293,103 105,021 595,875
------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 180,187 (264,645) 733,048 304,822 1,313,681
==================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
7
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity-
Market Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 906,411 $ 602,161 $ 1,588,847 $ (357,201) $ (111,143)
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investment 0 421,460 398,434 1,747,660 74,370
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (1,390) 1,857,004 8,371,137 7,520,931 1,404,411
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 905,021 2,880,625 10,358,418 8,911,390 1,367,638
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 20,334,306 11,774,062 15,978,463 14,692,149 5,584,300
Contract terminations and benefits (3,262,823) (651,621) (2,258,085) (2,305,745) (1,398,897)
Net transfers among investment options (10,489,510) 4,609,207 9,173,422 6,493,844 (3,417,808)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 6,581,973 15,731,648 22,893,800 18,880,248 767,595
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 7,486,994 18,612,273 33,252,218 27,791,638 2,135,233
Net assets, beginning of year 18,875,697 11,002,421 22,147,163 22,234,048 18,930,651
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 26,362,691 $29,614,694 $55,399,381 $50,025,686 $21,065,884
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 1,439,814 920,318 733,711 553,520 364,819
Terminations and benefits (239,468) (50,330) (109,024) (84,599) (92,992)
Net transfers (740,572) 379,055 433,527 208,262 (235,605)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 459,774 1,249,043 1,058,214 677,183 36,222
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division* Division* Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 126,177 $ 452,675 $ (6,023) $ 73,421 $ 101,348 $ 3,376,673
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investments (41,212) 773,658 135,255 20,837 306,555 3,837,017
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,231,959 6,870,698 948,687 7,420 726,334 28,937,191
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,316,924 8,097,031 1,077,919 101,678 1,134,237 36,150,881
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 2,732,767 7,813,632 2,590,878 1,618,000 9,189,750 92,308,307
Contract terminations and benefits (598,195) (4,780,955) (211,930) (7,244) (78,792) (15,554,287)
Net transfers among investment options 814,239 (12,437,415) 997,890 394,476 4,185,050 323,395
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 2,948,811 (9,404,738) 3,376,838 2,005,232 13,296,008 $ 77,077,415
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 4,265,735 (1,307,707) 4,454,757 2,106,910 14,430,245 113,228,296
Net assets, beginning of year 7,146,029 58,249,083 2,287,886 0 0 160,872,978
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $11,411,764 $ 56,941,376 $6,742,643 $2,106,910 $14,430,245 $274,101,274
============================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 159,543 453,078 200,180 141,402 734,758
Terminations and benefits (35,875) (283,950) (18,438) (616) (9,811)
Net transfers 48,994 (704,833) 74,973 34,352 343,960
--------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 172,662 (535,705) 256,715 175,138 1,068,907
==============================================================
</TABLE>
*For the period February 6, 1995 (commencement of operations) to December 31,
1995.
See accompanying notes.
9
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Nature of Operations
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity") established Separate Account I
(the "Separate Account") on May 19, 1986, for the purpose of issuing flexible
premium variable annuity contracts ("contracts"). The Separate Account is a unit
investment trust registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The operations of the Separate
Account are part of Integrity.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
("ARM"). ARM specializes in the asset accumulation business, providing retail
and institutional customers with products and services designed to serve the
growing long-term savings and retirement markets.
Contract holders may allocate or transfer their account values to one or more of
the Separate Account's investment divisions or, for certain contract holders, to
a guaranteed interest division provided by Integrity, or both. Certain contract
holders may also allocate or transfer a portion or all of their account values
to one or more fixed guaranteed rate options of Integrity's Separate Account
GRO. Certain contract holders may also allocate new contributions to a
Systematic Transfer Option ("STO") which accumulates interest at a fixed rate.
All STO contributions must be transferred to other investment divisions or to a
guaranteed rate option within one year of the contribution.
The Separate Account investment divisions are invested in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (collectively the "Fidelity VIP Funds"). The
Fidelity VIP Funds are "series" type mutual funds managed by Fidelity Management
and Research Company ("Fidelity Management"). The contract holder's account
value in a Separate Account division will vary depending on the performance of
the corresponding portfolio. The Separate Account currently has ten investment
divisions available. The Separate Account introduced three new investment
divisions to contract holders on December 31, 1996 which include the Balanced
Portfolio, the Growth and Income Portfolio, and the Growth Opportunities
Portfolio from the Fidelity VIP Funds. The investment objective of each division
and its corresponding portfolio are the same. Set forth below is a summary of
the
10
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
investment objectives of the operative portfolios of the Fidelity VIP Funds at
December 31, 1996 for this Separate Account.
Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as is
consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only in
high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments
and their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities.
Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital
appreciation as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in income-producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt
securities.
Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests 65% of its assets in
securities from at least three countries outside North America.
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income as is
consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range of
investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the
portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated securities judged by
Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
11
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over the
long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term fixed-
income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which will occur
when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative difference in
value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in intermediate
to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term fixed income instruments. The
portfolio's relatively large investment in countries with limited or
developing capital markets may involve greater risks than investments in more
developed markets and the prices of such investments may be volatile.
Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the
total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of common
stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective, the
portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks to
maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks, bonds,
and short-term instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which represents the
general allocation of the fund's investments over the long term. The
approximate neutral mix for stocks, bonds and short-term instruments is 70%,
25% and 5%, respectively.
Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value of the
investment over the long-term by investing in equity securities of companies
that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on companies that
are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital appreciation.
Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and securities
convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest in any
type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
The assets of the Separate Account are owned by Integrity. The portion of the
Separate Account's assets supporting the contracts may not be used to satisfy
liabilities arising out of any other business of Integrity.
12
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for unit investment trusts.
Investments
Investments in shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are valued at the net asset
values of the respective portfolios, which approximates fair value. The
difference between cost and fair value is reflected as unrealized appreciation
and depreciation of instruments.
Share transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on
sales of shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are determined based on the identified
cost basis.
Dividends from income and capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-
dividend date. Dividends and distributions from the Fidelity VIP Fund portfolios
are reinvested in the respective portfolios and are reflected in the unit value
of the divisions of the Separate Account.
Unit Value
Unit values for the Separate Account divisions are computed at the end of each
business day. The unit value is equal to the unit value for the preceding
business day multiplied by a net investment factor. This net investment factor
is determined based on the value of the underlying mutual fund portfolios of the
Separate Account, reinvested dividends and capital gains, new premium deposits
or withdrawals, and the daily asset charge for the mortality and expense risk
and administrative charges. Unit values are adjusted daily for all activity in
the Separate Account.
Taxes
Operations of the Separate Account are included in the income tax return of
Integrity, which is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal Revenue
Code. The Separate Account will not be taxed as a regulated investment company
under Subchapter
13
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
M of the Internal Revenue Code. Under existing federal income tax law, no taxes
are payable on the investment income or on the capital gains of the Separate
Account.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
2. Investments
The aggregate cost of portfolio shares purchased and proceeds from portfolio
shares sold during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the cost of shares held
at December 31, 1996 for each division were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Division Purchases Sales Cost
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market $107,208,446 $105,909,966 $ 27,668,937
High Income 51,321,014 39,847,156 41,020,410
Equity-Income 30,450,353 10,460,425 68,873,794
Growth 48,195,522 23,635,224 73,392,390
Overseas 17,273,367 8,855,696 29,061,783
Investment Grade Bond 7,574,318 3,892,069 14,447,445
Asset Manager 9,362,435 11,733,066 50,570,515
Index 500 14,321,355 2,745,294 18,245,426
Asset Manager: Growth 5,170,383 887,677 6,467,203
Contrafund 30,676,620 11,748,693 34,531,111
</TABLE>
3. Expenses
Integrity assumes mortality and expense risks and incurs certain administrative
expenses related to the operations of the Separate Account and deducts a charge
from the assets of the Separate Account at an annual rate of 1.20% and 0.15% of
net assets, respectively, to cover these risks and expenses. In addition, an
annual charge of $30 per contract is assessed if the participant's account value
is less than $50,000 at the end of any participation year prior to the
participant's retirement date (as defined by the participant's contract).
14
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
with Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................ 1
Audited Financial Statements
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis).......................................... 3
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)................................ 5
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)............ 6
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)................................ 7
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)........................... 9
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Board of Directors
Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statutory basis balance sheets of Integrity
Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
statutory basis statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus, and
cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company presents its
financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance, which practices differ from
generally accepted accounting principles. The variances between such practices
and generally accepted accounting principles and the effects on the accompanying
financial statements are described in Note 1.
In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter described in the preceding
paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position
of Integrity Life Insurance Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, or the
results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.
1
<PAGE>
Also, in our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Integrity Life Insurance
Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
February 12, 1997
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Admitted assets
Cash and invested assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $1,755,236
Preferred stocks 42,234 7,604
Subsidiary 48,272 39,139
Mortgage loans 32,946 38,612
Real estate 497 512
Policy loans 98,212 94,642
Cash and short-term investments 87,009 54,476
Other invested assets 6,310 13,754
------------------------
Total cash and invested assets 2,797,872 2,003,975
Separate accounts assets 764,060 544,664
Accrued investment income 29,182 27,806
Receivable for investments sold - 6,636
Reinsurance balances receivable 1,702 6,795
Other admitted assets 1,400 2,892
------------------------
Total admitted assets $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Liabilities and capital and surplus
Liabilities:
Policy and contract liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves $2,614,118 $1,858,672
Unpaid claims 232 2,121
Deposits on policies to be issued 348 702
------------------------
Total policy and contract liabilities 2,614,698 1,861,495
Separate accounts liabilities 759,170 543,081
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 3,187 3,659
Transfers to separate accounts due or accrued, net (37,533) (30,146)
Reinsurance balances payable 13,473 2,472
Federal income taxes - 2,986
Asset valuation reserve 13,805 12,410
Interest maintenance reserve 38,594 35,217
Other liabilities 24,988 15,567
------------------------
Total liabilities 3,430,382 2,446,741
Capital and surplus:
Common stock, $2 par value, 1,500,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding 3,000 3,000
Paid-in surplus 87,535 87,535
Unassigned surplus 73,299 55,492
------------------------
Total capital and surplus 163,834 146,027
------------------------
Total liabilities and capital and surplus $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Premiums and other revenues:
Premiums and annuity considerations $ 7,803 $ 14,010
Deposit-type funds 737,791 232,682
Net investment income 171,811 152,365
Amortization of the interest maintenance reserve 3,090 2,947
Net gain from operations from Separate Accounts Statement 347 297
Other revenues 13,085 11,654
---------------------
Total premiums and other revenues 933,927 413,955
Benefits paid or provided:
Death benefits 20,012 24,688
Annuity benefits 61,242 39,092
Surrender benefits 248,282 322,569
Interest on funds left on deposit 25,204 1,059
Payments on supplementary contracts 10,261 9,423
Increase (decrease) in insurance and annuity reserves 372,699 (125,970)
---------------------
Total benefits paid or provided 737,700 270,861
Insurance and other expenses:
Commissions 20,270 16,215
General expenses 8,955 11,927
Taxes, licenses and fees 549 794
Net transfers to separate accounts 137,570 92,817
Other expenses 1,085 1,184
---------------------
Total insurance and other expenses 168,429 122,937
---------------------
Gain from operations before federal income taxes and
net realized capital losses 27,798 20,157
Federal income tax expense (benefit) (3,259) 1,370
---------------------
Gain from operations before net realized capital losses 31,057 18,787
Net realized capital losses, less capital gains tax
expense (1996-$5,738; 1995-$1,543) and excluding net
gains transferred to the interest maintenance reserve
(1996-$6,467; 1995-$8,061) (5,015) (918)
---------------------
Net income $ 26,042 $17,869
=====================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
Common Paid-In Unassigned Capital and
Stock Surplus Surplus Surplus
------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995 $3,000 $82,941 $57,600 $143,541
Net income 17,869 17,869
Net change in unrealized gain
of subsidiary 5,174 5,174
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 125 125
Decrease from change in valuation basis (8,593) (8,593)
Increase in asset valuation reserve (3,884) (3,884)
Capital contributions 19,850 19,850
Mark to market adjustment for SBM Life (15,256) (15,256)
Dividends to shareholder (12,800) (12,800)
Change in surplus in separate accounts (1,113) (1,113)
Transfer from separate accounts 1,114 1,114
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1995 3,000 87,535 55,492 146,027
Net income 26,042 26,042
Net change in unrealized gain of subsidiary 9,133 9,133
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 27 27
Increase in asset valuation reserve (1,395) (1,395)
Dividends to shareholder (16,000) (16,000)
Other changes in surplus in separate accounts 2,960 2,960
Transfer to separate accounts, net (2,960) (2,960)
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1996 $3,000 $87,535 $73,299 $163,834
======================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Operations:
Premiums, policy proceeds, and other
considerations received $ 745,594 $ 246,692
Net investment income received 171,376 153,357
Commission and expense allowances received
on reinsurance ceded 1,905 2,111
Benefits paid (341,767) (395,810)
Insurance expenses paid (30,246) (30,624)
Other income received net of other expenses paid 10,100 8,914
Net transfers to separate accounts (144,958) (99,721)
Federal income taxes paid (3,702) -
-----------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operations 408,302 (115,081)
Investment activities:
Proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments:
Bonds 1,604,304 1,075,864
Preferred stocks 57,895 7,604
Common stocks - 3,300
Mortgage loans 5,668 50,528
Real estate - 638
Other invested assets 7,233 3,360
Net gains on cash and short-term investments 9 -
Miscellaneous proceeds 211 -
-----------------------
Total investment proceeds 1,675,320 1,141,294
Taxes paid on capital gains (2,312) -
-----------------------
Net proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments 1,673,008 1,141,294
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis) (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
---------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Cost of investments acquired:
Bonds 1,960,794 1,036,258
Preferred and common stocks 92,077 13,340
Other invested assets - 10,472
---------------------------
Total cost of investments acquired 2,052,871 1,060,070
Net increase in policy loans and premium notes 3,569 4,071
---------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities (383,432) 77,153
Financing and miscellaneous activities:
Other cash provided:
Capital and surplus paid-in - 19,850
Other sources 40,403 16,930
---------------------------
Total other cash provided 40,403 36,780
Other cash applied:
Dividends to shareholders 16,000 12,800
Other applications, net 16,740 12,132
---------------------------
Total other cash applied 32,740 24,932
---------------------------
Net cash provided by financing and
miscellaneous activities 7,663 11,848
---------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and short-term
investments 32,533 (26,080)
Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year 54,476 80,556
---------------------------
Cash and short-term investments at end of year $ 87,009 $ 54,476
===========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies
Organization
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity" or the "Company") is an indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc. ("ARM"). ARM acquired the
Company and its wholly owned insurance subsidiary, National Integrity Life
Insurance Company ("National Integrity"), on November 26, 1993 from The National
Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited ("National Mutual"). The Company
is domiciled in the state of Ohio. The Company, currently licensed in 45 states
and the District of Columbia, and National Integrity provide retail and
institutional products throughout the United States to the long-term savings and
retirement marketplace.
On June 14, 1995, ARM completed the acquisition of substantially all of the
assets and business operations of SBM Company (the "Acquisition"), including all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of SBM Company's subsidiaries, State
Bond and Mortgage Life Insurance Company ("SBM Life") and SBM Financial
Services, Inc. (which subsequently changed its name to ARM Securities
Corporation). By virtue of the Acquisition, ARM acquired control of SBM
Certificate Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of SBM Life. Concurrent with the
Acquisition, ARM acquired all outstanding shares of the authorized capital stock
of SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for a purchase price of $3.3 million.
The designated effective date of the Acquisition was May 31, 1995.
The aggregate purchase price for the Acquisition was $38.8 million. ARM financed
the Acquisition by issuing a total of 9,770 shares of ARM's Class A common stock
to certain private equity funds managed by a subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group
Inc. and certain private investors for an aggregate sale price of $63.5 million.
ARM used proceeds from issuance of the new common equity in excess of the
adjusted purchase price for the Acquisition to (i) make a $19.9 million capital
contribution to SBM Life, (ii) acquire SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for
$3.3 million, and (iii) provide for fees and expenses related to the
Acquisition.
In connection with the Acquisition, on May 31, 1995, SBM Life was permitted to
record a direct charge to paid-in surplus of $15.3 million from marking-to-
market its entire bond portfolio. ARM's $19.9 million capital contribution to
SBM Life was primarily intended
9
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
to replace surplus depleted by the $15.3 million charge. Following the
Acquisition, ARM restructured SBM Life's investment portfolio to reduce SBM
Life's concentration of investments in collateralized mortgage obligations.
On December 31, 1995, SBM Life was merged with and into the Company. In
accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' (the
"NAIC") Annual Statement Instructions, the 1996 and 1995 Annual Statements were
prepared as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 1994. The capital stock and
paid-in surplus reported at December 31, 1995 represent balances for the Company
(adjusted for the aforementioned charge to paid-in surplus and offsetting
capital contribution). All remaining SBM Life capital and surplus at that date
was included as unassigned surplus.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio
Department of Insurance. Such practices vary from generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP"). The more significant variances from GAAP are as follows:
Investments
Investments in bonds and preferred stocks are reported at amortized cost or
market value based on the NAIC rating; for GAAP, such fixed maturity
investments are designated at purchase as held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity fixed investments are reported at
amortized cost, and the remaining fixed maturity investments are reported at
fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in operations for
those designated as trading and as a separate component of shareholder's
equity for those designated as available-for-sale. In addition, fair values of
certain investments in bonds and stocks are based on values specified by the
NAIC, rather than on actual or estimated market values used for GAAP.
10
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Realized gains and losses are reported in income net of income tax and
transfers to the interest maintenance reserve. Changes between cost and
admitted investment asset amounts are credited or charged directly to
unassigned surplus rather than to a separate surplus account. The Asset
Valuation Reserve is determined by an NAIC prescribed formula and is
reported as a liability rather than unassigned surplus. Under a formula
prescribed by the NAIC, the Company defers the portion of realized gains and
losses on sales of fixed income investments, principally bonds and mortgage
loans, attributable to changes in the general level of interest rates and
amortizes those deferrals over the remaining period to maturity based on the
individual security sold using the seriatim method. The net deferral is
reported as the Interest Maintenance Reserve in the accompanying balance
sheets. Under GAAP, realized gains and losses are reported in the income
statement on a pretax basis in the period that the asset giving rise to the
gain or loss is sold and include provisions when there has been a decline in
asset values deemed other than temporary.
Subsidiary
The accounts and operations of the Company's subsidiary are not consolidated
with the accounts and operations of the Company as would be required under
GAAP.
Policy Acquisition Costs
Costs of acquiring and renewing business are expensed when incurred. Under
GAAP, acquisition costs related to investment-type products, to the extent
recoverable from future gross profits, are amortized generally in proportion
to the emergence of future gross profits over the estimated term of the
underlying policies.
Nonadmitted Assets
Certain assets designated as "nonadmitted," principally receivables greater
than 90 days past due, are excluded from the accompanying balance sheets and
are charged directly to unassigned surplus.
11
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Premiums
Revenues include premiums and deposits received and benefits include death
benefits paid and the change in policy reserves. Under GAAP, such premiums
and deposits received are accounted for as a deposit liability and therefore
not recognized as premium revenue; benefits paid equal to the policy account
value are accounted for as a return of deposit instead of benefit expense.
Benefit Reserves
Certain policy reserves are calculated using statutorily prescribed interest
and mortality assumptions rather than on estimated expected experience or
actual account balances as would be required under GAAP.
Federal Income Taxes
Deferred federal income taxes are not provided for differences between the
financial statement amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
12
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
The effects of the foregoing variances from GAAP on the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Net income as reported in the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements $ 26,042 $ 17,869
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of amortization 11,036 16,651
Adjustments to customer deposits (1,883) (5,994)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (412) (769)
Amortization of value of insurance in force (5,850) (7,104)
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve (3,090) (3,906)
Adjustments for realized investment gains 3,373 5,313
Adjustments for federal income tax expense (6,516) (4,719)
Investment in subsidiary 9,498 4,833
Adjustment for SBM Life operating results prior to the Acquisition (see Note 1) - 4,604
Other (2,108) 1,274
-------------------------
Net income, GAAP basis $ 30,090 $ 28,052
=========================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Capital and surplus as reported in the accompanying
statutory basis financial statements $ 163,834 $ 146,027
Adjustments to customer deposits (169,041) (167,158)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (15,580) (18,541)
Asset valuation reserve and interest maintenance reserve 81,246 82,941
Value of insurance in force 85,352 91,202
Goodwill 6,826 7,090
Deferred policy acquisition costs 54,354 43,318
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (9,211) 24,127
Other 8,238 7,127
-------------------------
Shareholder's equity, GAAP basis $ 206,018 $ 216,133
=========================
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Other significant accounting practices are as follows:
Investments
Bonds, preferred stocks, common stocks, and short-term investments are stated at
values prescribed by the NAIC, as follows:
Bonds and short-term investments are reported at cost or amortized cost. The
discount or premium on bonds is amortized using the interest method. For loan-
backed bonds, anticipated prepayments are considered when determining the
amortization of discount or premium.
Prepayment assumptions for loan-backed bonds and structured securities are
obtained from broker-dealer survey values or internal estimates. These
assumptions are consistent with the current interest rate and economic
environment. The retrospective adjustment method is used to value all such
securities.
Preferred stocks are reported at cost.
The Company's investment in its insurance subsidiary is reported at the equity
in the underlying statutory basis of National Integrity's net assets. Changes
in the admitted asset carrying amount of the investment are credited or
charged directly to unassigned surplus.
Short-term investments include investments with maturities of less than one
year at the date of acquisition.
Mortgage loans and policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances.
Realized capital gains and losses are determined using the specific
identification method.
Benefits
Life and annuity reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined
based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and
valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater
than or equal to the minimum or guaranteed policy cash values or the amounts
required by the Ohio Department of
14
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Insurance. The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon the
death of life and annuity policy insureds and does not return any premium beyond
the date of death. Surrender values on policies do not exceed the corresponding
benefit reserve. Policies issued subject to multiple table substandard extra
premiums are valued on the standard reserve basis which recognizes the non-level
incidence of the excess mortality costs. Additional reserves are established
when the results of cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios
indicate the need for such reserves.
Tabular interest, tabular less actual reserve released, and tabular cost have
been determined by formula as prescribed by the NAIC.
Reinsurance
Reinsurance premiums, benefits and expenses are accounted for on bases
consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and
the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums, benefits and expenses, and the
reserves for policy and contract liabilities are reported net, rather than
gross, of reinsured amounts.
Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying balance
sheets represent funds that are separately administered, principally for
variable annuity contracts. Separate accounts assets are reported at market
value. Surrender charges collectible by the general account in the event of
variable policy surrenders are reported as a negative liability rather than an
asset pursuant to prescribed NAIC accounting practices. The operations of the
separate accounts are not included in the accompanying financial statements,
except for separate accounts with guarantees. Fees charged on separate accounts
policyholder deposits are included in other revenues.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in compliance with statutory accounting
practices requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
15
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the
presentation of the 1996 financial statements. These reclassifications resulted
in an immaterial increase in prior year net income and had no effect on
previously reported surplus.
2. Permitted Statutory Accounting Practices
The Company's statutory basis financial statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of
Insurance. "Prescribed" statutory accounting practices include state laws,
regulations, and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of
publications of the NAIC. "Permitted" statutory accounting practices encompass
all accounting practices that are not prescribed; such practices may differ from
state to state, may differ from company to company within a state, and may
change in the future. The NAIC currently is in the process of recodifying
statutory accounting practices, the result of which is expected to constitute
the only source of "prescribed" statutory accounting practices. Accordingly,
that project, which is expected to be effective for 1999, will likely change, to
some extent, prescribed statutory accounting practices, and may result in
changes to the accounting practices that the Company uses to prepare its
statutory financial statements. Although the recodification project is meant to
be surplus neutral, there is not enough available information for the industry
to assess the impact of such project.
16
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments
The cost or amortized cost and the fair value of investments in bonds are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 226,928 $ 778 $ 1,343 $ 226,363
States and political subdivisions 4,045 121 - 4,166
Foreign governments 39,336 160 296 39,200
Public utilities 120,513 1,204 1,084 120,633
Other corporate securities 626,219 4,111 18,657 611,673
Asset-backed securities 282,903 - - 282,903
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 - 170 1,182,278
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $2,482,392 $6,374 $21,550 $2,467,216
=============================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 187,867 $ 3,089 $ 71 $ 190,885
States and political subdivisions 9,193 495 - 9,688
Foreign governments 60,881 433 577 60,737
Public utilities 76,388 3,822 2 80,208
Other corporate securities 577,088 15,845 8,103 584,830
Asset-backed securities 109,480 - - 109,480
Mortgage-backed securities 734,339 52 1 734,390
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $1,755,236 $23,736 $ 8,754 $1,770,218
=============================================================
</TABLE>
Fair values are based on published quotations of the Securities Valuation Office
of the NAIC. Fair values generally represent quoted market value prices for
securities traded in
17
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
the public marketplace, or analytically determined values using bid or closing
prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. However, for certain
investments for which the NAIC does not provide a value, the Company uses the
amortized cost amount as a substitute for fair value in accordance with
prescribed guidance. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the fair value of
investments in bonds includes $1,853,618,000 and $646,393,000, respectively, of
bonds that were valued at amortized cost.
A summary of the cost or amortized cost and fair value of the Company's
investments in bonds at December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity, is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or
Amortized Fair
Cost Value
--------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Years to maturity:
One or less $ 24,891 $ 24,783
After one through five 164,212 160,461
After five through ten 209,202 203,861
After ten 618,737 612,931
Asset-backed securities 282,902 282,902
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 1,182,278
--------------------------
Total $2,482,392 $2,467,216
==========================
</TABLE>
The expected maturities in the foregoing table may differ from the contractual
maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties and because asset-
backed and mortgage-backed securities (including floating-rate securities)
provide for periodic payments throughout their life.
Proceeds from the sales of investments in bonds during 1996 and 1995 were
$1,435,801,000 and $912,298,000; gross gains of $26,178,000 and $21,015,000, and
gross losses of $14,430,000 and $10,561,000 were realized on those sales,
respectively.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, bonds with an admitted asset value of $7,693,000
and $24,192,000, respectively, were on deposit with state insurance departments
to satisfy regulatory requirements.
18
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Unrealized gains and losses on investment in subsidiary are reported directly in
surplus and do not affect operations. The gross unrealized gains and losses on,
and the cost and fair value of, the investment are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subsidiary $17,823 $30,449 $ - $48,272
=====================================================
At December 31, 1995:
Subsidiary $17,823 $21,316 $ - $39,139
=====================================================
</TABLE>
The Company has made no new investments in mortgage loans during 1996. The
maximum percentage of any one loan to the value of the security at the time of
the loan exclusive of any purchase money mortgages is 75%. Fire insurance at
least equal to the excess of the loan over the maximum loan which would be
permitted by law on the land without the buildings is required on all properties
covered by mortgage loans. As of year-end the Company held no mortgages with
interest more than one year past due. During 1996, no interest rates of
outstanding mortgage loans were reduced. No amounts have been advanced by the
Company.
In connection with the change in control of the Company during 1993, National
Mutual agreed to indemnify the Company pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated
November 26, 1993, with respect to (i) principal (up to 100%) of the Company's
mortgage loans' statutory book value as of December 31, 1992 and (ii)
contractual interest payments (based on the original principal amount) of all
acquired commercial and agricultural mortgage loans. In support of its
indemnification obligations, National Mutual has placed $23.0 million into
escrow in favor of the Company and National Integrity until the mortgage loans
have been repaid in full.
19
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Major categories of the Company's net investment income are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Income:
Bonds $158,724 $138,791
Preferred stocks 3,626 680
Mortgage loans 3,703 7,140
Real estate 218 118
Policy loans 6,729 6,150
Short-term investments and cash 3,849 3,696
Other investment income 168 911
--------------------
Total investment income 177,017 157,486
Investment expenses (5,206) (5,121)
--------------------
Net investment income $171,811 $152,365
====================
</TABLE>
4. Reinsurance
Consistent with prudent business practices and the general practice of the
insurance industry, the Company reinsures risks under certain of its insurance
products with other insurance companies through reinsurance agreements. Through
these reinsurance agreements, substantially all mortality risks associated with
single premium endowment and variable annuity deposits and substantially all
risks associated with variable life business have been reinsured with non-
affiliated insurance companies. A contingent liability exists with respect to
insurance ceded which would become a liability should the reinsurer be unable to
meet the obligations assumed under these reinsurance agreements.
The Company purchased guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") deposits totaling
$358,339,000 from National Integrity as of June 30, 1996. Beginning April 1,
1996 and
20
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
4. Reinsurance (continued)
through December 31, 1996, the Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits
through a 50% coinsurance agreement with General American Life Insurance
Company.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums and amounts earned is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Direct premiums and amounts
assessed against policyholders $241,442 $248,906
Reinsurance assumed 521,067 7,497
Reinsurance ceded (16,915) (9,713)
---------------------
Net premiums and amounts earned $745,594 $246,690
=====================
</TABLE>
5. Federal Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated return with National Integrity. The method of
allocation between the companies is based on separate return calculations after
consolidated losses and credits.
Income before income taxes differs from taxable income principally due to value
of insurance in force, interest maintenance reserves, and differences in policy
and contract liabilities and investment income for tax and financial reporting
purposes.
The current year and prior year tax provisions were calculated including
consolidated net operating loss carryover benefits of $14,164,000 and
$14,084,000, respectively.
The Company had a net operating loss carryforward of approximately $7.0 million
at December 31, 1995 expiring in the years 2005 to 2007. The filing of amended
1993 and 1994 consolidated federal returns generated additional consolidated net
operating losses of $7.2 million, which were fully utilized in the current year
provision.
Federal income tax regulations allowed certain special deductions for 1983 and
prior years which are accumulated in a memorandum tax account designated as
"policyholders' surplus". Generally, this policyholders' surplus account will
become subject to tax at the
21
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
5. Federal Income Taxes (continued)
then-current rates only if the accumulated balance exceeds certain maximum
limitations or if certain cash distributions are deemed to be paid out of the
account. At December 31, 1996, the Company's accumulated separate policyholders'
surplus account balance was approximately $1,739,000, which the Company obtained
as a result of the SBM Life merger at December 31, 1995. The Company has no
plans to distribute amounts from the policyholders' surplus account, and no
further additions to the account are allowed by the Tax Reform Act of 1984.
6. Surplus
Dividends that ARM may receive from the Company in any year without prior
approval of the Ohio Insurance Director are limited by statute to the greater of
(i) 10% of the Company's statutory capital and surplus as of the preceding
December 31, and (ii) the Company's statutory net income for the preceding year.
The maximum dividend payments that may be made by the Company to ARM during 1997
are $26,042,000.
Under New York insurance laws, National Integrity may pay dividends to Integrity
only out of its earnings and surplus, subject to at least thirty days' prior
notice to the New York Insurance Superintendent and no disapproval from the
Superintendent prior to the date of such dividend. The Superintendent may
disapprove a proposed dividend if the Superintendent finds that the financial
condition of National Integrity does not warrant such distribution.
The NAIC adopted Risk-Based Capital ("RBC") requirements which became effective
December 31, 1993, that attempt to evaluate the adequacy of a life insurance
company's adjusted statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment,
insurance and other business risks. The RBC formula will be used by the states
as an early warning tool to identify possible under-capitalized companies for
the purpose of initiating regulatory action and is not designed to be a basis
for ranking the financial strength of insurance companies. In addition, the
formula defines a new minimum capital standard which supplements the previous
system of low fixed minimum capital and surplus requirements. The RBC
requirements provide for four different levels of regulatory attention depending
on the ratio of the company's adjusted capital and surplus to its RBC. As of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, the adjusted capital and surplus of the Company is
substantially in excess of the minimum level of RBC that would require
regulatory response.
22
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
7. Annuity Reserves
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's annuity reserves, including
separate accounts, and deposit fund liabilities that are subject to
discretionary withdrawal (with adjustment), subject to discretionary withdrawal
without adjustment, and not subject to discretionary withdrawal provisions are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 121,549 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 263,726 8.7
At market value 543,906 18.1
Total with adjustment or at market --------------------
value 929,181 30.8
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or
adjustment 1,520,259 50.5
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 561,616 18.7
--------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 3,011,056 100.0%
======
Less reinsurance ceded 44,653
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,966,403
==========
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)(continued)
7. Annuity Reserves (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
--------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 81,678 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 371,396 18.0
At market value 404,273 19.5
-------------------
Total with adjustment or at market
value 857,347 41.5
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or adjustment 664,997 32.2
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 542,014 26.3
-------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 2,064,358 100.0%
=====
Less reinsurance ceded 62,808
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,001,550
==========
</TABLE>
The Company's insurance and annuity reserves (net of reinsurance) increased in
1996 by 48.2%, from $2,001,550,000 at December 31, 1995 to $2,966,403,000 at
December 31, 1996. Beginning April 1, 1996 and through December 31, 1996, the
Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits through a 50% coinsurance agreement
and purchased $358,339,000 in GIC deposits from National Integrity as of
June 30, 1996.
8. Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities represent funds segregated for the
benefit of variable annuity, certain fixed annuity and variable life
policyholders who generally bear the investment risk (mutual fund options), or
for certain policyholders who are
24
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
guaranteed a fixed rate of return (guaranteed rate options). Assets held in
separate accounts are carried at estimated fair values.
Information regarding the separate accounts of the Company as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
-------------------------
Nonindexed Nonguaranteed
Guaranteed Separate
Indexed More than 4% Accounts Total
----------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Premiums, deposits and other
considerations $15,499 $ 57,823 $126,770 $200,092
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts with
assets at fair value $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts by
withdrawal characteristics:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ - $121,549 $ - $121,549
At book value without market value
adjustment and with current
surrender charge of 5% or more - 8,244 - 8,244
At market value 183 - 571,880 572,063
----------------------------------------------------------
183 129,793 571,880 701,856
Not subject to discretionary
withdrawal 13,593 - - 13,593
----------------------------------------------------------
Total separate accounts reserves $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
A reconciliation of the amounts transferred to and from the separate accounts
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Separate Accounts
Statement:
Transfers to separate accounts $200,092 $129,830
Transfers from separate accounts (71,356) (43,344)
-----------------------
Net transfers to separate accounts 128,736 86,486
Reconciling adjustments:
Mortality and expense charges reported
as other revenues 6,977 4,726
Policy deductions reported as other
revenues 1,857 1,605
-----------------------
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Life, Accident and
Health Annual Statement $137,570 $ 92,817
=======================
</TABLE>
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value
information about all financial instruments, including insurance liabilities
classified as investment contracts, unless specifically exempted. The fair value
of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a
forced or liquidation sale. In cases where quoted market prices are not
available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other
valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the
assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash
flows. Accordingly, the aggregate
26
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value
of such instruments. For financial instruments not separately disclosed below,
the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 December 31, 1995
-----------------------------------------------------
Carrying Carrying
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $2,552,022 $1,755,236 $1,797,097
Preferred stocks 42,234 43,550 7,604 8,623
Mortgage loans 32,946 32,946 38,612 38,612
Liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves for
investment-type contracts $2,279,832 $2,297,739 $1,490,606 $1,571,032
Separate accounts annuity reserves 687,292 686,518 485,951 484,406
</TABLE>
Bonds and Preferred Stocks
Fair values for bonds and preferred stocks are based on quoted market prices,
where available. For bonds and preferred stocks for which a quoted market price
is not available, fair values are estimated using internally calculated
estimates or quoted market prices of comparable investments.
Mortgage Loans
Pursuant to the terms of ARM's acquisition of the Company, payments of principal
and interest on mortgage loans acquired on November 26, 1993 are guaranteed by
National Mutual. Principal received in excess of statutory book value is to be
returned to National Mutual. Accordingly, book value is deemed to be fair value.
27
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
Life and Annuity Reserves for Investment-Type Contracts
The fair value of single premium immediate annuities is based on discounted
cash flow calculations using a market yield rate for assets with similar
durations. The fair value of the remaining annuities is primarily based on the
cash surrender values of the underlying policies.
Separate Accounts Annuity Reserves
The fair value of separate accounts annuity reserves for investment-type
products equals the cash surrender values.
10. Related Party Transactions
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company entered into an Administrative Services
Agreement with ARM. ARM performs certain administrative and special services for
the Company to assist with its business operations. The services include
policyholder services; accounting, tax and auditing; underwriting; marketing and
product development; functional support services; payroll functions; personnel
functions; administrative support services; and investment functions. During
1996 and 1995, the Company was charged $13,823,000 and $9,691,000, respectively,
for these services in accordance with the requirements of applicable insurance
law and regulations.
In connection with ARM's acquisition of the Company in 1993, ARM obtained a Term
Loan Facility Agreement in the principal amount of $40.0 million. The loan
amount is secured by a pledge of the shares of common stock of Integrity.
28
<PAGE>
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET - IQ The SmartAnnuity
Showing Location in Part A (Prospectus) and Part B (Statement of Additional
Information) of Information required By Form N-4
PART A: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS - IQ The SmartAnnuity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Prospectus
<S> <C> <C>
1. Cover Page Cover Page
2. Definitions Part 1 - Summary
3. Synopsis Part 1 - Summary; Table of Annual Fees and
Expenses; Examples
4. Condensed Financial Information Part 1 - Financial Information
5. General Description of Registrant, Part 2 - Integrity and the Separate Account;
Annuity Contracts Part 3 - Your Investment Options
6. Deductions Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
7. General Description of Variable Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity contracts Annuity Contract
8. Annuity Period Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
9. Death Benefit Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
10. Purchases and Contract Value Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
11. Redemptions Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable
Annuity Contract
12. Taxes Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
13. Legal Proceedings Not Applicable
14. Table of Contents of the Statement Table of Contents
of Additional Information
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PART B: INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION - IQ The SmartAnnuity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-4 Item No. Location in Statement of Additional
Information
<S> <C>
15. Cover Page Cover Page
16. Table of Contents Cover Page
17. General Information and History Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
18. Services Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
20. Underwriters Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
21. Calculation of Performance Data Part 3 - Performance Information
22. Annuity Payments Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
23. Financial Statements Part 5 - Financial Statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Prospectus
==========
IQ The SmartAnnuity
Flexible Premium Variable Annuity
issued by Integrity Life Insurance Company
This prospectus describes a flexible premium variable annuity offered by
Integrity Life Insurance Company, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM
Financial Group, Inc. The individual contracts and group certificates
(contracts) offered by this prospectus provide several types of benefits, some
of which have tax-favored status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Contributions under the contracts may be allocated to the various
investment divisions of our Separate Account I (Variable Account Options, or
individually, Option) or to our Fixed Accounts, or both.
Contributions to the Variable Account Options are invested in shares of
corresponding portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund (VIP), Variable
Insurance Products Fund II (VIP II), and Variable Insurance Products Fund III
(VIP III) (the Funds or Fund). The Funds are part of the Fidelity Investments(R)
group of companies. The values allocated to the Options reflect the investment
performance of the Funds' portfolios. The prospectus for the Funds describes the
investment objectives, policies and risks of each of the Funds' portfolios.
There are thirteen Variable Account Options, which invest in the following
portfolios:
. VIP Money Market Portfolio . VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
. VIP High Income Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
. VIP Equity-Income Portfolio . VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
. VIP Growth Portfolio . VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
. VIP Overseas Portfolio . VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
. VIP III Balanced Portfolio . VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
. VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
We currently offer Guaranteed Rate Options (GROs) and a Systematic Transfer
Option (STO), together referred to as Fixed Accounts. Your allocation to a GRO
accumulates at a fixed interest rate we declare at the beginning of the duration
you select. A market value adjustment (Market Value Adjustment) will be made for
withdrawals, surrenders, transfers and certain other transactions before the
expiration of your GRO Account, but your value under a GRO Account may not be
decreased below an amount equal to your allocation plus interest compounded at
an annual effective rate of 3% (Minimum Value), less previous withdrawals. Your
allocation to the STO accumulates at a fixed interest rate that we declare each
calendar quarter, guaranteed never to be less than an effective annual yield of
3%. You must transfer all contributions you make to the STO into other
Investment Options within one year of contribution on a monthly or quarterly
basis.
This prospectus contains information about the contracts that you should know
before investing. You should read this prospectus and any supplements, and
retain them for future reference. This prospectus is not valid unless provided
with the current prospectus for the Funds, which you should also read.
For further information and assistance, you should contact our Administrative
Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, OH
43218. The express mail address is Integrity Life Insurance Company, 200 East
Wilson Bridge Road, Worthington, Ohio 43085. You may also call the following
toll-free number: 1-800-325-8583.
A registration statement relating to the contracts, which includes a Statement
of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 1997, has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The SAI is incorporated by reference into
this prospectus. A copy of the SAI is available free of charge by writing to or
calling our Administrative Office. A table of contents for the SAI follows the
table of contents for this prospectus.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR
ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1997.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part 1 - Summary Page
<S> <C>
Your Variable Annuity Contract......................... 1
Your Benefits.......................................... 1
How Your Contract is Taxed............................. 1
Your Contributions..................................... 1
Your Investment Options................................ 1
Variable Account Options............................... 1
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value... 2
Transfers.............................................. 2
Charges and Fees....................................... 2
Withdrawals............................................ 2
Your Initial Right to Revoke........................... 3
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses...................... 4
Financial Information.................................. 6
Part 2 - Integrity And The Separate Account
Integrity Life Insurance Company....................... 8
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options.. 8
Assets of Our Separate Account......................... 8
Changes In How We Operate.............................. 8
Part 3 - Your Investment Options
The Funds.............................................. 9
The Funds' Investment Adviser...................... 9
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios............ 11
Fixed Accounts......................................... 12
Guaranteed Rate Options............................ 13
Renewals of GRO Accounts.......................... 13
Market Value Adjustments.......................... 13
Systematic Transfer Option......................... 14
Part 4 - Deductions and Charges
Separate Account Charges............................... 15
Annual Administrative Charge........................... 15
Fund Charges........................................... 15
State Premium Tax Deduction............................ 15
Transfer Charge........................................ 15
Tax Reserve............................................ 16
Part 5 - Terms of Your Variable Annuity
Contributions Under Your Contract...................... 16
Your Account Value..................................... 16
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account......... 17
How We Determine Unit Value............................ 17
Transfers.............................................. 17
Withdrawals............................................ 18
Assignments............................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C>
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions................ 18
Annuity Benefits................................................ 19
Annuities....................................................... 19
Annuity Payments................................................ 20
Timing of Payment............................................... 20
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions..................... 20
Part 6 - Voting Rights
Fund Voting Rights.............................................. 21
How We Determine Your Voting Shares............................. 21
How Fund Shares Are Voted....................................... 21
Separate Account Voting Rights.................................. 21
Part 7 - Tax Aspects of the Contracts
Introduction.................................................... 22
Your Contract is an Annuity..................................... 22
Taxation of Annuities Generally................................. 22
Distribution-at-Death Rules..................................... 23
Diversification Standards....................................... 23
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs................................. 24
Individual Retirement Annuities............................. 24
Simplified Employee Pensions................................ 24
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension
and Profit Sharing Plans................................... 24
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments
and Tax-Exempt Organizations............................... 25
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs............. 25
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding........................ 26
Impact of Taxes to Integrity.................................... 26
Transfers Among Investment Options.............................. 26
Part 8 - Additional Information
Systematic Withdrawals.......................................... 26
Dollar Cost Averaging........................................... 26
Systematic Transfer Program..................................... 27
Individual Asset Rebalancing.................................... 27
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program............... 27
Performance Information......................................... 29
Appendix A - Illustration of a Market Value Adjustment........ 30
</TABLE>
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
<PAGE>
SAI Table of Contents
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts
Part 3 - Performance Information
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values
Part 5 - Financial Statements
If you would like to receive a copy of the Statement of Additional Information,
please complete the form below and send it to:
Administrative Office
Integrity Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 182080
Columbus, OH 43218
ATTN: Request for SAI of Separate Account I
Name:_____________________________________________________________________
Address:__________________________________________________________________
City:________________________________ State:_________ Zip:________________
<PAGE>
PART 1 -- SUMMARY
Your Variable Annuity Contract
In this prospectus, we, our and us mean Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Integrity), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
(ARM). We offer individual variable annuity contracts. In certain states, we
offer certificates under a group variable annuity contract instead of contracts.
When we use the words contract or certificate, we are referring to both the
individual contracts and the group certificates.
You can invest for retirement by purchasing a contract if you properly complete
a Customer Profile form (an application or enrollment form may be required in
some states) and make a minimum initial contribution. In this prospectus, you
and your mean the Annuitant, the person upon whose life the Annuity Benefit and
the Death Benefit are based, usually the Owner of the contract. If the Annuitant
does not own the contract, all of the rights under the contract belong to the
Owner until annuity payments begin.
Your retirement or endowment date (Retirement Date) will be no later than your
98th birthday or earlier, if required by law, unless you notify us of a
different date.
Your Benefits
Your contract provides an Account Value, an annuity benefit, and a death
benefit. See "Your Account Value," "Death Benefits and Similar Benefit
Distributions" and "Annuity Benefits" in Part 5.
Your benefits may be received under a contract subject to the usual rules for
taxation of annuities, including the tax-deferral of earnings until withdrawal.
The contract also can provide your benefits under certain tax-favored retirement
programs, which are subject to special rules covering such matters as
eligibility and contribution amounts. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts"
for detailed information.
How Your Contract is Taxed
Under current law, any increases in the value of your contributions to your
contract are tax deferred and will not be included in your taxable income until
withdrawn. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
Your Contributions
The minimum initial contribution in most states is currently $1,000. Minimum
initial contribution for residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington State is $3,000. Subsequent contributions of at least $100 can be
made. Special rules for lower minimum initial and subsequent contributions apply
for certain tax-favored retirement plans. See "Contributions Under Your
Contract" in Part 5.
Your Investment Options
You may allocate contributions to the Variable Account Options or to the Fixed
Accounts, or both. The Variable Account Options and the Fixed Accounts are
together referred to as the Investment Options. Contributions may be allocated
to up to nine Investment Options at any one time. See "Contributions Under Your
Contract" in Part 5. To select Investment Options most suitable for you, see
Part 3, "Your Investment Options."
Variable Account Options
The Variable Account Options (also referred to as Divisions) invest in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Funds, each a "series" type of mutual
fund. Each investment portfolio is referred to as a Portfolio. The investment
objective of each Variable Account Option and its corresponding Portfolio is the
same. Your value in a Variable Account Option will vary depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolio. For a full description of the Funds,
see the Funds' prospectus and the Funds' Statement of Additional Information.
1
<PAGE>
Account Value, Adjusted Account Value and Cash Value
The sum of your values under the Fixed Accounts plus your values in the Variable
Account Options is referred to as the Account Value. Your Adjusted Account Value
is your Account Value, as increased or decreased (but not below the Minimum
Value) by any Market Value Adjustments. Your Cash Value is equal to your
Adjusted Account Value, reduced by the pro rata portion of the annual
administrative charge, if applicable. See "Charges and Fees" below.
Transfers
You may transfer all or portions of your Account Value among the Investment
Options, subject to the conditions described under "Transfers" in Part 5.
Transfers from any Investment Option must be for at least $250. Transfers may be
arranged through our telephone transfer service. See Part 5, "Transfers."
Transfers may also be made under our following special services: (i) Dollar
Cost Averaging, (ii) Individual Asset Rebalancing, (iii) Ibbotson Asset
Allocation and Rebalancing Program, or (iv) to transfer your STO contributions.
See Part 8, "Dollar Cost Averaging," "Individual Asset Rebalancing," "Ibbotson
Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program," and "Systematic Transfer Program."
Charges and Fees
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 as of the last day of any contract
year prior to your Retirement Date, an annual administrative expense charge of
$30 is deducted from your contract. See Part 4, "Deductions and Charges."
A charge at an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value of the assets
in each Variable Account Option is made daily. We make this charge to cover
mortality and expense risks (1.20%) and certain administrative expenses (.15%).
The charge will never be greater than an effective annual rate of 1.35% of the
Account Value of the assets in each Variable Account Option. See Part 4,
"Deductions and Charges."
Investment advisory fees and other expenses are deducted from amounts invested
by the Separate Account in the Funds. For providing investment management
services to the Portfolios of the Funds, Fidelity Management and Research
Company (Fidelity Management) receives fees from the Portfolios based on the
average net assets of each Portfolio. The highest annual rate at which any of
the Portfolios paid advisory fees in 1996 was .76% of average net assets.
Advisory fees cannot be increased without the consent of Fund shareholders. See
"Table of Annual Fees and Expenses" below and "The Funds' Investment Adviser" in
Part 3.
If you frequently transfer funds from one Investment Option to another, certain
transfers may become subject to a charge. We will not, however, charge more than
$20 per transfer. See "Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as frequently
as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. Most withdrawals made
by you prior to age 59-1/2 are also subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. In
addition, some tax-favored retirement programs limit withdrawals. See Part 7,
"Tax Aspects of the Contracts." For partial withdrawals, the total amount
deducted from your Account Value will include the withdrawal amount requested,
any applicable Market Value Adjustment in excess of any free withdrawal amount
(as defined below), so that the net amount you receive will be the amount
requested. For residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Washington State a
$3,000 minimum account balance is required to remain in your Contract after any
withdrawals.
The free withdrawal amount is a non-cumulative amount which you may take as a
partial withdrawal each contract year without your GRO Account being subject to
any Market Value Adjustment. It is equal to 10% of the Account Value, minus
cumulative prior withdrawals in the current contract year. However, as
explained above, a tax penalty still applies if you are under age 59-1/2.
2
<PAGE>
Your Initial Right to Revoke
Within ten days after you receive your contract, you may cancel it by returning
it to our Administrative Office. The 10-day period may be extended if required
by state law. We will refund all your contributions with an adjustment for any
investment gain or loss on the contributions put into each Variable Account
Option from the date units were purchased until the date your contract is
received by us, including any charges deducted. If state law instead requires a
refund of your contributions without any adjustment, we will return that amount
to you. For allocations to Fixed Accounts, we will refund to you the amount of
your contributions.
3
<PAGE>
Table of Annual Fees and Expenses
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
- -----------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Sales Load on Purchases..................................... $ 0
Exchange Fee (1)............................................ $ 0
Annual Administrative Charge (2)............................ $30
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a
percentage of average account value) (3)
- ----------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees............................. 1.20%
Administrative Expenses..................................... .15%
-----
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses...................... 1.35%
=====
</TABLE>
Fund Annual Expenses After Reimbursement
(as a percentage of average net assets) (4)
- -------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other Total Annual
Portfolio Fees Expenses Expenses
- --------- ---- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market................. .21% .09% .30%
VIP High Income.................. .59% .12% .71%(5)
VIP Equity-Income................ .51% .07% .58%
VIP Growth....................... .61% .08% .69%
VIP Overseas..................... .76% .17% .93%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond..... .45% .13% .58%
VIP II Asset Manager............. .64% .10% .74%(5)(6)
VIP II Index 500................. .13% .15% .28%(6)
VIP II Contrafund................ .61% .13% .74%(5)
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth..... .65% .22% .87%(5)(6)
VIP III Balanced................. .48% .24% .72%(5)
VIP III Growth Opportunities..... .61% .16% .77%(5)
VIP III Growth & Income.......... .50% .20% .70%(5)(7)
- -------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) After the first twelve transfers during a contract year, Integrity has the
right to impose a transfer charge of $20 per transfer. This charge would not
apply to transfers made for dollar cost averaging, individual asset rebalancing,
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program, or systematic transfers. See
"Deductions and Charges - Transfer Charge" in Part 4.
(2) The annual administrative charge is $30. This charge applies only if the
Account Value is less than $50,000 at the end of any contract year prior to your
Retirement Date. See "Deductions and Charges - Annual Administrative Charge" in
Part 4.
(3) See "Deductions and Charges - Separate Account Charges" in Part 4.
(4) In the Funds' prospectus, see "Management, Distribution and Service Fees."
(5) A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain funds pay was used to
reduce funds' expenses. In addition, certain funds have entered into
arrangements with their custodian and transfer agent whereby interest earned on
uninvested cash balances was used to reduce custodian and transfer agent
expenses. Including these reductions, the total operating expenses presented in
the table would have been .56% for VIP Equity-Income Portfolio, .67% for VIP
Growth Portfolio, .92% for VIP Overseas Portfolio, .73% for VIP II Asset Manager
Portfolio, .71% for VIP II Contrafund Portfolio, .85% for VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth Portfolio, and .76% for VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio, and .71%
for VIP III Balanced Portfolio.
4
<PAGE>
(6) The investment adviser agreed to reimburse a portion of VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's expenses during the period. Without this reimbursement, the fund's
management fee, other expenses and total expenses would have been .28%, .15%,
and .43%, respectively.
(7) Annualized
Examples
The examples below show the expenses that would be borne by the Annuitant per
$1,000 investment, assuming a $40,000 average contract value and a 5% annual
rate of return on assets.
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you surrender your contract at the end of the
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
applicable period:
- ------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
- --------- ------ ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market....................................... $17.66 $54.61 $ 93.86 $203.09
VIP High Income........................................ $21.86 $67.34 $115.29 $246.89
VIP Equity-Income...................................... $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP Growth............................................. $21.65 $66.72 $114.25 $244.80
VIP Overseas........................................... $24.11 $74.13 $126.63 $269.66
VIP II Investment Grade Bond........................... $20.53 $63.32 $108.53 $233.20
VIP II Asset Manager................................... $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Index 500....................................... $17.45 $53.98 $ 92.81 $200.91
VIP II Contrafund...................................... $22.17 $68.27 $116.84 $250.03
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth........................... $23.50 $72.28 $123.55 $263.50
VIP III Balanced....................................... $21.96 $67.65 $115.81 $247.94
VIP III Growth Opportunities........................... $22.47 $69.19 $118.39 $253.15
VIP III Growth & Income................................ $21.76 $67.03 $114.77 $245.84
</TABLE>
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you do not surrender your contract at the end
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the applicable period:
- -------------------------
Same expenses per $1,000 investment as shown in table immediately above.
Expenses per $1,000 investment if you elect the normal form of annuity at the
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
end of the applicable period:
- -----------------------------
Same expenses per $1,000 investment as shown in table immediately above.
These examples assume a continuation of the fixed charges that are borne by the
Separate Account and of the investment advisory fees and other expenses of the
Funds as they were for the year ended December 31, 1996, except for VIP III
Growth & Income Portfolio, which were based on estimated current expenses.
Actual Fund expenses may be greater or less than those on which these examples
were based. The annual rate of return assumed in the examples is not an estimate
or guarantee of future investment performance. The table also assumes an
estimated $40,000 average contract value, so that the administrative charge per
$1,000 of net asset value in the Separate Account is $0.75. Such per $1,000
charge would be higher for smaller Account Values and lower for higher values.
The above table and examples are intended to assist your understanding of the
various costs and expenses that apply to your contract, directly or indirectly.
These tables reflect expenses of the Separate Account as well as those of the
Portfolios. Premium taxes upon annuitization also may be applicable.
5
<PAGE>
Financial Information
The table below shows the unit value for each Variable Account Option at
inception, the number of units outstanding at December 31 of each year since
inception, and the unit value at the end of each period. The unit value at the
beginning of each period is the unit value as of the end of the previous period.
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity- Investment
Market Income Income Growth Overseas Grade Bond
Division Division Division Division Division Division
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00
December 31, 1987 $ 10.18 - $ 7.74 $ 7.51 $ 8.13 $ 10.21
Number of Units 1,952 - 25,560 50 7,250 26,988
December 31, 1988 $ 10.75 - $ 8.49 $ 7.48 $ 8.93 $ 10.69
Number of Units 2,062 - 8,962 2,043 2,019 45,789
December 31, 1989 $ 11.57 - $ 10.41 $ 10.45 $ 11.02 $ 12.20
Number of Units 43,299 - 8,517 2,284 1,937 4,372
December 31, 1990 $ 12.34 - $ 9.04 $ 11.04 $ 10.16 $ 12.82
Number of Units 2,427 - 29,446 2,060 1,779 3,350
December 31, 1991 $ 12.90 - $ 12.92 $ 17.96 $ 12.44 $ 14.38
Number of Units 1,422 - 7,198 1,777 945 1,160
December 31, 1992 $ 13.22 - $ 14.90 $ 19.36 $ 10.95 $ 15.13
Number of Units 68,139 - 124,911 129,511 35,346 80,734
December 31, 1993 $ 13.46 $ 11.45 $ 17.38 $ 22.80 $ 14.83 $ 16.57
Number of Units 346,644 615,289 748,436 444,077 480,406 330,360
December 31, 1994 $ 13.84 $ 11.12 $ 18.35 $ 22.49 $ 14.88 $ 15.73
Number of Units 1,363,372 989,407 1,206,683 988,674 1,272,218 454,358
December 31, 1995 $ 14.46 $ 13.23 $ 24.46 $ 30.03 $ 16.10 $ 18.20
Number of Units 1,823,146 2,238,450 2,264,897 1,665,857 1,308,440 627,020
December 31, 1996 $ 15.03 $ 14.88 $ 27.57 $ 33.98 $ 17.98 $ 18.53
Number of Units 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964 807,207
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The inception date for
the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III
Growth & Income Option was December 31, 1996. The Inception date for the VIP II
Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Option was February 6,
1995. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter of
1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
6
<PAGE>
UNIT VALUES AND UNITS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Asset Index Contra- Manager Growth Growth
Manager 500 fund Growth Balanced Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Inception* $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
December 31, 1987 $ 8.00 - - - - - -
Number of Units 29,166 - - - - - -
December 31, 1988 $ 8.98 - - - - - -
Number of Units 11,300 - - - - - -
December 31, 1989 $ 11.16 - - - - - -
Number of Units 10,635 - - - - - -
December 31, 1990 $ 11.02 - - - - - -
Number of Units 12,194 - - - - - -
December 31, 1991 $ 13.60 - - - - - -
Number of Units 5,272 - - - - - -
December 31, 1992 $ 15.01 - - - - - -
Number of Units 309,292 - - - - - -
December 31, 1993 $ 17.92 $ 10.52 - - - - -
Number of Units 1,748,246 98,288 - - - - -
December 31, 1994 $ 16.60 $ 10.49 - - - - -
Number of Units 3,509,145 218,119 - - - - -
December 31, 1995 $ 19.15 $ 14.20 $ 13.50 $ 12.03 - - -
Number of Units 2,973,440 474,834 1,068,907 175,138 - - -
December 31, 1996 $ 21.65 $ 17.20 $ 16.15 $ 14.23 - - -
Number of Units 2,708,795 1,207,882 2,382,588 479,960 - - -
</TABLE>
*Inception dates for the VIP High Income Option and the VIP II Index 500 Option
were February 19, 1993 and March 4, 1993, respectively. The Inception date for
the VIP II Contrafund Option and the VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Option was
February 6, 1995. The inception date for the VIP III Balanced Option, VIP III
Growth Opportunities Option, and VIP III Growth & Income Option was December 31,
1996. Inception dates for the remaining Options all were in the third quarter
of 1987. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Variable Account Options invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust, and the VIP Money
Market, VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Investment Grade
Bond and VIP II Asset Manager Options were known as the Money Market, Common
Stock, Aggressive Stock, Global, Bond and Balanced Options, respectively.
7
<PAGE>
PART 2 - INTEGRITY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Integrity is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Ohio.
Our home office is in Worthington, Ohio and our principal executive office is in
Louisville, Kentucky. We are authorized to sell life insurance and annuities in
45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to the contracts, we sell
flexible premium annuity contracts with an underlying investment medium other
than the Funds, fixed single premium annuity contracts, and flexible premium
annuity contracts offering both traditional fixed guaranteed interest rates
along with fixed equity indexed options. We are currently licensed to sell
variable contracts in 45 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to
issuing annuity products, we have entered into agreements with other insurance
companies to provide administrative and investment support for products to be
designed, underwritten and sold by these companies.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM. ARM specializes in the
asset accumulation business, providing retail and institutional customers with
products and services designed to serve the growing long-term savings and
retirement markets. At December 31, 1996, ARM had $4.8 billion of assets under
management.
The Separate Account and the Variable Account Options
The Separate Account is established and maintained under the insurance laws of
the State of Ohio. It is a unit investment trust registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940
Act). A unit investment trust is a type of investment company. SEC registration
does not involve any supervision by the SEC of the management or investment
policies of the Separate Account. Each Variable Account Option invests in shares
of a corresponding Portfolio of the Funds. We may establish additional Options,
some of which may not be available for your allocations. The Variable Account
Options currently available to you are listed on the cover page of this
prospectus. Prior to September 3, 1991, the Portfolios then offered invested in
shares of corresponding portfolios of Prism Investment Trust.
Assets of Our Separate Account
Under Ohio law, we own the assets of our Separate Account and use them to
support the variable portion of your contract and other variable annuity
contracts. Annuitants under other variable annuity contracts will participate in
the Separate Account in proportion to the amounts relating to their contracts.
The Separate Account's assets supporting the variable portion of these variable
contracts may not be used to satisfy liabilities arising out of any other
business of ours. Under certain unlikely circumstances, one Variable Account
Option may be liable for claims relating to the operations of another Option.
Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without
regard to our other income, gains or losses. We may permit charges owed to us to
stay in the Separate Account, and thus may participate proportionately in the
Separate Account. Amounts in the Separate Account in excess of reserves and
other liabilities belong to us, and we may transfer them to our general account
(General Account).
Changes In How We Operate
We may modify how we or our Separate Account operate, subject to your approval
when required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation. You will be
notified if any changes result in a material change in the underlying
investments of a Variable Account Option. We may:
- - add Options to, or remove Options from, our Separate Account, combine two or
more Options within our Separate Account, or withdraw assets relating to your
contract from one Option and put them into another;
- - register or end the registration of the Separate Account under the 1940 Act;
8
<PAGE>
- - operate our Separate Account under the direction of a committee or discharge
such a committee at any time (the committee may be composed of a majority of
persons who are "interested persons" of Integrity under the 1940 Act);
- - restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners or others who have voting
rights that affect our Separate Account;
- - cause one or more Options to invest in a mutual fund other than or in
addition to the Funds;
- - operate our Separate Account or one or more of the Options in any other form
the law allows, including a form that allows us to make direct investments.
We may make any legal investments we wish. In choosing these investments, we
will rely on our own or outside counsel for advice.
PART 3 - YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
The Funds
Each of the Funds is an open-end diversified management investment company
registered under the 1940 Act. Such registration does not involve supervision by
the SEC of the investments or investment policies of the Funds. The Funds are
each a "series" type of investment company with diversified portfolios. The
Funds do not impose a sales charge or "load" for buying and selling their
shares. The shares of the Portfolios of the Funds are bought and sold by the
Separate Account at their respective net asset values.
The Funds are designed to serve as investment vehicle for variable annuity and
variable life contracts of insurance companies. Shares of the Portfolios of the
Funds currently are available to the separate accounts of a number of insurance
companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with Fidelity Management or
Integrity. The Board of Trustees of each of the Funds is responsible for
monitoring the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
between the interests of the policyowners of all separate accounts investing in
the Fund and determining what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we
believe that a Fund's response to any of those events insufficiently protects
our contract owners, we will see to it that appropriate and available action is
taken to protect our contract owners. See "The Fund and the Fidelity
Organization" in the Funds' prospectus for a further discussion of the risks
associated with the offering of Fund shares to our Separate Account and the
separate accounts of other insurance companies.
Shares of Portfolios of the Funds are made available to the Separate Account
under three essentially identical Participation Agreements (Participation
Agreement or Agreements). The Participation Agreements are among the applicable
Fund, Fidelity Distributors Corporation which is the principal underwriter for
shares of the Funds (Distributor), and Integrity. If state or federal law
precludes the sale of the Funds' or any Portfolio's shares to the Separate
Account, or in certain other circumstances, sales of shares to the Separate
Account may be suspended and/or the Participation Agreements may be terminated
as to the Funds or the affected Portfolio. Also, the Participation Agreements
may be terminated by any party thereto with one year's written notice.
Notwithstanding termination of the Participation Agreement, the Fund and the
Distributor are obligated to continue to make the Funds' shares available for
contracts outstanding on the date the Participation Agreement terminates, unless
the Participation Agreement was terminated due to an irreconcilable conflict
among contractowners of different separate accounts. If for any reason the
shares of any Portfolio are no longer available for purchase by the Separate
Account for outstanding contracts, the parties to the Participation Agreements
have agreed to cooperate to comply with the 1940 Act in arranging for the
substitution of another funding medium as soon as reasonably practicable and
without disruption of sales of shares to the Separate Account or any Variable
Account Option.
The Funds' Investment Adviser. Fidelity Management & Research Company (Fidelity
Management), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940, serves as the investment adviser to each Fund. Fidelity Management,
whose principal address is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of FMR Corp. and is part of Fidelity Investments(R), one
of the largest investment management organizations in the United States.
Fidelity Investments(R) includes a number of different companies, which provide
a variety of financial services and products to individuals and corporations.
9
<PAGE>
Fidelity Management provides investment research and portfolio management
services to mutual funds and other clients. At December 31, 1996, Fidelity
Management advised funds having more than 23 million shareholder accounts with a
total value of more than $354 billion. For certain of the Portfolios, Fidelity
Management has entered into sub-advisory agreements with affiliated companies
that are part of the Fidelity Investments(R) organization. Fidelity Management,
not the Portfolios, pays the sub-advisers for their services to the Portfolios.
The Portfolios of the Funds pay monthly advisory fees to Fidelity Management.
The advisory fee payable by each of the Portfolios, other than the VIP Money
Market Portfolio and the VIP II Index 500 Portfolio, is composed of a group fee
rate and an individual fund fee rate. The group fee rate is based on the average
monthly net assets of all mutual funds advised by Fidelity Management. For the
VIP Equity-Income, VIP Growth, VIP Overseas, VIP II Asset Manager, VIP II
Contrafund, and VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolios, the group fee rate
cannot rise above .52%. For the VIP High Income and VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolios, the group fee rate cannot rise above .37%. The group fee rate drops
as total assets under management increase.
The VIP Money Market Portfolio's advisory fee is made up of two components: a
basic fee rate and an income-based component. The basic fee rate is the sum of a
group fee rate as described above (but capped at a maximum of .37%) and an
individual fund fee rate of .03%. The income based component is 6% of that
portion of the fund's gross yield which exceeds a 5% return (but capped at a
maximum of .24%).
The VIP II Index 500 Portfolio pays a monthly fee at the annual rate of .28% of
the Portfolio's average net assets.
Set forth in the table below is the individual fund fee rate for the portfolios
and their 1996 aggregate advisory rate, comprised of the individual and group
rates, as a percentage of average net assets, and the VIP II Index 500
Portfolio's 1996 advisory rate as a percentage of average net assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996
Portfolio Individual Rate Aggregate Rate
- --------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
VIP Money Market .03% .21%
VIP High Income .45% .59%
VIP Equity-Income .20% .51%
VIP Growth .30% .61%
VIP Overseas .45% .76%
VIP II Investment Grade
Bond .30% .45%
VIP II Asset Manager .25% .64%
VIP II Index 500 N/A .13%
VIP II Contrafund .30% .61%
VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth .30% .65%
VIP III Balanced .20% .48%
VIP III Growth Opportunities .30% .61%
VIP III Growth & Income .20% .50%
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE>
Investment Objectives of the Portfolios. Set forth below is a summary of the
investment objectives of the Portfolios of the Funds. There can be no assurance
that these objectives will be achieved. You should read the Funds' prospectus
carefully before investing.
VIP Money Market Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as
is consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only
in high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments and
their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
VIP High Income Portfolio
-------------------------
VIP High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed-income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities. In view of the types of securities in which this Portfolio
invests, you should read the complete risk disclosure for this Portfolio in the
Funds' prospectus before investing in it.
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital appreciation
as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its assets in income-
producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt securities.
VIP Growth Portfolio
--------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
VIP Overseas Portfolio
----------------------
VIP Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in securities from at least three countries outside North America.
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income
as is consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range
of investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the VIP
II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated
securities judged by Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio
------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over
the long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term money
market fixed-income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which
will occur when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative
difference in value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in
intermediate to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term money market fixed income
instruments.
11
<PAGE>
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond
to the total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of
common stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective,
the Portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
---------------------------
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value
of your investment over the long term by investing in equity securities of
companies that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on
companies that are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital
appreciation. VIP II Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and
securities convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest
in any type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP II Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks
to maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks,
bonds, and short-term money market instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which
represents the way the fund's investments will generally be allocated over the
long term. The range and approximate neutral mix for each asset class are shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Range Neutral Mix
------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Stock Class 0-100% 70%
Bond Class 0-100% 25%
Short-Term/
Money Market Class 0-100% 5%
</TABLE>
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio
--------------------------------------
VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio seeks to provide capital growth by
investing primarily in common stocks and securities convertible into common
stock. It has the flexibility to adjust its investment mix between growth,
cyclical and value stocks as market conditions change. The portfolio seeks
growth through either appreciation of the security itself or an increase in the
company's earning or gross sales.
VIP III Balanced Portfolio
--------------------------
VIP III Balanced Portfolio seeks both income and growth of capital by investing
in a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed-income securities. It uses a
balanced approach to provide the best possible total return from investments in
foreign and domestic equity securities, convertible securities, preferred and
common stocks paying any combination of dividends and capital gains, and fixed
income securities.
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio
---------------------------------
VIP III Growth & Income Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital with some
current income. It invests primarily in stocks of companies that offer
potential for growth in earnings while paying dividends, but offer the potential
for capital appreciation on future income. Investments may include common and
preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed-income securities and foreign
securities.
Fixed Accounts
Because of applicable exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in
contracts attributable to Fixed Accounts have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"), nor under the Investment Company Act of
1940 ("1940 Act"). Thus, neither such contracts nor our General Account, which
guarantees the values and
12
<PAGE>
benefits under those contracts, are generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. Accordingly, we have been advised
that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the
disclosure in this prospectus relating to the Fixed Accounts or the General
Account. Disclosures regarding the Fixed Accounts or the General Account may,
however, be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the Federal
securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in
prospectuses.
Guaranteed Rate Options
We offer GROs with durations of three, five, seven and ten years. We may from
time to time change the durations available. Each allocation to a GRO locks in a
fixed effective annual interest rate declared by us (Guaranteed Interest Rate)
for the duration you select (your GRO Account). The duration of your GRO
Account is the Guarantee Period. Each contribution or transfer to a GRO
establishes a new GRO Account at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate
declared by us. We will not declare an interest rate less than 3%. Each GRO
Account expires at the end of the duration you have selected. See "Renewals of
GRO Accounts" below. Values and benefits under your contract attributable to
GROs are guaranteed by the reserves in our GRO separate account as well as by
our General Account.
The value of each of your GRO Accounts is referred to as a GRO Value. The GRO
Value at the expiration of the GRO Account, assuming you have not transferred or
withdrawn any amounts, will be the amount allocated plus interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate. We credit interest daily at an effective annual rate
equal to the Guaranteed Interest Rate. We allocate interest at the end of each
contract year and at the time of any transfer, full or partial withdrawal,
payment of a death benefit or purchase of any annuity benefit.
We may declare a higher rate of interest in the first year for any Contribution
allocated to a GRO which will exceed the Guaranteed Interest Rate credited
during the remaining years of the Guarantee Period (Enhanced Rate). This
Enhanced Rate will be guaranteed for the Guaranteed Period's first year and
declared at the time of purchase. We reserve the right to declare and credit
additional interest based on Contribution, Account Value, withdrawal dates,
economic conditions or on any other lawful, nondiscriminatory basis (Additional
Interest). Any Enhanced Rate and Additional Interest credited to your GRO
Account will be separate from the Guaranteed Interest Rate and not used in the
Market Value Adjustment formula. The Enhanced Rate or Additional Interest may
not be made applicable under contracts issued in certain states.
Each group of GRO Accounts of the same duration is considered one GRO, (i.e. all
of your three-year GRO Accounts are one GRO while all of your five-year GRO
Accounts are another GRO).
You may obtain information about our current Guaranteed Interest Rates by
calling our Administrative Office.
Allocations to GROs may not be made under contracts issued in certain states.
Renewals of GRO Accounts. When a GRO Account expires, a new GRO Account of the
same duration, at the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be established
unless you withdraw your GRO Value or transfer it to another Investment Option.
We will notify you in writing before the expiration of your GRO Accounts. You
must notify us prior to the expiration of your GRO Accounts of any changes you
desire to make. See "Transfers" in Part 5.
Any renewal of a GRO Account will be implemented on the expiration date of the
GRO Account. You will receive the current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable on
the expiration date. If a GRO Account expires and it cannot be renewed for the
same duration, it will be renewed for the next shortest available duration,
unless you instruct us otherwise within 30 days prior to expiration of the GRO
Account. You may not choose, and we will not renew a GRO Account that expires
after your Retirement Date.
Market Value Adjustments. A Market Value Adjustment is an adjustment, either up
or down, in your GRO Value prior to the expiration of your GRO Account. A Market
Value Adjustment will be made for each transfer, partial withdrawal in excess of
the free withdrawal amount, surrender, or purchase of an annuity benefit from a
GRO
13
<PAGE>
Account that occurs other than within 30 days prior to the expiration of the GRO
Account. There will be no Market Value Adjustment made for a death benefit. The
market adjusted value may be higher or lower than the GRO Value. In no event,
however, may the market adjusted value in each GRO Account be less than the
Minimum Value, an amount equal to your allocation to such GRO Account plus 3%
interest, compounded annually, less previous withdrawals from such GRO Account.
The Minimum Value for partial withdrawals or transfers will be calculated on a
pro-rata basis.
The Market Value Adjustment applicable to a GRO Account prior to its expiration
reflects the relationship between the Guaranteed Interest Rate for such GRO
Account and the then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to a newly
elected GRO Account of a duration equal to the time remaining in your GRO
Account. The Market Value Adjustment will reduce the GRO Value (but not below
the Minimum Value) if the current Guaranteed Interest Rate is higher than the
Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
Conversely, the Market Value Adjustment will increase the GRO Value if the
current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower than the Guaranteed Interest Rate
being credited to amounts under your GRO Account.
The Market Value Adjustment (MVA) for a GRO Account is determined under the
following formula:
MVA = GRO Value x [(1 + A)/N/12/ / (1 + B + .0025)/N/12/ - 1], where
A is the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited to the GRO Account subject to
the Market Value Adjustment,
B is the current Guaranteed Interest Rate, as of the effective date of the
application of the Market Value Adjustment, for current allocations to a GRO
Account, the length of which is equal to the number of whole months remaining
in your GRO Account. Subject to certain adjustments, if such remaining period
is not equal to an exact period for which we have declared a new Guaranteed
Interest Rate, B will be determined by interpolating between the Guaranteed
Interest Rates for GRO Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next
lower) the remaining period described above.
N is the number of whole months remaining in your GRO Account.
For contracts issued in certain states, the formula above will be adjusted to
comply with applicable state requirements.
If the remaining term of your GRO Account is 30 days or less, the Market Value
Adjustment for your GRO Account shall be zero. If for any reason we are no
longer declaring current Guaranteed Interest Rates, then for purposes of
determining B we will use the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Notes
with the same remaining term as your GRO Account, interpolating when necessary,
in place of the current Guaranteed Interest Rate or Rates.
For illustrations of the application of the Market Value Adjustment formula, see
Appendix A.
Systematic Transfer Option
We also offer a STO which guarantees an interest rate that we declare in advance
for each calendar quarter. This interest rate applies to all contributions
within the STO Account at the time the rate is declared. You must transfer all
STO contributions into other Investment Options within one year of your most
recent STO contribution. Transfers will be made automatically in equal quarterly
or monthly installments of not less than $1,000 each. No transfers into the STO
from other Investment Options are permitted. We guarantee that the STO's
effective annual yield will never be less than 3.0%. See "Systematic Transfer
Program" in Part 8 for details on this program. This option may not be currently
available in some states.
14
<PAGE>
PART 4 -- DEDUCTIONS AND CHARGES
Separate Account Charges
Integrity deducts from the unit value every calendar day an amount equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.35% of the Account Value in the Variable Account
Options. This daily expense rate cannot be increased without your consent.
Various portions of this total charge, as described below, pay for certain
services to the Separate Account and the contracts.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of .15% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for administrative expenses not covered by
the annual administrative charge described below. The daily administrative
charge, like the annual administrative charge, is designed to reimburse
Integrity for expenses actually incurred, without profit.
A daily charge equal to an effective annual rate of 1.20% of the value of each
Variable Account Option is deducted for Integrity's assuming the expense risk
(.85%) and the mortality risk (.35%) under the contract. The expense risk is the
risk that our actual expenses of administering the contracts will exceed the
annual administrative expense charge. In this context, mortality risk refers to
the cost of insuring the risk Integrity takes that annuitants, as a class of
persons, will live longer than estimated and therefore require Integrity to pay
out more annuity benefits than anticipated. The relative proportion of the
mortality and expense risk charges may be modified, but the total effective
annual risk charge of 1.20% of the value of the Variable Account Options may not
be increased on your Contract.
Integrity may realize a gain from these daily charges to the extent they are not
needed to meet the actual expenses incurred.
Annual Administrative Charge
If your Account Value is less than $50,000 on the last day of any contract year
prior to the your Retirement Date, Integrity charges an annual administrative
charge of $30. This charge is deducted from your Account Value in each
Investment Option on a pro-rata basis. The portion of the charge applicable to
the Variable Account Options will reduce the number of units credited to you.
The portion of the charge applicable to Fixed Accounts is withdrawn in dollars.
The annual administrative charge will be pro-rated based on the number of days
that have elapsed in the contract year in the event of the Annuitant's
retirement, death, or termination of a contract during a contract year. The
annual administrative charge is waived for employees of Integrity or National
Integrity Life Insurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrity
(National Integrity), who purchase contracts under the salary allotment program
of either company.
Fund Charges
Our Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. That
price reflects investment advisory fees and other direct expenses that have
already been deducted from the assets of the Funds. The amount charged for
investment management may not be increased without the prior approval of the
Funds' respective shareholders. See "The Funds" in Part 3.
State Premium Tax Deduction
Integrity will not deduct state premium taxes from your contributions before
applying the contributions to the Investment Options, unless required to pay
such taxes under applicable state law. If the Annuitant elects an annuity
benefit, Integrity will deduct any applicable state premium taxes from the
amount otherwise available for an annuity benefit. State premium taxes, if
applicable, currently range up to 4%.
Transfer Charge
No charge is made for your first twelve transfers among the Variable Account
Options or the GROs during a contract year. We are, however, permitted to charge
up to $20 for each additional transfer during that contract
15
<PAGE>
year. (No transfer charge will apply to transfers under (i) Dollar Cost
Averaging, (ii) Individual Asset Rebalancing, (iii) the Ibbotson Asset
Allocation and Rebalancing Program, or (iv) under systematic transfers from the
STO, nor will such transfers count towards the twelve transfers you may make in
a contract year before we may impose a transfer charge.) See "Transfers" in
Part 5. Transfers from a GRO may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See
"Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3.
Tax Reserve
We have the right to make a charge in the future for taxes or for reserves set
aside for taxes, which will reduce the investment experience of the Variable
Account Options.
PART 5 -- TERMS OF YOUR VARIABLE ANNUITY
Contributions Under Your Contract
You can make contributions of at least $100 at any time up to the Annuitant's
Retirement Date. Your first contribution, however, cannot be less than $1,000.
Minimum initial contribution for residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington State is $3,000 after any withdrawals. We will accept contributions
of at least $50 for salary allotment programs. We have special rules for minimum
contribution amounts for tax-favored retirement programs. See "Special Rules for
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs" in Part 7.
We may limit the total contributions under one contract to $1,000,000 if you are
under age 76 or to $250,000 if you are over age 76. Once you reach eight years
before your Retirement Date, we may refuse to accept any contribution made for
you. Contributions may also be limited by various laws or prohibited by
Integrity for all Annuitants under the contract. If your contributions are made
under a tax-favored retirement program, we will not measure them against the
maximum limits set by law.
Contributions are applied to the various Investment Options selected by you and
are used to pay annuity and death benefits.
Each contribution is credited as of the date we have received (as defined below)
at our Administrative Office both the contribution and instructions for
allocation among the Investment Options. At any time you may have amounts in not
more than nine Investment Options. For purposes of calculating the nine
Investment Options, each of your GRO Accounts counts as one Investment Option.
Wire transfers of federal funds are deemed received on the day of transmittal if
credited to our account by 3 p.m. Eastern Time, otherwise they are deemed
received on the next Business Day. Contributions by check or mail are deemed
received not later than the second Business Day after they are delivered to our
Administrative Office. A Business Day is any day other than a weekend or a
national bank holiday.
You can change your choice of Investment Options at any time by writing to the
Administrative Office. The request should indicate your contract number and the
specific change, and you should sign the request. When it is received by the
Administrative Office, the change will be effective for any contribution which
accompanies it and for all future contributions.
Your Account Value
Your Account Value reflects various charges. See Part 4, "Deductions and
Charges." Annual deductions are made as of the last day of each contract year.
Market Value Adjustments, if applicable, are made as of the effective date of
the transaction. Charges against our Separate Account are reflected daily. Any
amount allocated to a Variable Account Option will go up or down in value
depending on the investment experience of that Option. For contributions
allocated to the Variable Account Options, there are no guaranteed values. The
value of your contributions allocated to Fixed Accounts is guaranteed, subject
to any applicable Market Value Adjustments. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in
Part 3.
16
<PAGE>
Your Purchase of Units in Our Separate Account
Allocations to the Variable Account Options are used to purchase units. On any
given day, the value you have in a Variable Account Option is the unit value
multiplied by the number of units credited to you in that Option. The units of
each Variable Account Option have different unit values.
The number of units purchased or redeemed (sold) in any Variable Account Option
is calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the transaction by the Option's
unit value, calculated after the close of business that day. The number of units
for a Variable Account Option at any time is the number of units purchased less
the number of units redeemed. The value of units fluctuates with the investment
performance of the corresponding Portfolios of the Funds which in turn reflects
the investment income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of
the Portfolios, as well as the Funds' expenses. The unit values also change
because of deductions and charges we make to our Separate Account. The number of
units credited to you, however, will not vary because of changes in unit values.
Units of a Variable Account Option are purchased when you allocate new
contributions or transfer prior contributions to that Option. Units are redeemed
when you make withdrawals or transfer amounts from a Variable Account Option. We
also redeem units to pay the death benefit when the Annuitant dies and to pay
the annual administrative charge.
How We Determine Unit Value
We determine unit values for each Variable Account Option on the Valuation Date.
The Valuation Date for purposes of determining unit values is 4 p.m. Eastern
Time on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
The unit value of each Variable Account Option for any day on which we determine
unit values is equal to the unit value for the last day on which a unit value
was determined multiplied by the net investment factor for that Option on the
current day. We determine a net investment factor for each Option as follows:
- First, we take the value of the shares belonging to the Option in the
corresponding Portfolio at the close of business that day (before giving
effect to any transactions for that day, such as contributions or
withdrawals). For this purpose, we use the share value reported to us by the
Funds.
- Next, we add any dividends or capital gains distributions by the Fund on
that day.
- Then, we charge or credit for any taxes or amounts set aside as a reserve
for taxes.
- Then, we divide this amount by the value of the amounts in the Option at the
close of business on the last day on which a unit value was determined
(after giving effect to any transactions on that day).
- Finally, we subtract a daily asset charge for each calendar day since the
last day on which a unit value was determined (for example, a Monday
calculation will include charges for Saturday and Sunday). The daily charge
is .00003721, which is an effective annual rate of 1.35%. This charge is for
the mortality risk, administrative expenses and expense risk assumed by us
under the contract.
Generally, this means that we adjust unit values to reflect what happens to the
Fund, and also for the mortality and expense risk charge and any charge for
administrative expenses or taxes.
Transfers
You may transfer your Account Value among the Variable Account Options and the
GROs, subject to Integrity's then current transfer restrictions. You may not
make a transfer into the STO. Transfers to a GRO must be to a newly elected GRO
(i.e. to a GRO that you have not elected before) at the then-current Guaranteed
Interest Rate, unless Integrity otherwise consents. Transfers from a GRO other
than within 30 days prior to the expiration date of a GRO Account are subject to
a Market Value Adjustment. See "Guaranteed Rate Options" in Part 3. For
17
<PAGE>
amounts in GROs, transfers will be made according to the order in which monies
were originally allocated to any GRO.
The amount transferred must be at least $250 or, if less, the entire amount in
the Investment Option. After twelve transfers have been made by you during a
contract year, a charge of up to $20 may apply to each additional transfer
during that contract year, except that no charge will be made for transfers
under our dollar cost averaging, individual asset rebalancing, Ibbotson Asset
Allocation and Rebalancing Program or systematic transfer programs, described in
Part 8. Once annuity payments begin, transfers are no longer permitted.
Written transfer requests must be sent directly to the Administrative Office.
Each Annuitant's request for a transfer must specify the contract number, the
amounts to be transferred and the Investment Options to and from which the
amounts are to be transferred. Transfers may also be arranged through our
telephone transfer service provided you have established a Personal
Identification Number (PIN Code). We will honor telephone transfer instructions
from any person who provides correct identifying information, and we are not
responsible in the event of a fraudulent telephone transfer which is believed to
be genuine in accordance with these procedures. Accordingly, you bear the risk
of loss if unauthorized persons make transfers on your behalf.
A transfer request will be effective as of the Business Day it is received by
our Administrative Office. A transfer request does not change the allocation of
current or future contributions among the Investment Options. Telephone
transfers may be requested from 8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on any day
we are open for business. You will receive the Variable Account Options' unit
values as of the close of business on the day you call. Accordingly, transfer
requests received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time will be processed using unit
values as of the close of business on the next Business Day after the day you
call. All transfers will be confirmed in writing.
Withdrawals
You may make an unlimited number of withdrawals from your contract as frequently
as you wish. Each withdrawal must be for at least $300. For residents of
Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Washington State a $3,000 minimum account
balance is required to remain in your Contract after any withdrawals.
Withdrawals from your GRO Account in excess of the free withdrawal amount will
be adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment. See "Guaranteed Rate
Options" in Part 3. Most withdrawals made by you prior to age 59-1/2 are also
subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. In addition, some tax-favored retirement
programs limit withdrawals. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts" for
further information regarding various tax consequences associated with the
contracts.
Assignments
You may not assign the contract as collateral or security for a loan, but an
Owner whose contract is not related to a tax-favored program may otherwise
assign the contract before the Annuitant's Retirement Date. An assignment of the
contract as a gift may, however, have adverse tax consequences. See Part 7,
"Tax Aspects of the Contracts." Integrity will not be bound by an assignment
unless it is in writing and we have received it at the Administrative Office.
Death Benefits and Similar Benefit Distributions
A death benefit is available to a beneficiary if the Annuitant dies prior to the
Retirement Date.
If the Annuitant is under the age of 80 at the time of death, the amount of the
death benefit is the greatest of:
. your Account Value
. the highest Account Value at the beginning of any contract year, plus
subsequent contributions and minus subsequent withdrawals
. your total contributions less the sum of withdrawals
"Subsequent withdrawals" for purposes of calculation of a death benefit reflect
any market value adjustments applicable to such withdrawals.
18
<PAGE>
If the Annuitant is 80 or older at the time of death, the amount of the death
benefit will be your Account Value.
The death benefit amount is determined as of the date proof of death and
instructions for payment of proceeds are received by the Administrative Office.
Death benefits (and benefit distributions required because of a separate Owner's
death) can be paid in a lump sum or as an annuity. If no benefit option is
selected for the beneficiary at the Annuitant's death, the beneficiary can
select an option.
The beneficiary of the death benefit under a contract is selected by the Owner.
An Owner may change beneficiaries by submitting the appropriate form to the
Administrative Office. If no Annuitant's beneficiary survives the Annuitant,
then the death benefit is generally paid to the Annuitant's estate. No death
benefit will be paid after the Annuitant's death if there is a contingent
Annuitant. In that case, the contingent Annuitant becomes the new Annuitant
under the contract.
Generally, the Owner also may select his or her own beneficiary. If the Owner
dies before the Annuitant's Retirement Date, an Owner's beneficiary will become
the Owner of the contract and may be required to receive benefit distributions.
Annuity Benefits
All annuity benefits under your contract are calculated as of the Retirement
Date selected by you. The Retirement Date can be changed by written notice to
the Administrative Office any time prior to the Retirement Date. The Retirement
Date may be no later than your 98th birthday or earlier, if required by law. The
terms of the contracts applicable to the various retirement programs, along with
the federal tax laws, establish certain minimum and maximum retirement ages.
Annuity benefits may take the form of a lump sum payment or an annuity. A lump
sum payment will provide the Annuitant with the Cash Value under the contract,
shortly after the Retirement Date. The amount applied for the purchase of an
annuity benefit will be the Adjusted Account Value, except that the Cash Value
will be the amount applied if the annuity benefit does not have a life
contingency and either the term is less than five years or the annuity can be
commuted to a lump sum payment.
Annuities
Alternate forms of annuity benefits can provide for fixed or variable payments
which may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Variable
payments will be funded through one or more Separate Account Divisions. For any
annuity, the minimum amount applied to the annuity must be $2,000 and the
minimum initial payment must be at least $20.
If you have not already selected a form of annuity, we will send you, within six
months prior to your Retirement Date, an appropriate notice form on which you
may indicate the type of annuity you desire or confirm to us that the normal
form of annuity, as defined below, is to be provided. However, if we do not
receive a completed form from you on or before your Retirement Date, we will
deem the Retirement Date to have been extended until we receive your written
instructions at our Administrative Office. During such extension, the values
under your contract in the various Investment Options will remain invested in
such options and amounts remaining in Variable Account Options will continue to
be subject to the investment risks associated with those Options. However, your
Retirement Date cannot be extended beyond your 98th birthday or earlier, if
required by law. You will receive a lump sum benefit if you do not make an
election by such date.
We currently offer the following types of annuities:
A period certain annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both, to
the Annuitant or the Annuitant's beneficiary (the payee) for a fixed period. The
amount is determined by the period selected. The Annuitant, or if the payee dies
before the end of the period selected, the payee's beneficiary, may elect to
receive the total present value of future payments in cash.
19
<PAGE>
A period certain life annuity provides for fixed or variable payments, or both,
for at least the period selected and thereafter for the life of the payee or the
payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. You may not
change or redeem the annuity once payments have begun. If the payee (or the
payee and the other annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity) dies before
the period selected ends, the remaining payments will go to another named payee
who may have the right to redeem the annuity and secure the present value of
future guaranteed payments in a lump sum. The normal form of annuity is a fixed
life income annuity with 10 years of payments guaranteed, funded through our
General Account.
A life income annuity provides fixed payments for the life of the payee or the
payee and another annuitant under a joint and survivor annuity. Once a life
income annuity is selected, the form of annuity cannot be changed or redeemed
for a lump sum payment by the Annuitant or any payee.
Annuity Payments
Fixed annuity payments will not change and are based upon annuity rates provided
in your contract. The size of payments will depend on the form of annuity that
was chosen and, in the case of a life income annuity, on the payee's age (or
payee and a joint annuitant in the case of a joint and survivor annuity) and sex
(except under most tax-favored retirement programs). If Integrity's current
annuity rates then in effect would yield a larger payment, those current rates
will apply instead of the tables.
Variable annuity payments are funded only in the Separate Account Divisions
through the purchase of annuity units. The Variable Account Option or Options
selected cannot be changed after annuity payments begin. The SAI provides
further information concerning the determination of annuity payments. The
number of units purchased is equal to the amount of the first annuity payment
divided by the new annuity unit value for the valuation period which includes
the due date of the first annuity payment. The amount of the first annuity
payment is determined in the same manner for a variable annuity as it is for a
fixed annuity. The number of annuity units stays the same for the annuity
payment period but the new annuity unit value changes to reflect the investment
income and the realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the Variable
Account Option or Options selected, after charges made against it. Annuity unit
values assume a base rate of net investment return of 5%, except in states which
require a lower rate in which case 3.5% will be used. The annuity unit value
will rise or fall depending on whether the actual rate of net investment return
is higher or lower than the assumed base rate. In the SAI, see "Determination of
Annuity Unit Values."
If the age or sex of an annuitant has been misstated, any benefits will be those
which would have been purchased at the correct age and sex. Any overpayments or
underpayments made by us will be charged or credited with interest at the rate
of 6% per year. If we have made overpayments because of incorrect information
about age or sex, we will deduct the overpayment from the next payment or
payments due. We add underpayments to the next payment.
Timing of Payment
We normally make payments from the Variable Account Options, or apply your
Adjusted Account Value to the purchase of an annuity within seven days after
receipt of the required form at our Administrative Office. Our action can be
deferred, however, for any period during which (1) the New York Stock Exchange
has been closed or trading on it is restricted; (2) sales of securities or
determination of the fair value of Separate Account assets is not reasonably
practicable because of an emergency; or (3) the SEC, by order, permits Integrity
to defer action in order to protect persons with interests in the Separate
Account. Integrity can defer payment of your Fixed Accounts for up to six
months, and interest will be paid on any such payment delayed for 30 days or
more.
How You Make Requests and Give Instructions
When you communicate in writing with our Administrative Office, use the address
on the first page of this prospectus. Your request or instruction cannot be
honored unless it is in proper and complete form. Whenever possible, use one of
our printed forms, which may be obtained from our Administrative Office.
20
<PAGE>
PART 6 - VOTING RIGHTS
Fund Voting Rights
Integrity is the legal owner of the shares of the Funds held by the Separate
Account and, as such, has the right to vote on certain matters. Among other
things, we may vote to elect the Funds' Board of Directors, to ratify the
selection of independent auditors for the Funds, and on any other matters
described in the Funds' current prospectus or requiring a vote by shareholders
under the 1940 Act.
Whenever a shareholder vote is taken, we give you the opportunity to tell us how
to vote the number of shares purchased as a result of contributions to your
contract. We will send you Fund proxy materials and a form for giving us voting
instructions.
If we do not receive instructions in time from all Owners, we will vote shares
in a Portfolio for which no instructions have been received in the same
proportion as we vote shares for which we have received instructions. Under
eligible deferred compensation plans and certain Qualified Plans, your voting
instructions must be communicated to us indirectly, through your employer, but
we are not responsible for any failure by your employer to solicit your
instructions or to communicate your instructions to us. We will vote any Fund
shares that we are entitled to vote directly, because of amounts we have
accumulated in our Separate Account, in the same proportions that other Owners
vote. If the federal securities laws or regulations or interpretations of them
change so that we are permitted to vote shares of the Funds in our own right or
to restrict Owner voting, we may do so.
How We Determine Your Voting Shares
You may participate in voting only on matters concerning the Portfolios in which
your contributions have been invested. We determine the number of Fund shares in
each Variable Account Option that are attributable to your contract by dividing
the amount of your Account Value allocated to that Option by the net asset value
of one share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record date set by the
Funds' Board for the Funds' shareholders' meeting. The record date for this
purpose must be no more than 60 days before the meeting of the Funds. We count
fractional shares. After annuity payments have commenced, voting rights are
calculated in a similar manner based on the actuarially determined value of your
interest in each Variable Account Option.
How Fund Shares Are Voted
All Fund shares are entitled to one vote; fractional shares have fractional
votes. Voting is on a Portfolio-by-Portfolio basis, except for certain matters
(for example, election of Directors) which require collective approval. On
matters on which the interests of the individual Portfolios differ, the approval
of the shareholders in one Portfolio is not needed in order to make a decision
in another Portfolio. To the extent shares of the Funds are sold to separate
accounts of other insurance companies, the shares voted by such companies in
accordance with instructions received from their contract holders will dilute
the effect of voting instructions received by Integrity from its Owners.
Separate Account Voting Rights
Under the 1940 Act, certain actions (such as some of those described under
"Changes in How We Operate" in Part 2) may require Owner approval. In that case,
you will be entitled to a number of votes based on the value you have in the
Variable Account Options, as described above under "How We Determine Your Voting
Shares." We will cast votes attributable to amounts we have in the Variable
Account Options in the same proportions as votes cast by Owners.
21
<PAGE>
PART 7 - TAX ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
Introduction
The effect of federal income taxes on the amounts held under a contract, on
annuity payments, and on the economic benefits to the Owner, Annuitant, and the
beneficiary or other payee may depend on Integrity's tax status, on the type of
retirement plan, if any, for which the contract is purchased, and upon the tax
and employment status of the individuals concerned.
The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the contract is
not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations and is not intended to
be tax advice. It is based upon understanding of the present federal income tax
laws as currently interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). No
representation is made regarding the likelihood of continuation of the present
federal income tax laws or of the current interpretations by the IRS or the
courts. Future legislation may affect annuity contracts adversely. Moreover, no
attempt has been made to consider any applicable state or other laws. Because of
the inherent complexity of such laws and the fact that tax results will vary
according to the particular circumstances of the individual involved and, if
applicable, the qualified plan, any person contemplating the purchase of a
contract, contemplating selection of annuity payments under the contract, or
receiving annuity payments under a contract should consult a qualified tax
adviser. INTEGRITY DOES NOT MAKE ANY GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX STATUS,
FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL, OF ANY CONTRACT OR ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING THE
CONTRACTS.
Your Contract is an Annuity
Under the federal tax law, any individual can purchase an annuity with after-tax
dollars and exclude any annuity earnings in taxable income until an actual
distribution is taken from the annuity. Alternatively, the individual (or
employer) may purchase the annuity to fund a tax-favored retirement program
(contributions are with pre-tax dollars), such as an IRA or qualified plan.
This prospectus covers the basic tax rules that apply to an annuity purchased
directly with after-tax dollars, (nonqualified annuity), and some of the special
tax rules which apply to an annuity purchased to fund a tax-favored retirement
program, (qualified annuity). A qualified annuity may restrict your rights and
benefits in order to qualify for its special treatment under the federal tax
law.
Taxation of Annuities Generally
Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), governs
the taxation of annuities. In general, an Owner is not taxed on increases in
value under a contract until some form of withdrawal or distribution is made
under the contract. However, under certain circumstances, the increase in value
may be subject to current federal income tax. For example, corporations,
partnerships, trusts and other non-natural persons cannot defer the taxation of
current income credited to the contract unless an exception applies. In
addition, if an Owner transfers an annuity as a gift to someone other than a
spouse (or divorced spouse), any increase in its value will be taxed at the time
of transfer. The assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of a contract
will be treated as a distribution of that portion of the value of the contract.
Section 72 provides that the proceeds of a full or partial withdrawal from a
contract prior to the date on which annuity payments begin are treated first as
taxable income to the extent that the Account Value exceeds the "investment" or
"basis" in the contract and then as non-taxable recovery of the investment or
basis in the contract. Generally, the investment or basis in the contract
equals the contributions made by or on your behalf, less any amounts previously
withdrawn which were not treated as taxable income. Special rules may apply if
the contract includes contributions made prior to August 14, 1982 which were
rolled over to the contract in a tax-free exchange.
Once annuity payments begin, the Annuitant recovers a portion of the investment
tax-free from each payment. The non-taxable portion of each payment is based on
the ratio of the Annuitant's investment to his or her expected return under the
contract (exclusion Ratio). The remainder of each payment will be ordinary
income.
22
<PAGE>
After you have recovered your total investment, future payments are fully
included in income. If the Annuitant dies prior to recovering the total
investment, a deduction for the remaining basis will generally be allowed on the
Annuitant's final federal income tax return.
Withholding of federal income taxes on all distributions may be required unless
the recipient who is eligible elects not to have any amounts withheld and
properly notifies Integrity of that election.
The taxable portion of a distribution is treated as ordinary income and is taxed
at ordinary income tax rates. In addition, a tax penalty of 10% applies to the
taxable portion of a distribution unless the distribution is: (1) on or after
the date on which the taxpayer attains age 59-1/2; (2) as a result of the death
of the Owner; (3) attributable to the taxpayer becoming disabled within the
meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7); (4) from certain qualified plans (note,
however, other penalties may apply); (5) under a qualified funding asset (as
defined in Section 130(d) of the Code); (6) purchased by an employer on
termination of certain types of qualified plans and held by the employer until
the employee separates from service; or (7) under an immediate annuity as
defined in Code Section 72(u)(4).
All annuity contracts issued by Integrity or its affiliates to one Annuitant
during any calendar year are treated as a single contract in measuring the
taxable income that results from surrenders and withdrawals under any one of the
contracts.
Distribution-at-Death Rules
Under section 72(s) of the Code, in order to be treated as an annuity, a
contract must provide the following distribution rules: (a) if any Owner dies
on or after the Retirement Date and before the entire interest in the contract
has been distributed, then the remaining portion of such interest must be
distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on the date of the
Owner's death; and (b) if any Owner dies before the Retirement Date, the entire
interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date of
the Owner's death. To the extent such interest is payable to a beneficiary,
however, such interest may be annuitized over the life of that beneficiary or
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that beneficiary, so
long as distributions commence within one year after the Owner's death. If the
beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner, the contract (along with the deferred
tax status) may be continued in the name of the spouse as the Owner.
If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant," as defined in the
Code, is considered the Owner. The primary annuitant is the individual who is of
primary importance in affecting the timing of the amount of payout under a
contract. In addition, when the Owner is not an individual, a change in the
primary annuitant is treated as the death of the Owner. Finally, in the case of
joint owners, the distribution-at-death rules will be applied at the death of
the first Owner.
Diversification Standards
Each Portfolio of the Fund will be required to adhere to regulations adopted by
the Treasury Department pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code prescribing asset
diversification requirements for investment companies whose shares are sold to
insurance company separate accounts funding variable contracts. The investment
manager for the Funds monitors the investments in order to comply with the
regulations to assure that the contracts continue to be treated as annuities for
federal income tax purposes.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the owner of separate account assets if the contract owner possesses
incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise
investment control over the assets. In those circumstances, income and gains
from the separate account assets would be includable in the variable contract
owner's gross income. The Treasury Department also announced, in connection
with the issuance of regulations concerning diversification, that those
regulations "do not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in which
investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the
investor (i.e., the Owner), rather than the insurance company, to be treated as
the owner of the assets in the account." This announcement also stated that
guidance would be issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to
which policyholders may direct their investments to particular subaccounts
23
<PAGE>
without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of the date of
this prospectus, no such guidance has been issued.
Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
The contract is designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement
plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Numerous special tax
rules apply to the participants in such qualified plans and to the contracts
used in connection with such qualified plans. These tax rules vary according to
the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. Owners,
Annuitants, and beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any
benefits under qualified plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the
plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the contract. In
addition, loans from qualified contracts, where allowed, are subject to a
variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the amount that may be
borrowed, the duration of the loan, and the manner in which the loans must be
repaid. (Owners should always consult their tax advisors and retirement plan
fiduciaries prior to exercising their loan privileges.) Also, special rules
apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the
distributions must be paid. Therefore, no attempt is made to provide more than
general information about the use of contracts with the various types of
qualified plans.
Integrity reserves the right to change its administrative rules, such as minimum
contribution amounts, as needed to comply with the Code as to tax-favored
retirement programs.
Following are brief descriptions of various types of qualified plans in
connection with which Integrity may issue a contract.
Individual Retirement Annuities
- -------------------------------
Code Section 408 permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual
retirement program known as an IRA. An individual who receives compensation and
who has not reached age 70-1/2 by the end of the tax year may establish an IRA
and make contributions up to the deadline for filing his or her federal income
tax return for that year (without extensions). IRAs are subject to limitations
on the amount that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on
the time when distributions may commence. An individual may also rollover
amounts distributed from another IRA or another tax-favored retirement program
to an IRA contract. Your IRA contract will be issued with a rider outlining the
special terms of your contract which apply to IRAs.
Simplified Employee Pensions
- ----------------------------
Section 408(k) of the Code allows employers to establish simplified employee
pension plans (SEP-IRAs) for their employees, using the employees' IRAs for such
purposes, if certain criteria are met. Under these plans the employer may,
within specified limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the
employees to IRAs. Employers intending to use the contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent advice. The SEP-IRA will be issued with a rider
outlining the special terms of the contract.
Corporate and Self-Employed (H.R. 10 and Keogh) Pension and Profit Sharing Plans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish
various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed
Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as
"H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such
tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans may permit the purchase of the contract in order to provide
benefits under the plans. Employers intending to use the contract in connection
with such plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves the right to
request documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists and is being
properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
24
<PAGE>
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Organizations
- -------------
Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and
tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying
current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. To the extent the contracts are used in connection with an
eligible plan, employees are considered general creditors of the employer and
the employer as Owner of the contract has the sole right to the proceeds of the
contract. However, Section 457(g), as added by the Small Business and Jobs
Protection Act (SBJPA) of 1996, provides that on and after August 20, 1996, a
plan maintained by an eligible governmental employer must hold all assets and
income of the plan in a trust, custodial account, or annuity contract for the
exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. If the plan is in
existence on August 20, 1996, the employer need not establish a trust, custodial
account, or annuity contract until January 1, 1999. Loans to employees may be
permitted under such plans; however, a Section 457 plan is not required to allow
loans. Contributions to a contract in connection with an eligible government
plan are subject to limitations. Those who intend to use the contracts in
connection with such plans should seek competent advice. The Company reserves
the right to request documentation to substantiate that a qualified plan exists
and is being properly administered. Integrity does not administer such plans.
Distributions Under Tax-Favored Retirement Programs
Distributions from tax-favored plans are subject to certain restrictions. Prior
to the enactment of the 1996 SBJPA, distributions of minimum amounts specified
by the Code must have commenced by April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which the participant reaches age 70-1/2. The SBJPA provides
participants in qualified plans, with the exception of five-percent owners and
IRA holders, to begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year
following the later of either (i) the calendar year in which the employee
reaches age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which the employee retires.
Additional distribution rules apply after the participant's death. Failure to
make mandatory distributions may result in the imposition of a 50% penalty tax
on any difference between the required distribution amount and the amount
distributed. Distributions to a participant from all plans (other than 457
plans) in a calendar year that exceed a specific limit under the Code are
generally subject to a 15% penalty tax (in addition to any ordinary income tax)
on the excess portion of the distributions. However, the SBJPA of 1996 has
suspended the excise tax on excess distributions. The provision relating to the
excise tax on excess distributions is effective with respect to distributions
received in 1997, 1998 and 1999.
Distributions from a tax-favored plan (not including an IRA subject to Code
Section 408) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, in the form of a
lump sum settlement or periodic annuity payments for a fixed period of fewer
than 10 years are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the
taxable amount of the distribution, unless (1) the distributee directs the
transfer of such amounts in cash to another plan or an IRA; or (2) the payment
is a minimum distribution required under the Code. The taxable amount is the
amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-tax contributions.
All other types of taxable distributions are subject to withholding unless the
distributee elects not to have withholding apply.
We are not permitted to make distributions from a contract unless a request has
been made. It is therefore your responsibility to comply with the minimum
distribution rules. You should consult your tax adviser regarding these rules
and their proper application.
The above description of the federal income tax consequences of the different
types of tax-favored retirement plans which may be funded by the contract is
only a brief summary and is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
provisions of plans are extremely complex and often difficult to comprehend.
Anything less than full compliance with all applicable rules, all of which are
subject to change, may have adverse tax consequences. A prospective Owner
considering adoption of a plan and purchase of a contract in connection
therewith should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser, with
regard to the suitability of the contract as an investment vehicle for the plan.
25
<PAGE>
Federal and State Income Tax Withholding
Integrity will withhold and remit to the U.S. government a part of the taxable
portion of each distribution made under a contract unless the distributee
notifies Integrity at or before the time of the distribution of an election not
to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Integrity may be
required to withhold tax, as explained above. The withholding rates applicable
to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible
rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally
applicable to payments of wages. In addition, the withholding rate applicable to
the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including withdrawals prior to the
maturity date) is 10%. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to
eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply to
payments made to residents. Generally, an election out of federal withholding
will also be considered an election out of state withholding. For more
information concerning a particular state, call our Administrative Office at the
toll-free number.
Impact of Taxes to Integrity
The contracts provide that Integrity may charge the Separate Account for taxes.
Integrity can also set up reserves for taxes.
Transfers Among Investment Options
There will not be any tax liability if you transfer any part of the Account
Value among the Investment Options of your contract.
PART 8 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Systematic Withdrawals
We offer a program for systematic withdrawals that allows you to pre-authorize
periodic withdrawals from your contract prior to your Retirement Date. You may
choose to have withdrawals made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually
and may specify the day of the month (other than the 29th, 30th or 31st) on
which the withdrawal is to be made. You may specify a dollar amount for each
withdrawal or an annual percentage to be withdrawn. The minimum systematic
withdrawal currently is $100. For residents of Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington State a $3,000 minimum account balance is required to remain in your
Contract after any withdrawals. You may also specify an account for direct
deposit of your systematic withdrawals. To enroll under our systematic
withdrawal program, you must deliver the appropriate administrative form to our
Administrative Office. Withdrawals may begin not less than one business day
after our receipt of the form. You or we may terminate your participation in the
program upon one day's prior written notice, and we may terminate or amend the
systematic withdrawal program at any time. If on any withdrawal date you do not
have sufficient values to make all of the withdrawals you have specified, no
withdrawals will be made and your enrollment in the program will be ended.
Amounts withdrawn by you under the systematic withdrawal program may be within
the free withdrawal amount in which case a Market Value Adjustment will not be
made from your GRO Account. Amounts withdrawn from your GRO Account under the
systematic withdrawal program in excess of the free withdrawal amount will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment if applicable. Withdrawals also may be
subject to the 10% federal tax penalty for early withdrawals under the contracts
and to income taxation. See Part 7, "Tax Aspects of the Contracts."
Dollar Cost Averaging
We offer a dollar cost averaging program under which allocations to the VIP
Money Market Option are automatically transferred on a monthly, quarterly, semi-
annual or annual basis to one or more other Variable Account Options. You must
specify a dollar amount to be transferred into each Variable Account Option, and
the current minimum transfer to each Option is $250. No transfer charge will
apply to transfers under our dollar cost
26
<PAGE>
averaging program, and such transfers will not count towards the twelve
transfers you may make in a contract year before we may impose a transfer
charge.
To enroll under our dollar cost averaging program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You or we may
terminate your participation in the program upon one day's prior written notice,
and we may terminate or amend the dollar cost averaging program at any time. If
you do not have sufficient funds in the VIP Money Market Option to transfer to
each Variable Account Option specified, no transfer will be made and your
enrollment in the program will be ended.
Systematic Transfer Program
We also offer a systematic transfer program under which contributions to the STO
are automatically transferred on a monthly or quarterly basis, as selected by
you, to one or more other Investment Options. Your STO contributions will be
transferred in equal installments of not less than $1,000 over a one year
period. If you do not have sufficient funds in the STO to transfer to each
Option specified, a final transfer will be made on a pro rata basis and your
enrollment in the program will be ended. Any funds remaining in the STO at the
end of the one year period during which transfers are required to be made will
be transferred at the end of such period on a pro rata basis to the Options
previously elected by you for this program. No transfer charge will apply to
transfers under our systematic transfer program, and such transfers will not
count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year before we may
impose a transfer charge.
To enroll under our systematic transfer program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. We reserve the
right to terminate the systematic transfer program in whole or in part, or to
place restrictions on contributions to the program. This program may not be
currently available in some states.
Individual Asset Rebalancing
We offer an individual asset rebalancing program whereby you can select the
frequency for rebalancing. Frequencies available include rebalancing monthly,
quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The value in the Variable Account Options
will be automatically rebalanced by transfers among such Variable Account
Options, and you will receive a confirmation notice after each rebalancing.
Transfers will occur only to and from those Variable Account Options where you
have current contribution allocations. No transfer charge will apply to
transfers under our Individual Asset Rebalancing program, and such transfers
will not count towards the twelve transfers you may make in a contract year
before we may impose a transfer charge.
Fixed Accounts are not eligible for the Individual Asset Rebalancing program.
To enroll under our Individual Asset Rebalancing program, you must deliver the
appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You should be
aware that other allocation programs, such as dollar cost averaging, as well as
transfers and withdrawals that you make, may not work in concert with the
Individual Asset Rebalancing program. You should, therefore, monitor your use of
such other programs, transfers, and withdrawals while the Individual Asset
Rebalancing program is in effect. This program is not available in concert with
the Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program. You or we may terminate
your participation in the program upon one day's prior written notice, and we
may terminate or amend the Individual Asset Rebalancing program at any time.
Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program
We also offer an Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program designed by Ibbotson
Associates (Ibbotson Model(s)). Ibbotson Associates is an independent research
and consulting firm, specializing in the strategic asset allocation decision.
You may select one of three proposed Ibbotson Models: Aggressive, Moderate or
Conservative. Your current contribution allocations will be initially allocated
as recommended by Ibbotson and approved by you, among the Options currently
established for each Ibbotson Model as indicated below.
27
<PAGE>
To ensure conformity with current Ibbotson Model instructions, the value in the
Variable Account Options will be automatically rebalanced annually by transfers
among such Variable Account Options. You will receive a confirmation notice
after each rebalancing. GRO Accounts attributable to the Ibbotson Model will
not rebalance. Instead, GRO Accounts shall renew for the same duration at the
then-current Guaranteed Interest Rate. See "Fixed Accounts - Renewals of GRO
Accounts" in Part 3.
No transfer charge will apply to transfers under the Ibbotson Asset Allocation
and Rebalancing Program, nor will such transfers count toward the twelve
transfers you may make in a contract year before we may impose a transfer
charge. See "Transfers" in Part 4.
To enroll under the Ibbotson Asset Allocation and Rebalancing Program, you must
deliver the appropriate administrative form to our Administrative Office. You
should be aware that other allocation programs, such as dollar cost averaging,
as well as transfers and withdrawals that you make, may not work in concert with
the Individual Asset Rebalancing program. You should, therefore, monitor your
use of such other programs, transfers, and withdrawals while the Individual
Asset Rebalancing program is in effect. This program is not available in
concert with the Individual Asset Allocation program. We reserve the right to
terminate or amend this program in whole or in part, or to place restrictions on
contributions to the program. This program may not be available in all states.
You may terminate participation in this program upon one day's prior written
notice.
CONSERVATIVE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 10%
VIP Equity Income 20%
VIP Growth 0%
VIP II Index 500 0%
VIP Overseas 5%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 30%
GRO - 3 Year 35%
----
100%
MODERATE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 10%
VIP Equity Income 25%
VIP Growth 10%
VIP II Index 500 15%
VIP Overseas 15%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 15%
GRO - 3 Year 30%
----
100%
28
<PAGE>
AGGRESSIVE MODEL
Fund Allocation Percentage
---- ---------------------
VIP III Balanced 0%
VIP Equity Income 20%
VIP Growth 30%
VIP II Index 500 20%
VIP Overseas 20%
VIP II Investment Grade Bond 0%
GRO - 3 Year 10%
----
100%
Performance Information
Performance data for the Variable Account Options, including the yield and
effective yield of the VIP Money Market Option, the yield of the other Options,
and the total return of all of the Options may appear in advertisements or sales
literature. Performance data for any Option reflects only the performance of a
hypothetical investment in the Option during the particular time period on which
the calculations are based. Performance information should be considered in
light of the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolio in which the
Option invests and the market conditions during the given time period, and it
should not be considered as a representation of performance to be achieved in
the future.
Total returns are based on the overall dollar or percentage change in value of a
hypothetical investment in an Option. Total return quotations reflect changes in
Fund share price, the automatic reinvestment by the Option of all distributions
and the deduction of applicable contract charges and expenses. Total returns
also may be shown that do not take into account the annual administrative charge
applicable where the Account Value is less than $50,000 at the end of a contract
year.
A cumulative total return reflects an Option's performance over a stated period
of time. An average annual total return reflects the hypothetical annually
compounded return that would have produced the same cumulative total return if
the Option's performance had been constant over the entire period. Because
average annual total returns tend to smooth out variations in an Option's
returns, you should recognize that they are not the same as actual year-by-year
results.
Some Options may also advertise yield. These measures reflect the income
generated by an investment in the Option over a specified period of time. This
income is annualized and shown as a percentage. Yields do not take into account
capital gains or losses.
The VIP Money Market Option may advertise its current and effective yield.
Current yield reflects the income generated by an investment in the Option over
a specified 7-day period. Effective yield is calculated in a similar manner
except that income earned is assumed to be reinvested. The VIP II Investment
Grade Bond and VIP High Income Option may advertise a 30-day yield which
reflects the income generated by an investment in such Option over a specified
30-day period.
For a detailed description of the methods used to determine yield and total
return for the Variable Account Options, see the SAI.
29
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Contribution: $50,000.00
GRO Account duration: 7 Years
Guaranteed Interest Rate: 5% Annual Effective Rate
The following examples illustrate how the Market Value Adjustment may affect the
values of a contract upon a withdrawal. The 5% assumed Guaranteed Interest Rate
is the same rate used in the Example under "Table of Annual Fees and Expenses"
in this Prospectus. In these examples, the withdrawal occurs three years after
the initial contribution. The Market Value Adjustment operates in a similar
manner for transfers.
The GRO Value for this $50,000 contribution is $70,355.02 at the expiration of
the GRO Account. After three years, the GRO Value is $57,881.25. It is also
assumed, for the purposes of these examples, that no prior partial withdrawals
or transfers have occurred.
The Market Value Adjustment will be based on the rate we are then crediting (at
the time of the withdrawal) on new contributions to GRO Accounts of the same
duration as the time remaining in your GRO Account, rounded to the next higher
number of complete months. If we do not declare a rate for the exact time
remaining, we will interpolate between the Guaranteed Interest Rates for GRO
Accounts of durations closest to (next higher and next lower) the remaining
period described above. Three years after the initial contribution, there would
have been four years remaining in your GRO Account.
Example of a Downward Market Value Adjustment:
A downward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal
that occurs when interest rates have increased. Assume interest rates have
increased three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting
6.25% for a four-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value
Adjustment, applying the above formula would be:
-0.0551589 = [(1 + .05)/48/12/ / (1 + .0625 + .0025)/48/12/] - 1
The Market Value Adjustment is a reduction of $3,192.67 from the GRO Value:
-$3,192.67 = -0.0551589 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$54,688.58 = $57,881.25 - $3,192.67
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$54,688.58 = $57,881.25 - $3,192.67
30
<PAGE>
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, we would first determine
the free withdrawal amount:
$5,788.13 = $57,881.25 X .10
The non-free amount would be:
$14,211.87 = $20,000.00 - $5,788.13
The Market Value Adjustment, which is only applicable to the non-free amount,
would be
- $783.91 = -0.0551589 X $14,211.87
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment would be:
$20,783.91 = $20,000.00 + $783.91 + $783.91
The ending Account Value would be:
$37,097.34 = $57,881.25 - $21,783.91
Example of an Upward Market Value Adjustment:
An upward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal that
occurs when interest rates have decreased. Assume interest rates have decreased
three years after the initial contribution and we are then crediting 4% for a
four-year GRO Account. Upon a full withdrawal, the Market Value Adjustment,
applying the formula set forth in the prospectus, would be:
.0290890 = [(1 + .05)/48/12/ / (1 + .04 + .0025)/48/12/] - 1
The Market Value Adjustment is an increase of $1,683.71 to the GRO Value:
$1,683.71 = .0290890 X $57,881.25
The Market Adjusted Value would be:
$59,564.96 = $57,881.25 + $1,683.71
Thus, the amount payable on a full withdrawal would be:
$59,564.96 = $57,881.25 + $1,683.71
If instead of a full withdrawal, $20,000 was requested, the free withdrawal
amount and non-free amount would first be determined as above:
Free Amount = $ 5,788.13
Non-Free Amount = $14,211.87
The Market Value Adjustment would be:
$413.41 = .0290890 X $14,211.87
Thus, the total amount needed to provide $20,000 after the Market Value
Adjustment would be:
$19,586/59 = $20,000.00 - $413.41
31
<PAGE>
The ending Account Value would be:
$38,294.66 = $57,881.25 - $19,586,59
Actual Market Value Adjustments may have a greater or lesser impact than shown
in the examples, depending on the actual change in interest crediting rate and
the timing of the withdrawal or transfer in relation to the time remaining in
the GRO Account. Also, the Market Value Adjustment can never decrease the
Account Value below premium plus 3% interest, before any applicable charges.
Account values less than $50,000 will be subject to a $30 annual charge.
32
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MAY 1, 1997
FOR
IQ THE SMARTANNUITY
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
ISSUED BY
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
AND
FUNDED THROUGH ITS SEPARATE ACCOUNT I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table of Contents
Page
<S> <C>
Part 1 - Integrity and Custodian........................................... 2
Part 2 - Distribution of the Contracts..................................... 3
Part 3 - Performance Information........................................... 3
Part 4 - Determination of Annuity Unit Values.............................. 10
Part 5 - Financial Statements.............................................. 11
</TABLE>
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be
read in conjunction with the prospectus for the contracts, dated May 1, 1997.
For definitions of special terms used in the SAI, please refer to the
prospectus.
A copy of the prospectus to which this SAI relates is available at no charge by
writing the Administrative Office at Integrity Life Insurance Company
("Integrity"), P.O. Box 182080, Columbus, Ohio 43218, or calling 1-800-325-8583.
<PAGE>
PART 1 - INTEGRITY AND CUSTODIAN
Integrity is an Ohio stock life insurance company that sells life insurance and
annuities. Its principal executive offices are located at 515 West Market
Street, Louisville, Kentucky, 40202, and it maintains administrative offices in
Columbus, Ohio. Integrity, the depositor of Separate Account I, is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Integrity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation which is a
holding company engaged in no active business. Integrity owns 100% of the stock
of National Integrity Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance
corporation. All outstanding shares of Integrity Holdings, Inc. are owned by ARM
Financial Group, Inc. (ARM), a Delaware corporation which is a financial
services company focusing on the long-term savings and retirement marketplace by
providing retail and institutional products and services throughout the United
States. ARM owns 100% of the stock of (i) ARM Securities Corporation (ARM
Securities), a Minnesota corporation, registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) ARM
Capital Advisors, Inc., a New York corporation registered with the SEC as an
investment adviser, (iii) SBM Certificate Company, a Minnesota corporation
registered with the SEC as an issuer of face-amount certificates, and (iv) ARM
Transfer Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation registered with the SEC as a
transfer and dividend disbursing agency. Approximately 91% of the outstanding
voting stock of ARM is owned by The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II,
L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital
Investors, L.P., and MSCP III 892 Investors, L.P., each of which is a Delaware
limited partnership (collectively, the MSCP Funds). The MSCP Funds are private
equity funds sponsored by Morgan Stanley Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
that, through its subsidiaries, provides a wide range of financial services on
a global basis (Morgan Stanley). The general partner of each of the MSCP Funds
is a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley. Oldarm Limited Partnership, a
Kentucky limited partnership, New ARM, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability
company, and certain current and former employees and management of ARM own in
the aggregate approximately 9% of the voting stock of ARM.
No person has the direct or indirect power to control Morgan Stanley except
insofar as he or she may have such power by virtue of his or her capacity as a
director or executive officer thereof. Morgan Stanley is publicly held; no
individual beneficially owns more than 5% of the common shares; however,
approximately 31% of such shares are subject to a stockholders' agreement or
voting agreement among certain current and former principals and employees of
Morgan Stanley and its predecessor.
Beginning in 1994, ARM provided substantially all of the services required to be
performed on behalf of the Separate Account. Total fees paid to ARM by Integrity
for management services in 1995 and 1996, including services applicable to the
Registrant, were $7,462,365 and $13,823,048, respectively.
Integrity is the custodian for the shares of the Funds owned by the Separate
Account. The Funds' shares are held in book-entry form.
Reports and marketing materials, from time to time, may include information
concerning the rating of Integrity, as determined by A.M. Best Company, Moody's
Investors Service, Standard & Poor's Corporation, Duff & Phelps Corporation, or
other recognized rating services. Integrity is currently rated "A" (Excellent)
by A.M. Best Company, and has received claims paying ability ratings of "A"
(Good) from Standard & Poor's Corporation, "Baa1" from Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., and "A+" (High) from Duff and Phelps Credit Rating Company.
However, Integrity does not guarantee the investment performance of the
portfolios, and these ratings do not reflect protection against investment risk.
Under prior management, Integrity was subject to a consent order in the State of
Florida under which it was precluded from writing new business in Florida from
May, 1992 to November, 1994. The consent order was entered into on May 6, 1992
as a result of noncompliance with certain investment restrictions under Florida
law. Due to the substantial asset restructuring and capital infusions involved
with Integrity's acquisition by ARM in November, 1993, Integrity came to be
fully in compliance with the investment limitations of the State of Florida and
a request for full relief from the consent order was granted by the Florida
Department of Insurance on November 4, 1994.
2
<PAGE>
PART 2 - DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
ARM Securities, a wholly owned subsidiary of ARM, is the principal underwriter
of the contracts. ARM Securities is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ARM Securities' address is 515 West Market Street, Louisville,
Kentucky 40202. The contracts are offered through ARM Securities on a
continuous basis.
We generally pay a maximum distribution allowance of 7.5% of initial
contribution and 7% of additional contributions, plus .50% trail commission paid
on Account Value after the 8th Contract Year. The amount of distribution
allowances paid was $7,813,058,058, $6,110,040, and $5,858,050 for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. No distribution
allowances were retained by ARM Securities during these years. Integrity may
from time to time pay or allow additional promotional incentives, in the form of
cash or other compensation, to broker-dealers that sell contracts. In some
instances, such other incentives may be offered only to certain broker-dealers
that sell or are expected to sell during specified time periods certain minimum
amounts of the contracts.
PART 3 - PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Each Variable Account Option may from time to time include the Average Annual
Total Return, the Cumulative Total Return, and Yield of its shares in
advertisements or in information furnished to shareholders. The VIP Money
Market Option may also from time to time include the Yield and Effective Yield
of its shares in information furnished to shareholders. Performance information
is computed separately for each Option in accordance with the formulas described
below. At any time in the future, total return and yields may be higher or lower
than in the past and there can be no assurance that any historical results will
continue.
Total Returns
Total returns reflect all aspects of an Option's return, including the automatic
reinvestment by the Option of all distributions and the deduction of all
applicable charges to the Option on annual basis, including mortality risk and
expense charges, the annual administrative charge and other charges against
contract values. For purposes of charges not based upon a percentage of
contract values, an average account value of $40,000 has been used. Quotations
also will assume a termination (surrender) at the end of the particular period.
Any such total return calculation will be based upon the assumption that the
Option corresponding to the investment portfolio was in existence throughout the
stated period and that the applicable contractual charges and expenses of the
Option during the stated period were equal to those currently applicable under
the contract. Total returns may be shown simultaneously that do not take into
account deduction of the annual administrative charge.
Average annual total returns are calculated by determining the growth or decline
in value of a hypothetical historical investment in the Option over certain
periods, including 1, 3, 5, and 10 years (up to the life of the Option), and
then calculating the annually compounded percentage rate that would have
produced the same result if the rate of growth or decline in value had been
constant over the period. Investors should realize that the Option's performance
is not constant over time, but changes from year to year, and that the average
annual returns represent the averages of historical figures as opposed to the
actual historical performance of an Option during any portion of the period
illustrated. Average annual returns are calculated pursuant to the following
formula: P(1+T)/n/ = ERV, where P is a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, T
is the average annual total return, n is the number of years, and ERV is the
withdrawal value at the end of the period.
Cumulative total returns are unaveraged and reflect the simple percentage change
in the value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period of
time. In addition to the period since inception, cumulative total returns may
be calculated on a year-to-date basis at the end of each calendar
3
<PAGE>
month in the current calendar year. The last day of the period for year-to-date
returns is the last day of the most recent calendar month at the time of
publication.
Yields
Some Options may advertise yields. Yields quoted in advertising reflect the
change in value of a hypothetical investment in the Option over a stated period
of time, not taking into account capital gains or losses. Yields are annualized
and stated as a percentage.
Current yield and effective yield are calculated for the VIP Money Market
Option. Current Yield is based on the change in the value of a hypothetical
investment (exclusive of capital changes) over a particular 7-day period, less a
hypothetical change reflecting deductions from contract values during the period
(the base period), and stated as a percentage of the investment at the start of
the base period (the base period return). The base period return is then
annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting yield figure carried to
at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent. Effective yield assumes that
all dividends received during an annual period have been reinvested. This
compounding effect causes effective yield to be higher than current yield.
Calculation of effective yield begins with the same base period return used in
the calculation of current yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly
compounding pursuant to the following formula:
Effective Yield = {(Base Period Return) + 1)/365/7/} -1
4
<PAGE>
The table below provides average annual total returns for each Option for the
One and Three Year Periods Ended December 31, 1996 and from inception through
December 31, 1996. The performance information is based on the historical
investment experience of the Options and does not indicate or represent future
experience.
Average Annual Total Returns for One and Three Year Periods Ended 12/31/96 and
Since Inception*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since One Year Three Year
Option Inception Period Period
- ------ --------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 16.19% 12.73% 16.64%
VIP II Asset Manager 9.83% 13.04% 6.51%
VIP Growth 15.07% 13.14% 14.22%
VIP Overseas 7.81% 11.67% 6.64%
VIP II Investment Grade
Bond 6.13% 1.78% 3.80%
VIP II Index 500 15.21% 21.15% 17.79%
VIP High Income 10.83% 12.48% 9.13%
VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth 20.47% 18.30% n/a
VIP II Contrafund 28.77% 19.66% n/a
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth & Income n/a n/a n/a
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a
</TABLE>
*The inception date for each Option is set forth in the table below.
5
<PAGE>
The table below provides cumulative total returns for each Option from inception
through December 31, 1996, and for the One and Three Year Periods Ended December
31, 1996. The performance information is based on the historical investment
experience of the Options and does not indicate or represent future experience.
Cumulative Total Returns for Period Since Inception to 12/31/96, and for the One
and Three Year Periods Ended 12/31/96
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period Since One Three Inception
Option Inception Year Year Date*
- ------ --------- ---- ---- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VIP Equity-Income 122.58% 12.73% 58.68% 09/03/91
VIP II Asset Manager 64.84% 13.04% 20.83% 09/03/91
VIP Growth 111.35% 13.14% 49.02% 09/03/91
VIP Overseas 49.30% 11.67% 21.26% 09/03/91
VIP II Investment
Grade Bond 37.33% 1.78% 11.85% 09/03/91
VIP II Index 500 71.99% 21.15% 63.44% 03/04/93
VIP High Income 48.82% 12.48% 29.98% 02/19/93
VIP II Asset Manager:
Growth 42.35% 18.30% n/a 02/08/95
VIP II Contrafund 61.50% 19.66% n/a 02/08/95
VIP III Balanced n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth & Income n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
VIP III Growth
Opportunities n/a n/a n/a 12/31/96
</TABLE>
*Inception Dates reflect date of first trade.
6
<PAGE>
Performance Comparisons
Performance information for an Option may be compared, in reports and
advertising, to: (1) Standard & Poor's Stock Index (S&P 500), Dow Jones
Industrial Averages, (DJIA), Donoghue Money Market Institutional Averages, or
other unmanaged indices generally regarded as representative of the securities
markets; (2) other variable annuity separate accounts or other investment
products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or the Variable Annuity
Research and Data Service, which are widely used independent research firms that
rank mutual funds and other investment companies by overall performance,
investment objectives, and assets; and (3) the Consumer Price Index (measure of
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in a contract.
Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends but generally do not
reflect deductions for annuity charges, investment management costs, brokerage
costs and other transaction costs that are normally paid when directly investing
in securities.
Each Option may from time to time also include the ranking of its performance
figures relative to such figures for groups of mutual funds categorized by
Lipper Analytical Services (Lipper) as having the same or similar investment
objectives or by similar services that monitor the performance of mutual funds.
Each Option may also from time to time compare its performance to average mutual
fund performance figures compiled by Lipper in Lipper Performance Analysis.
Advertisements or information furnished to present shareholders or prospective
investors may also include evaluations of an Option published by nationally
recognized ranking services and by financial publications that are nationally
recognized such as Barron's, Business Week, CDA Technologies, Inc., Changing
Times, Consumer's Digest, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Financial Planning,
Financial Times, Financial World, Forbes, Fortune, Global Investor, Hulbert's
Financial Digest, Institutional Investor, Investors Daily, Money, Morningstar
Mutual Funds, The New York Times, Personal Investor, Stanger's Investment
Adviser, Value Line, The Wall Street Journal, Wiesenberger Investment Company
Service and USA Today.
The performance figures described above may also be used to compare the
performance of an Option's shares against certain widely recognized standards or
indices for stock and bond market performance. The following are the indices
against which the Options may compare performance:
The Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks (the S&P 500) is a market
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate market
value of 500 stocks relative to the base period 1941-43. The S&P 500 Index is
composed almost entirely of common stocks of companies listed on the NYSE,
although the common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock
Exchange or traded OTC are included. The 500 companies represented include 400
industrial, 60 transportation and 50 financial services concerns. The S&P 500
Index represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the NYSE.
The Dow Jones Composite Average (or its component averages) is an unmanaged
index composed of 30 blue-chip industrial corporation stocks (Dow Jones
Industrial Average), 15 utilities company stocks and 20 transportation stocks.
Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices are unmanaged indices
of all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance company stocks listed
on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Wilshire 5000 Equity Index (or its component indices) represents the return
of the market value of all common equity securities for which daily pricing is
available. Comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of dividends.
The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index is an arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 900 securities on the stock
exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.
7
<PAGE>
The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index - An arithmetic, market
value-weighted average of the performance of over 1,470 securities listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia, the Far East, Canada and the
United States.
The Goldman Sachs 100 Convertible Bond Index currently includes 67 bonds and 33
preferred stocks. The original list of names was generated by screening for
convertible issues of $100 million or greater in market capitalization. The
index is priced monthly.
The Lehman Brothers Government Bond Index (the Lehman Government Index) is a
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; all
publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all quasi-
federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted issues are not
included in the Lehman Government Index.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index (the Lehman Government/
Corporate Index) is a measure of the market value of approximately 5,300 bonds
with a face value currently in excess of $1 million, which have at least one
year to maturity and are rated "Baa" or higher (investment grade) by a
nationally recognized statistical rating agency.
The Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Intermediate Bond Index (the Lehman
Government/Corporate Intermediate Index) is composed of all bonds covered by the
Lehman Brothers Government/Corporate Bond Index with maturities between one and
9.99 years. Total return comprises price appreciation/depreciation and income as
a percentage of the original investment. Indexes are rebalanced monthly by
market capitalization.
The Lehman Brothers Intermediate Treasury Bond Index includes bonds with
maturities between one and ten years with a face value currently in excess of $1
million, that are rated investment grade or higher by a nationally recognized
statistical rating agency.
The Shearson Lehman Long-Term Treasury Bond Index is composed of all bonds
covered by the Shearson Lehman Hutton Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10
years or greater.
The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
(NASDAQ) Composite Index covers 4,500 stocks traded over the counter. It
represents many small company stocks but is heavily influenced by about 100 of
the largest NASDAQ stocks. It is a value-weighted index calculated on price
change only and does not include income.
The NASDAQ Industrial Index is composed of more than 3,000 industrial issues. It
is a value-weighted index calculated on price change only and does not include
income.
The Value Line (Geometric) Index is an unweighted index of the approximately
1,700 stocks followed by the Value Line Investment Survey.
The Salomon Brothers GNMA Index includes pools of mortgages originated by
private lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National
Mortgage Association.
The Salomon Brothers' World Market Index is a measure of the return of an
equally weighted basket of short-term (three month U.S. Government securities
and bank deposits) investments in eight major currencies: the U.S. dollars, UK
pounds sterling, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, Swiss francs, French francs,
German deutsche mark and Netherlands guilder.
The Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index contains approximately
3,800 Treasury and agency, corporate and mortgage bonds with a rating of BBB or
higher, a stated maturity of at least one year, and a par value outstanding of
$25 million or more. The index is weighted according to the market value of all
bond issues included in the index.
8
<PAGE>
The Salomon Brothers High Grade Corporate Bond Index consists of publicly
issued, non-convertible corporate bonds rated AA or AAA. It is a value-weighted,
total return index, including approximately 800 issues with maturities of 12
years or grater.
The Salomon Brothers World Bond Index measures the total return performance of
high-quality securities in major sectors of the international bond market. The
index covers approximately 600 bonds from 10 currencies: Australian dollars,
Canadian dollars, European Currency Units, French francs, Japanese yen,
Netherlands guilder, Swiss francs, UK pounds sterling, U.S. dollars, and German
deutsche marks.
The J.P. Morgan Global Government Bond Index is a total return, market
capitalization weighted index, rebalanced monthly consisting of the following
countries: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Japan,
Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom and United States.
The 50/50 Index assumes a static mix of 50% of the S&P 500 Index and 50% of the
Lehman Government Corporate Index.
Other Composite Indices: 70% S&P 500 Index and 30% NASDAQ Industrial Index; 35%
S&P 500 Index and 65% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index; and 65% S&P Index
and 35% Salomon Brothers High Grade Bond Index.
The SEI Median Balanced Fund Universe measures a group of funds with an average
annual equity commitment and an average annual bond - plus - private - placement
commitment greater than 5% each year. SEI must have at least two years of data
for a fund to be considered for the population.
The Russell 2000/Small Stock Index comprises the smallest 2000 stocks in the
Russell 3000 Index, and represents approximately 11% of the total U.S. equity
market capitalization. The Russell 3000 Index comprises the 3,000 largest U.S.
companies by market capitalization. The smallest company has a market value of
roughly $20 million.
The Russell 2500 Index is comprised of the bottom 500 stocks in the Russell 1000
Index which represents the universe of stocks from which most active money
managers typically select; and all the stocks in the Russell 2000 Index. The
largest security in the index has a market capitalization of approximately 1.3
billion.
The Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the United
States Bureau of Labor Statistics is a statistical measure of change, over time,
in the price of goods and services in major expenditure groups.
Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Hobson Associates, presents an
historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small company
stocks, long-term government bonds, Treasury bills and inflation.
Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates as published in the United States
Savings & Loan League Fact Book.
Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
Corporation, the J.P. Morgan companies, Salomon Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith, Shearson Lehman Hutton and Bloomberg L.P.
The MSCI Combined Far East Free ex Japan Index is a market-capitalization
weighted index comprising stocks in Hong Kong, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia,
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Korea is included in the MSCI Combined Far
East Free ex Japan Index at 20% of its market capitalization.
9
<PAGE>
The First Boston High Yield Index generally includes over 180 issues with an
average maturity range of seven to ten years with a minimum capitalization of
$100 million. All issues are individually trader-priced monthly.
In reports or other communications to shareholders, the Fund may also describe
general economic and market conditions affecting the Options and may compare the
performance of the Options with (1) that of mutual funds included in the
rankings prepared by Lipper or similar investment services that monitor the
performance of insurance company separate accounts or mutual funds, (2)
IBC/Donoghue's Money Fund Report, (3) other appropriate indices of investment
securities and averages for peer universe of funds which are described in this
Statement of Additional Information, or (4) data developed by Integrity or any
of the Sub-Advisers derived from such indices or averages.
Individualized Computer Generated Illustrations
Integrity may from time to time use computer-based software available through
Morningstar, CDA/Wiesenberger and/or other firms to provide registered
representatives and existing and/or potential owners of the contracts with
individualized hypothetical performance illustrations for some or all of the
Variable Account Options. Such illustrations may include, without limitation,
graphs, bar charts and other types of formats presenting the following
information: (i) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in a single
Option; (ii) the historical fluctuation of the value of a single Option (actual
and hypothetical); (iii) the historical results of a hypothetical investment in
more than one Option; (iv) the historical performance of two or more market
indices in relation to one another and/or one or more Options; (v) the
historical performance of two or more market indices in comparison to a single
Option or a group of Options; (vi) a market risk/reward scatter chart showing
the historical risk/reward relationship of one or more mutual funds or Options
to one or more indices and a broad category of similar anonymous variable
annuity subaccounts; and (vii) Option data sheets showing various information
about one or more Options (such as information concerning total return for
various periods, fees and expenses, standard deviation, alpha and beta,
investment objective, inception date and net assets). We reserve the right to
republish figures independently provided by Morningstar or any similar agency or
service.
PART 4 - DETERMINATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUES
The annuity unit value was initially fixed at $1.00 for contracts with assumed
base rates of net investment return of 5% and 3.5% a year, respectively. For
each valuation period thereafter, it is the annuity value for the preceding
valuation period multiplied by the adjusted net investment factor under the
contracts. For each valuation period, the adjusted net investment factor is
equal to the net investment factor reduced for each day in the valuation period
by:
* .00013366 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 5% a year; or
* .00009425 for a contract with an assumed base rate of net investment return
of 3.5% a year.
Because of this adjustment, the annuity unit value rises and falls depending on
whether the actual rate of net investment return (after charges) is higher or
lower than the assumed base rate.
All certificates have a 5% assumed base rate, except in states where that rate
is not permitted. Annuity payments under contracts with an assumed base rate of
3.5% will at first be smaller than those under contracts with a 5% assumed base
rate. Payments under the 3.5% contracts, however, will rise more rapidly when
unit values are rising, and payments will fall more slowly when unit values are
falling, than those under 5% contracts.
The amounts of variable annuity payments are determined as follows:
10
<PAGE>
Payments normally start on the Annuitant's retirement date. The first three
monthly payments are the same. Each of the first three monthly payments will be
based on the amount taken from the tables in the contract or on our current
rates, whichever is more favorable to the participant. Where the Company's
current annuity rates are used, contributions in the current and five prior
participation years will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity
rates applicable to funds derived from sources outside the Company. The balance
of the proceeds will qualify for the Company's current individual annuity rates
for payment of proceeds.
The first three monthly payments depend on the assumed base rate of net
investment return and the forms of annuity chosen (and any fixed period). If the
annuity involves a life contingency, the risk class and the age of the
annuitants will affect payments.
Payments after the first three months will vary according to the investment
performance of the Variable Account Option or Options selected. After that, each
payment will be calculated by multiplying the number of annuity units credited
by the average annuity unit value for the second calendar month before the due
date of the payment. The number of annuity units credited equals the initial
periodic payment divided by the annuity unit value for the valuation period that
includes the due date of the first annuity payment. The average annuity unit
value is the average of the annuity unit values for the valuation periods ending
in that month. Each business day together with any non-business day or
consecutive non-business day immediately preceding such business day will
constitute a valuation period.
Illustration of Changes in Annuity Unit Values. To show how we determine
variable annuity payments from month to month, assume that the contract value on
a retirement date is enough to fund an annuity with a monthly payment of $363
and that the annuity unit value for the valuation period that includes the due
date of the first annuity payment is $1.05. The number of annuity units credited
under your contract would be 345.71 (363 divided by 1.05 = 345.71).
If the fourth monthly payment is due in March, and the average annuity unit
value for January was $1.10, the annuity payment for March would be the number
of units (345.71) times the average annuity unit value ($1.10), or $380.28. If
the average annuity unit value was $1.00 in February, the annuity payment for
April would be 345.71 times $1.00, or $345.71.
For period certain life annuities and life income annuities, the participant may
not surrender or redeem once annuity payments commence. For period certain life
annuities only, if the payee (or the payee and the other annuitant under a joint
and survivor annuity) dies before the period selected ends, the remaining
payments will go to another named payee who may have the right to redeem the
annuity and secure the present value of future guaranteed payments in a lump
sum. The present value of future guaranteed payments for a period certain is
based on the number of payments left, the assumed base rate of net return, the
number of annuity units and the annuity unit value for the date the Company
receives a written request for lump sum payment of remaining values. Assets held
in the Account at least equal to all statutory reserves required for such
Separate Account.
PART 5 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Ernst & Young LLP, Suite 2100, 400 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky
40202, is our independent auditor and serves as independent auditor of the
Separate Account. Ernst & Young LLP on an annual basis will audit certain
financial statements prepared by management and express an opinion on such
financial statements based on their audits.
The financial statements of the Separate Account as of December 31, 1996, and
for the periods indicated in the financial statements and the statutory-basis
financial statements of Integrity as of and for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995 included in this SAI have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports included herein.
11
<PAGE>
The financial statements of Integrity should be distinguished from the financial
statements of the Separate Account and should be considered only as they relate
to the ability of Integrity to meet its obligations under the contract. They
should not be considered as relating to the investment performance of the assets
held in the Separate Account.
12
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
December 31, 1996
With Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors................................................1
Audited Financial Statements
Statement of Assets and Liabilities...........................................2
Statement of Operations.......................................................4
Statements of Changes in Net Assets...........................................6
Notes to Financial Statements................................................10
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Contract Holders
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Separate
Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company (comprising, respectively, the
Money Market, High Income, Equity-Income, Growth, Overseas, Investment Grade
Bond, Asset Manager, Index 500, Asset Manager: Growth, and Contrafund Divisions)
as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations and changes in
net assets for the periods indicated therein. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included
confirmation of securities owned in Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (Fidelity VIP Funds) as of December 31,
1996, by correspondence with the transfer agent of the Funds. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of each of the respective
divisions constituting the Integrity Life Insurance Company Separate Account I
at December 31, 1996, and the results of their operations and changes in their
net assets for each of the periods indicated therein, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
April 18, 1997
1
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $27,668,954 $24,732,893 $82,088,400 $78,547,595 $32,238,102
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity 14,686 5,226 8,540 (6,384) 609
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
===========================================================================
Unit value $ 15.03 $ 14.88 $ 27.57 $ 33.98 $ 17.98
===========================================================================
Units outstanding 1,839,938 2,871,483 2,977,144 2,311,771 1,792,964
===========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
2
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Investments in Fidelity VIP Funds at value
(cost of $364,279,014 in the aggregate) $14,955,631 $58,647,566 $20,774,010 $ 6,832,743 $38,479,268 $402,965,162
Liabilities
Payable to (receivable from) the general
account of Integrity (1,915) 2,154 (1,560) 2,912 472 24,740
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $ 6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
===================================================================================
Unit value $ 18.53 $ 21.65 $ 17.20 $ 14.23 $ 16.15
===================================================================
Units outstanding 807,207 2,708,795 1,207,882 479,960 2,382,588
===================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 1996
Money Equity-
Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $2,077,792 $2,788,700 $ 2,695,924 $ 3,656,936 $ 569,919
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 543,822 454,923 967,411 861,617 378,399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 1,533,970 2,333,777 1,728,513 2,795,319 191,520
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period (1,163) 1,820,824 8,678,431 7,671,018 1,015,935
End of period 17 1,712,483 13,214,606 5,155,205 3,176,319
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment 1,180 1,642,753 6,658,023 3,926,030 2,808,635
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $1,535,150 $3,976,530 $ 8,386,536 $ 6,721,349 $3,000,155
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Operations (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Investment Asset
Grade Asset Manager:
Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income
Reinvested dividends from Fidelity VIP Funds $ 580,069 $3,679,957 $ 321,571 $341,274 $ 148,076 $16,860,218
Expenses
Mortality and expense risk and
administrative charges 171,455 784,805 180,553 58,740 358,537 4,760,262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net investment income (loss) 408,614 2,895,152 141,018 282,534 (210,461) 12,099,956
Realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments
Net realized gain on sales
of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments:
Beginning of period 889,374 4,628,621 966,863 7,420 726,334 26,403,657
End of period 508,186 8,077,051 2,528,584 365,540 3,948,157 38,686,148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments (140,599) 4,034,535 2,457,099 442,073 5,124,136 26,953,865
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations $ 268,015 $6,929,687 $2,598,117 $724,607 $4,913,675 $39,053,821
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Equity-
Money Market High Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 1,533,970 $ 2,333,777 $ 1,728,513 $ 2,795,319 $ 191,520
Net realized gain on sales of investments - 1,751,094 2,121,848 6,441,843 648,251
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,180 (108,341) 4,536,175 (2,515,813) 2,160,384
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,535,150 3,976,530 8,386,536 6,721,349 3,000,155
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 34,330,875 5,779,865 22,514,540 14,358,955 6,261,045
Contract terminations and benefits (6,208,045) (1,524,016) (4,704,707) (3,893,678) (1,526,278)
Net transfers among investment options (28,366,403) 4,880,594 484,110 11,341,667 3,436,687
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived from
contract related transactions (243,573) 9,136,443 18,293,943 21,806,944 8,171,454
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 1,291,577 13,112,973 26,680,479 28,528,293 11,171,609
Net assets, beginning of year 26,362,691 29,614,694 55,399,381 50,025,686 21,065,884
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 27,654,268 $42,727,667 $82,079,860 $78,553,979 $32,237,493
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 2,336,691 407,773 878,376 442,061 363,533
Terminations and benefits (431,061) (118,461) (182,775) (140,423) (89,813)
Net transfers (1,888,838) 343,721 16,646 344,276 210,804
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 16,792 633,033 712,247 645,914 484,524
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division Division Total
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 408,614 $ 2,895,152 $ 141,018 $ 282,534 $ (210,461) $ 12,099,956
Net realized gain on sales of investments 240,589 586,105 895,378 83,953 1,902,313 14,671,374
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (381,188) 3,448,430 1,561,721 358,120 3,221,823 12,282,491
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from
operations 268,015 6,929,687 2,598,117 724,607 4,913,675 39,053,821
Increase (decrease) in net assets from
contract related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 3,378,025 6,136,455 7,410,209 2,833,347 11,316,760 114,320,076
Contract terminations and benefits (838,675) (5,296,646) (418,288) (248,404) (1,179,766) (25,838,503)
Net transfers among investment options 738,417 (6,065,460) 4,442,889 1,413,371 8,997,882 1,303,754
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 3,277,767 (5,225,651) 11,434,810 3,998,314 19,134,876 89,785,327
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in net assets 3,545,782 1,704,036 14,032,927 4,722,921 24,048,551 128,839,148
Net assets, beginning of year 11,411,764 56,941,376 6,742,643 2,106,910 14,430,245 274,101,274
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $14,957,546 $58,645,412 $20,775,570 $6,829,831 $38,478,796 $402,940,422
=================================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 186,436 309,032 466,833 218,521 802,193
Terminations and benefits (47,054) (261,549) (26,888) (18,720) (84,387)
Net transfers 40,805 (312,128) 293,103 105,021 595,875
------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 180,187 (264,645) 733,048 304,822 1,313,681
==================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
7
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money High Equity-
Market Income Income Growth Overseas
Division Division Division Division Division
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 906,411 $ 602,161 $ 1,588,847 $ (357,201) $ (111,143)
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investment 0 421,460 398,434 1,747,660 74,370
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period (1,390) 1,857,004 8,371,137 7,520,931 1,404,411
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 905,021 2,880,625 10,358,418 8,911,390 1,367,638
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 20,334,306 11,774,062 15,978,463 14,692,149 5,584,300
Contract terminations and benefits (3,262,823) (651,621) (2,258,085) (2,305,745) (1,398,897)
Net transfers among investment options (10,489,510) 4,609,207 9,173,422 6,493,844 (3,417,808)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 6,581,973 15,731,648 22,893,800 18,880,248 767,595
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 7,486,994 18,612,273 33,252,218 27,791,638 2,135,233
Net assets, beginning of year 18,875,697 11,002,421 22,147,163 22,234,048 18,930,651
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $ 26,362,691 $29,614,694 $55,399,381 $50,025,686 $21,065,884
====================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 1,439,814 920,318 733,711 553,520 364,819
Terminations and benefits (239,468) (50,330) (109,024) (84,599) (92,992)
Net transfers (740,572) 379,055 433,527 208,262 (235,605)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 459,774 1,249,043 1,058,214 677,183 36,222
====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statement of Changes in Net Assets (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset
Investment Asset Manager:
Grade Bond Manager Index 500 Growth Contrafund
Division Division Division Division* Division* Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in net assets from operations
Net investment income (loss) $ 126,177 $ 452,675 $ (6,023) $ 73,421 $ 101,348 $ 3,376,673
Net realized gain (loss) on sales of investments (41,212) 773,658 135,255 20,837 306,555 3,837,017
Change in net unrealized appreciation/
depreciation during the period 1,231,959 6,870,698 948,687 7,420 726,334 28,937,191
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations 1,316,924 8,097,031 1,077,919 101,678 1,134,237 36,150,881
Increase (decrease) in net assets from contract
related transactions
Contributions from contract holders 2,732,767 7,813,632 2,590,878 1,618,000 9,189,750 92,308,307
Contract terminations and benefits (598,195) (4,780,955) (211,930) (7,244) (78,792) (15,554,287)
Net transfers among investment options 814,239 (12,437,415) 997,890 394,476 4,185,050 323,395
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets derived
from contract related transactions 2,948,811 (9,404,738) 3,376,838 2,005,232 13,296,008 $ 77,077,415
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net assets 4,265,735 (1,307,707) 4,454,757 2,106,910 14,430,245 113,228,296
Net assets, beginning of year 7,146,029 58,249,083 2,287,886 0 0 160,872,978
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets, end of year $11,411,764 $ 56,941,376 $6,742,643 $2,106,910 $14,430,245 $274,101,274
============================================================================
Unit transactions
Contributions 159,543 453,078 200,180 141,402 734,758
Terminations and benefits (35,875) (283,950) (18,438) (616) (9,811)
Net transfers 48,994 (704,833) 74,973 34,352 343,960
--------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in units 172,662 (535,705) 256,715 175,138 1,068,907
==============================================================
</TABLE>
*For the period February 6, 1995 (commencement of operations) to December 31,
1995.
See accompanying notes.
9
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Nature of Operations
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity") established Separate Account I
(the "Separate Account") on May 19, 1986, for the purpose of issuing flexible
premium variable annuity contracts ("contracts"). The Separate Account is a unit
investment trust registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The operations of the Separate
Account are part of Integrity.
Integrity is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc.
("ARM"). ARM specializes in the asset accumulation business, providing retail
and institutional customers with products and services designed to serve the
growing long-term savings and retirement markets.
Contract holders may allocate or transfer their account values to one or more of
the Separate Account's investment divisions or, for certain contract holders, to
a guaranteed interest division provided by Integrity, or both. Certain contract
holders may also allocate or transfer a portion or all of their account values
to one or more fixed guaranteed rate options of Integrity's Separate Account
GRO. Certain contract holders may also allocate new contributions to a
Systematic Transfer Option ("STO") which accumulates interest at a fixed rate.
All STO contributions must be transferred to other investment divisions or to a
guaranteed rate option within one year of the contribution.
The Separate Account investment divisions are invested in shares of
corresponding investment portfolios of the Variable Insurance Products Fund and
Variable Insurance Products Fund II (collectively the "Fidelity VIP Funds"). The
Fidelity VIP Funds are "series" type mutual funds managed by Fidelity Management
and Research Company ("Fidelity Management"). The contract holder's account
value in a Separate Account division will vary depending on the performance of
the corresponding portfolio. The Separate Account currently has ten investment
divisions available. The Separate Account introduced three new investment
divisions to contract holders on December 31, 1996 which include the Balanced
Portfolio, the Growth and Income Portfolio, and the Growth Opportunities
Portfolio from the Fidelity VIP Funds. The investment objective of each division
and its corresponding portfolio are the same. Set forth below is a summary of
the
10
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
investment objectives of the operative portfolios of the Fidelity VIP Funds at
December 31, 1996 for this Separate Account.
Money Market Portfolio seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as is
consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. It invests only in
high-quality, U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as certificates of deposit, obligations of governments
and their agencies, and commercial paper and notes.
High Income Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by
investing primarily in high-yielding, lower rated, fixed income securities,
while also considering growth of capital. It normally invests at least 65% of
its total assets in income-producing debt securities and preferred stocks,
including convertible securities, and up to 20% in common stocks and other
equity securities.
Equity-Income Portfolio seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
income producing equity securities, with the potential for capital
appreciation as a consideration. It normally invests at least 65% of its
assets in income-producing common or preferred stock and the remainder in debt
securities.
Growth Portfolio seeks to achieve capital appreciation, normally by purchase
of common stocks, although investments are not restricted to any one type of
security. Capital appreciation may also be found in other types of securities,
including bonds and preferred stocks.
Overseas Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
investments in foreign securities. It normally invests 65% of its assets in
securities from at least three countries outside North America.
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income as is
consistent with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range of
investment-grade fixed-income securities. It will maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of ten years or less. For 80% of its assets, the
portfolio purchases only securities rated A or better by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation or unrated securities judged by
Fidelity Management to be of equivalent quality.
11
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Asset Manager Portfolio seeks high total return with reduced risk over the
long-term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term fixed-
income instruments. The expected "neutral" mix of assets, which will occur
when the investment adviser concludes there is minimal relative difference in
value between the three asset classes, is 50% in equities, 40% in intermediate
to long-term bonds and 10% in short-term fixed income instruments. The
portfolio's relatively large investment in countries with limited or
developing capital markets may involve greater risks than investments in more
developed markets and the prices of such investments may be volatile.
Index 500 Portfolio seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the
total return (i.e., the combination of capital changes and income) of common
stocks publicly traded in the United States. In seeking this objective, the
portfolio attempts to duplicate the composition and total return of the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index while keeping transaction
costs and other expenses low.
Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio is an asset allocation fund which seeks to
maximize total return over the long term through investments in stocks, bonds,
and short-term instruments. The fund has a neutral mix which represents the
general allocation of the fund's investments over the long term. The
approximate neutral mix for stocks, bonds and short-term instruments is 70%,
25% and 5%, respectively.
Contrafund Portfolio is a growth fund which seeks to increase the value of the
investment over the long-term by investing in equity securities of companies
that are undervalued or out of favor. This approach focuses on companies that
are currently out of public favor but show potential for capital appreciation.
Contrafund Portfolio invests primarily in common stock and securities
convertible into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest in any
type of security that may produce capital appreciation.
The assets of the Separate Account are owned by Integrity. The portion of the
Separate Account's assets supporting the contracts may not be used to satisfy
liabilities arising out of any other business of Integrity.
12
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for unit investment trusts.
Investments
Investments in shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are valued at the net asset
values of the respective portfolios, which approximates fair value. The
difference between cost and fair value is reflected as unrealized appreciation
and depreciation of instruments.
Share transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on
sales of shares of the Fidelity VIP Funds are determined based on the identified
cost basis.
Dividends from income and capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-
dividend date. Dividends and distributions from the Fidelity VIP Fund portfolios
are reinvested in the respective portfolios and are reflected in the unit value
of the divisions of the Separate Account.
Unit Value
Unit values for the Separate Account divisions are computed at the end of each
business day. The unit value is equal to the unit value for the preceding
business day multiplied by a net investment factor. This net investment factor
is determined based on the value of the underlying mutual fund portfolios of the
Separate Account, reinvested dividends and capital gains, new premium deposits
or withdrawals, and the daily asset charge for the mortality and expense risk
and administrative charges. Unit values are adjusted daily for all activity in
the Separate Account.
Taxes
Operations of the Separate Account are included in the income tax return of
Integrity, which is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal Revenue
Code. The Separate Account will not be taxed as a regulated investment company
under Subchapter
13
<PAGE>
Separate Account I
of
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
M of the Internal Revenue Code. Under existing federal income tax law, no taxes
are payable on the investment income or on the capital gains of the Separate
Account.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
2. Investments
The aggregate cost of portfolio shares purchased and proceeds from portfolio
shares sold during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the cost of shares held
at December 31, 1996 for each division were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Division Purchases Sales Cost
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market $107,208,446 $105,909,966 $ 27,668,937
High Income 51,321,014 39,847,156 41,020,410
Equity-Income 30,450,353 10,460,425 68,873,794
Growth 48,195,522 23,635,224 73,392,390
Overseas 17,273,367 8,855,696 29,061,783
Investment Grade Bond 7,574,318 3,892,069 14,447,445
Asset Manager 9,362,435 11,733,066 50,570,515
Index 500 14,321,355 2,745,294 18,245,426
Asset Manager: Growth 5,170,383 887,677 6,467,203
Contrafund 30,676,620 11,748,693 34,531,111
</TABLE>
3. Expenses
Integrity assumes mortality and expense risks and incurs certain administrative
expenses related to the operations of the Separate Account and deducts a charge
from the assets of the Separate Account at an annual rate of 1.20% and 0.15% of
net assets, respectively, to cover these risks and expenses. In addition, an
annual charge of $30 per contract is assessed if the participant's account value
is less than $50,000 at the end of any participation year prior to the
participant's retirement date (as defined by the participant's contract).
14
<PAGE>
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
with Report of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Financial Statements
(Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................ 1
Audited Financial Statements
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis).......................................... 3
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)................................ 5
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)............ 6
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)................................ 7
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)........................... 9
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Auditors
Board of Directors
Integrity Life Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying statutory basis balance sheets of Integrity
Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
statutory basis statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus, and
cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company presents its
financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance, which practices differ from
generally accepted accounting principles. The variances between such practices
and generally accepted accounting principles and the effects on the accompanying
financial statements are described in Note 1.
In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter described in the preceding
paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position
of Integrity Life Insurance Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, or the
results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.
1
<PAGE>
Also, in our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Integrity Life Insurance
Company at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
February 12, 1997
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Admitted assets
Cash and invested assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $1,755,236
Preferred stocks 42,234 7,604
Subsidiary 48,272 39,139
Mortgage loans 32,946 38,612
Real estate 497 512
Policy loans 98,212 94,642
Cash and short-term investments 87,009 54,476
Other invested assets 6,310 13,754
------------------------
Total cash and invested assets 2,797,872 2,003,975
Separate accounts assets 764,060 544,664
Accrued investment income 29,182 27,806
Receivable for investments sold - 6,636
Reinsurance balances receivable 1,702 6,795
Other admitted assets 1,400 2,892
------------------------
Total admitted assets $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Liabilities and capital and surplus
Liabilities:
Policy and contract liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves $2,614,118 $1,858,672
Unpaid claims 232 2,121
Deposits on policies to be issued 348 702
------------------------
Total policy and contract liabilities 2,614,698 1,861,495
Separate accounts liabilities 759,170 543,081
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 3,187 3,659
Transfers to separate accounts due or accrued, net (37,533) (30,146)
Reinsurance balances payable 13,473 2,472
Federal income taxes - 2,986
Asset valuation reserve 13,805 12,410
Interest maintenance reserve 38,594 35,217
Other liabilities 24,988 15,567
------------------------
Total liabilities 3,430,382 2,446,741
Capital and surplus:
Common stock, $2 par value, 1,500,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding 3,000 3,000
Paid-in surplus 87,535 87,535
Unassigned surplus 73,299 55,492
------------------------
Total capital and surplus 163,834 146,027
------------------------
Total liabilities and capital and surplus $3,594,216 $2,592,768
========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Premiums and other revenues:
Premiums and annuity considerations $ 7,803 $ 14,010
Deposit-type funds 737,791 232,682
Net investment income 171,811 152,365
Amortization of the interest maintenance reserve 3,090 2,947
Net gain from operations from Separate Accounts Statement 347 297
Other revenues 13,085 11,654
---------------------
Total premiums and other revenues 933,927 413,955
Benefits paid or provided:
Death benefits 20,012 24,688
Annuity benefits 61,242 39,092
Surrender benefits 248,282 322,569
Interest on funds left on deposit 25,204 1,059
Payments on supplementary contracts 10,261 9,423
Increase (decrease) in insurance and annuity reserves 372,699 (125,970)
---------------------
Total benefits paid or provided 737,700 270,861
Insurance and other expenses:
Commissions 20,270 16,215
General expenses 8,955 11,927
Taxes, licenses and fees 549 794
Net transfers to separate accounts 137,570 92,817
Other expenses 1,085 1,184
---------------------
Total insurance and other expenses 168,429 122,937
---------------------
Gain from operations before federal income taxes and
net realized capital losses 27,798 20,157
Federal income tax expense (benefit) (3,259) 1,370
---------------------
Gain from operations before net realized capital losses 31,057 18,787
Net realized capital losses, less capital gains tax
expense (1996-$5,738; 1995-$1,543) and excluding net
gains transferred to the interest maintenance reserve
(1996-$6,467; 1995-$8,061) (5,015) (918)
---------------------
Net income $ 26,042 $17,869
=====================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis)
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
Common Paid-In Unassigned Capital and
Stock Surplus Surplus Surplus
------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995 $3,000 $82,941 $57,600 $143,541
Net income 17,869 17,869
Net change in unrealized gain
of subsidiary 5,174 5,174
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 125 125
Decrease from change in valuation basis (8,593) (8,593)
Increase in asset valuation reserve (3,884) (3,884)
Capital contributions 19,850 19,850
Mark to market adjustment for SBM Life (15,256) (15,256)
Dividends to shareholder (12,800) (12,800)
Change in surplus in separate accounts (1,113) (1,113)
Transfer from separate accounts 1,114 1,114
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1995 3,000 87,535 55,492 146,027
Net income 26,042 26,042
Net change in unrealized gain of subsidiary 9,133 9,133
Decrease in nonadmitted assets 27 27
Increase in asset valuation reserve (1,395) (1,395)
Dividends to shareholder (16,000) (16,000)
Other changes in surplus in separate accounts 2,960 2,960
Transfer to separate accounts, net (2,960) (2,960)
------------------------------------------------------
Balances, December 31, 1996 $3,000 $87,535 $73,299 $163,834
======================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
6
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Operations:
Premiums, policy proceeds, and other
considerations received $ 745,594 $ 246,692
Net investment income received 171,376 153,357
Commission and expense allowances received
on reinsurance ceded 1,905 2,111
Benefits paid (341,767) (395,810)
Insurance expenses paid (30,246) (30,624)
Other income received net of other expenses paid 10,100 8,914
Net transfers to separate accounts (144,958) (99,721)
Federal income taxes paid (3,702) -
-----------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operations 408,302 (115,081)
Investment activities:
Proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments:
Bonds 1,604,304 1,075,864
Preferred stocks 57,895 7,604
Common stocks - 3,300
Mortgage loans 5,668 50,528
Real estate - 638
Other invested assets 7,233 3,360
Net gains on cash and short-term investments 9 -
Miscellaneous proceeds 211 -
-----------------------
Total investment proceeds 1,675,320 1,141,294
Taxes paid on capital gains (2,312) -
-----------------------
Net proceeds from sales, maturities, or repayments
of investments 1,673,008 1,141,294
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis) (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
---------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Cost of investments acquired:
Bonds 1,960,794 1,036,258
Preferred and common stocks 92,077 13,340
Other invested assets - 10,472
---------------------------
Total cost of investments acquired 2,052,871 1,060,070
Net increase in policy loans and premium notes 3,569 4,071
---------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities (383,432) 77,153
Financing and miscellaneous activities:
Other cash provided:
Capital and surplus paid-in - 19,850
Other sources 40,403 16,930
---------------------------
Total other cash provided 40,403 36,780
Other cash applied:
Dividends to shareholders 16,000 12,800
Other applications, net 16,740 12,132
---------------------------
Total other cash applied 32,740 24,932
---------------------------
Net cash provided by financing and
miscellaneous activities 7,663 11,848
---------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and short-term
investments 32,533 (26,080)
Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year 54,476 80,556
---------------------------
Cash and short-term investments at end of year $ 87,009 $ 54,476
===========================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
8
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies
Organization
Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity" or the "Company") is an indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of ARM Financial Group, Inc. ("ARM"). ARM acquired the
Company and its wholly owned insurance subsidiary, National Integrity Life
Insurance Company ("National Integrity"), on November 26, 1993 from The National
Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited ("National Mutual"). The Company
is domiciled in the state of Ohio. The Company, currently licensed in 45 states
and the District of Columbia, and National Integrity provide retail and
institutional products throughout the United States to the long-term savings and
retirement marketplace.
On June 14, 1995, ARM completed the acquisition of substantially all of the
assets and business operations of SBM Company (the "Acquisition"), including all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of SBM Company's subsidiaries, State
Bond and Mortgage Life Insurance Company ("SBM Life") and SBM Financial
Services, Inc. (which subsequently changed its name to ARM Securities
Corporation). By virtue of the Acquisition, ARM acquired control of SBM
Certificate Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of SBM Life. Concurrent with the
Acquisition, ARM acquired all outstanding shares of the authorized capital stock
of SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for a purchase price of $3.3 million.
The designated effective date of the Acquisition was May 31, 1995.
The aggregate purchase price for the Acquisition was $38.8 million. ARM financed
the Acquisition by issuing a total of 9,770 shares of ARM's Class A common stock
to certain private equity funds managed by a subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group
Inc. and certain private investors for an aggregate sale price of $63.5 million.
ARM used proceeds from issuance of the new common equity in excess of the
adjusted purchase price for the Acquisition to (i) make a $19.9 million capital
contribution to SBM Life, (ii) acquire SBM Certificate Company from SBM Life for
$3.3 million, and (iii) provide for fees and expenses related to the
Acquisition.
In connection with the Acquisition, on May 31, 1995, SBM Life was permitted to
record a direct charge to paid-in surplus of $15.3 million from marking-to-
market its entire bond portfolio. ARM's $19.9 million capital contribution to
SBM Life was primarily intended
9
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)
December 31, 1996
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
to replace surplus depleted by the $15.3 million charge. Following the
Acquisition, ARM restructured SBM Life's investment portfolio to reduce SBM
Life's concentration of investments in collateralized mortgage obligations.
On December 31, 1995, SBM Life was merged with and into the Company. In
accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' (the
"NAIC") Annual Statement Instructions, the 1996 and 1995 Annual Statements were
prepared as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 1994. The capital stock and
paid-in surplus reported at December 31, 1995 represent balances for the Company
(adjusted for the aforementioned charge to paid-in surplus and offsetting
capital contribution). All remaining SBM Life capital and surplus at that date
was included as unassigned surplus.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio
Department of Insurance. Such practices vary from generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP"). The more significant variances from GAAP are as follows:
Investments
Investments in bonds and preferred stocks are reported at amortized cost or
market value based on the NAIC rating; for GAAP, such fixed maturity
investments are designated at purchase as held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity fixed investments are reported at
amortized cost, and the remaining fixed maturity investments are reported at
fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in operations for
those designated as trading and as a separate component of shareholder's
equity for those designated as available-for-sale. In addition, fair values of
certain investments in bonds and stocks are based on values specified by the
NAIC, rather than on actual or estimated market values used for GAAP.
10
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Realized gains and losses are reported in income net of income tax and
transfers to the interest maintenance reserve. Changes between cost and
admitted investment asset amounts are credited or charged directly to
unassigned surplus rather than to a separate surplus account. The Asset
Valuation Reserve is determined by an NAIC prescribed formula and is
reported as a liability rather than unassigned surplus. Under a formula
prescribed by the NAIC, the Company defers the portion of realized gains and
losses on sales of fixed income investments, principally bonds and mortgage
loans, attributable to changes in the general level of interest rates and
amortizes those deferrals over the remaining period to maturity based on the
individual security sold using the seriatim method. The net deferral is
reported as the Interest Maintenance Reserve in the accompanying balance
sheets. Under GAAP, realized gains and losses are reported in the income
statement on a pretax basis in the period that the asset giving rise to the
gain or loss is sold and include provisions when there has been a decline in
asset values deemed other than temporary.
Subsidiary
The accounts and operations of the Company's subsidiary are not consolidated
with the accounts and operations of the Company as would be required under
GAAP.
Policy Acquisition Costs
Costs of acquiring and renewing business are expensed when incurred. Under
GAAP, acquisition costs related to investment-type products, to the extent
recoverable from future gross profits, are amortized generally in proportion
to the emergence of future gross profits over the estimated term of the
underlying policies.
Nonadmitted Assets
Certain assets designated as "nonadmitted," principally receivables greater
than 90 days past due, are excluded from the accompanying balance sheets and
are charged directly to unassigned surplus.
11
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Premiums
Revenues include premiums and deposits received and benefits include death
benefits paid and the change in policy reserves. Under GAAP, such premiums
and deposits received are accounted for as a deposit liability and therefore
not recognized as premium revenue; benefits paid equal to the policy account
value are accounted for as a return of deposit instead of benefit expense.
Benefit Reserves
Certain policy reserves are calculated using statutorily prescribed interest
and mortality assumptions rather than on estimated expected experience or
actual account balances as would be required under GAAP.
Federal Income Taxes
Deferred federal income taxes are not provided for differences between the
financial statement amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
12
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
The effects of the foregoing variances from GAAP on the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Net income as reported in the accompanying statutory
basis financial statements $ 26,042 $ 17,869
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of amortization 11,036 16,651
Adjustments to customer deposits (1,883) (5,994)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (412) (769)
Amortization of value of insurance in force (5,850) (7,104)
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve (3,090) (3,906)
Adjustments for realized investment gains 3,373 5,313
Adjustments for federal income tax expense (6,516) (4,719)
Investment in subsidiary 9,498 4,833
Adjustment for SBM Life operating results prior to the Acquisition (see Note 1) - 4,604
Other (2,108) 1,274
-------------------------
Net income, GAAP basis $ 30,090 $ 28,052
=========================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
-------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Capital and surplus as reported in the accompanying
statutory basis financial statements $ 163,834 $ 146,027
Adjustments to customer deposits (169,041) (167,158)
Adjustments to invested asset carrying values at acquisition date (15,580) (18,541)
Asset valuation reserve and interest maintenance reserve 81,246 82,941
Value of insurance in force 85,352 91,202
Goodwill 6,826 7,090
Deferred policy acquisition costs 54,354 43,318
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (9,211) 24,127
Other 8,238 7,127
-------------------------
Shareholder's equity, GAAP basis $ 206,018 $ 216,133
=========================
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Other significant accounting practices are as follows:
Investments
Bonds, preferred stocks, common stocks, and short-term investments are stated at
values prescribed by the NAIC, as follows:
Bonds and short-term investments are reported at cost or amortized cost. The
discount or premium on bonds is amortized using the interest method. For loan-
backed bonds, anticipated prepayments are considered when determining the
amortization of discount or premium.
Prepayment assumptions for loan-backed bonds and structured securities are
obtained from broker-dealer survey values or internal estimates. These
assumptions are consistent with the current interest rate and economic
environment. The retrospective adjustment method is used to value all such
securities.
Preferred stocks are reported at cost.
The Company's investment in its insurance subsidiary is reported at the equity
in the underlying statutory basis of National Integrity's net assets. Changes
in the admitted asset carrying amount of the investment are credited or
charged directly to unassigned surplus.
Short-term investments include investments with maturities of less than one
year at the date of acquisition.
Mortgage loans and policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances.
Realized capital gains and losses are determined using the specific
identification method.
Benefits
Life and annuity reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined
based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and
valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater
than or equal to the minimum or guaranteed policy cash values or the amounts
required by the Ohio Department of
14
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Insurance. The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon the
death of life and annuity policy insureds and does not return any premium beyond
the date of death. Surrender values on policies do not exceed the corresponding
benefit reserve. Policies issued subject to multiple table substandard extra
premiums are valued on the standard reserve basis which recognizes the non-level
incidence of the excess mortality costs. Additional reserves are established
when the results of cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios
indicate the need for such reserves.
Tabular interest, tabular less actual reserve released, and tabular cost have
been determined by formula as prescribed by the NAIC.
Reinsurance
Reinsurance premiums, benefits and expenses are accounted for on bases
consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and
the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums, benefits and expenses, and the
reserves for policy and contract liabilities are reported net, rather than
gross, of reinsured amounts.
Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying balance
sheets represent funds that are separately administered, principally for
variable annuity contracts. Separate accounts assets are reported at market
value. Surrender charges collectible by the general account in the event of
variable policy surrenders are reported as a negative liability rather than an
asset pursuant to prescribed NAIC accounting practices. The operations of the
separate accounts are not included in the accompanying financial statements,
except for separate accounts with guarantees. Fees charged on separate accounts
policyholder deposits are included in other revenues.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in compliance with statutory accounting
practices requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
15
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the
presentation of the 1996 financial statements. These reclassifications resulted
in an immaterial increase in prior year net income and had no effect on
previously reported surplus.
2. Permitted Statutory Accounting Practices
The Company's statutory basis financial statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of
Insurance. "Prescribed" statutory accounting practices include state laws,
regulations, and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of
publications of the NAIC. "Permitted" statutory accounting practices encompass
all accounting practices that are not prescribed; such practices may differ from
state to state, may differ from company to company within a state, and may
change in the future. The NAIC currently is in the process of recodifying
statutory accounting practices, the result of which is expected to constitute
the only source of "prescribed" statutory accounting practices. Accordingly,
that project, which is expected to be effective for 1999, will likely change, to
some extent, prescribed statutory accounting practices, and may result in
changes to the accounting practices that the Company uses to prepare its
statutory financial statements. Although the recodification project is meant to
be surplus neutral, there is not enough available information for the industry
to assess the impact of such project.
16
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments
The cost or amortized cost and the fair value of investments in bonds are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 226,928 $ 778 $ 1,343 $ 226,363
States and political subdivisions 4,045 121 - 4,166
Foreign governments 39,336 160 296 39,200
Public utilities 120,513 1,204 1,084 120,633
Other corporate securities 626,219 4,111 18,657 611,673
Asset-backed securities 282,903 - - 282,903
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 - 170 1,182,278
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $2,482,392 $6,374 $21,550 $2,467,216
=============================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations
of U.S. government agencies $ 187,867 $ 3,089 $ 71 $ 190,885
States and political subdivisions 9,193 495 - 9,688
Foreign governments 60,881 433 577 60,737
Public utilities 76,388 3,822 2 80,208
Other corporate securities 577,088 15,845 8,103 584,830
Asset-backed securities 109,480 - - 109,480
Mortgage-backed securities 734,339 52 1 734,390
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total bonds $1,755,236 $23,736 $ 8,754 $1,770,218
=============================================================
</TABLE>
Fair values are based on published quotations of the Securities Valuation Office
of the NAIC. Fair values generally represent quoted market value prices for
securities traded in
17
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
the public marketplace, or analytically determined values using bid or closing
prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. However, for certain
investments for which the NAIC does not provide a value, the Company uses the
amortized cost amount as a substitute for fair value in accordance with
prescribed guidance. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the fair value of
investments in bonds includes $1,853,618,000 and $646,393,000, respectively, of
bonds that were valued at amortized cost.
A summary of the cost or amortized cost and fair value of the Company's
investments in bonds at December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity, is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cost or
Amortized Fair
Cost Value
--------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Years to maturity:
One or less $ 24,891 $ 24,783
After one through five 164,212 160,461
After five through ten 209,202 203,861
After ten 618,737 612,931
Asset-backed securities 282,902 282,902
Mortgage-backed securities 1,182,448 1,182,278
--------------------------
Total $2,482,392 $2,467,216
==========================
</TABLE>
The expected maturities in the foregoing table may differ from the contractual
maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties and because asset-
backed and mortgage-backed securities (including floating-rate securities)
provide for periodic payments throughout their life.
Proceeds from the sales of investments in bonds during 1996 and 1995 were
$1,435,801,000 and $912,298,000; gross gains of $26,178,000 and $21,015,000, and
gross losses of $14,430,000 and $10,561,000 were realized on those sales,
respectively.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, bonds with an admitted asset value of $7,693,000
and $24,192,000, respectively, were on deposit with state insurance departments
to satisfy regulatory requirements.
18
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Unrealized gains and losses on investment in subsidiary are reported directly in
surplus and do not affect operations. The gross unrealized gains and losses on,
and the cost and fair value of, the investment are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subsidiary $17,823 $30,449 $ - $48,272
=====================================================
At December 31, 1995:
Subsidiary $17,823 $21,316 $ - $39,139
=====================================================
</TABLE>
The Company has made no new investments in mortgage loans during 1996. The
maximum percentage of any one loan to the value of the security at the time of
the loan exclusive of any purchase money mortgages is 75%. Fire insurance at
least equal to the excess of the loan over the maximum loan which would be
permitted by law on the land without the buildings is required on all properties
covered by mortgage loans. As of year-end the Company held no mortgages with
interest more than one year past due. During 1996, no interest rates of
outstanding mortgage loans were reduced. No amounts have been advanced by the
Company.
In connection with the change in control of the Company during 1993, National
Mutual agreed to indemnify the Company pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated
November 26, 1993, with respect to (i) principal (up to 100%) of the Company's
mortgage loans' statutory book value as of December 31, 1992 and (ii)
contractual interest payments (based on the original principal amount) of all
acquired commercial and agricultural mortgage loans. In support of its
indemnification obligations, National Mutual has placed $23.0 million into
escrow in favor of the Company and National Integrity until the mortgage loans
have been repaid in full.
19
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
3. Investments (continued)
Major categories of the Company's net investment income are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Income:
Bonds $158,724 $138,791
Preferred stocks 3,626 680
Mortgage loans 3,703 7,140
Real estate 218 118
Policy loans 6,729 6,150
Short-term investments and cash 3,849 3,696
Other investment income 168 911
--------------------
Total investment income 177,017 157,486
Investment expenses (5,206) (5,121)
--------------------
Net investment income $171,811 $152,365
====================
</TABLE>
4. Reinsurance
Consistent with prudent business practices and the general practice of the
insurance industry, the Company reinsures risks under certain of its insurance
products with other insurance companies through reinsurance agreements. Through
these reinsurance agreements, substantially all mortality risks associated with
single premium endowment and variable annuity deposits and substantially all
risks associated with variable life business have been reinsured with non-
affiliated insurance companies. A contingent liability exists with respect to
insurance ceded which would become a liability should the reinsurer be unable to
meet the obligations assumed under these reinsurance agreements.
The Company purchased guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") deposits totaling
$358,339,000 from National Integrity as of June 30, 1996. Beginning April 1,
1996 and
20
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
4. Reinsurance (continued)
through December 31, 1996, the Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits
through a 50% coinsurance agreement with General American Life Insurance
Company.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums and amounts earned is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Direct premiums and amounts
assessed against policyholders $241,442 $248,906
Reinsurance assumed 521,067 7,497
Reinsurance ceded (16,915) (9,713)
---------------------
Net premiums and amounts earned $745,594 $246,690
=====================
</TABLE>
5. Federal Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated return with National Integrity. The method of
allocation between the companies is based on separate return calculations after
consolidated losses and credits.
Income before income taxes differs from taxable income principally due to value
of insurance in force, interest maintenance reserves, and differences in policy
and contract liabilities and investment income for tax and financial reporting
purposes.
The current year and prior year tax provisions were calculated including
consolidated net operating loss carryover benefits of $14,164,000 and
$14,084,000, respectively.
The Company had a net operating loss carryforward of approximately $7.0 million
at December 31, 1995 expiring in the years 2005 to 2007. The filing of amended
1993 and 1994 consolidated federal returns generated additional consolidated net
operating losses of $7.2 million, which were fully utilized in the current year
provision.
Federal income tax regulations allowed certain special deductions for 1983 and
prior years which are accumulated in a memorandum tax account designated as
"policyholders' surplus". Generally, this policyholders' surplus account will
become subject to tax at the
21
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
5. Federal Income Taxes (continued)
then-current rates only if the accumulated balance exceeds certain maximum
limitations or if certain cash distributions are deemed to be paid out of the
account. At December 31, 1996, the Company's accumulated separate policyholders'
surplus account balance was approximately $1,739,000, which the Company obtained
as a result of the SBM Life merger at December 31, 1995. The Company has no
plans to distribute amounts from the policyholders' surplus account, and no
further additions to the account are allowed by the Tax Reform Act of 1984.
6. Surplus
Dividends that ARM may receive from the Company in any year without prior
approval of the Ohio Insurance Director are limited by statute to the greater of
(i) 10% of the Company's statutory capital and surplus as of the preceding
December 31, and (ii) the Company's statutory net income for the preceding year.
The maximum dividend payments that may be made by the Company to ARM during 1997
are $26,042,000.
Under New York insurance laws, National Integrity may pay dividends to Integrity
only out of its earnings and surplus, subject to at least thirty days' prior
notice to the New York Insurance Superintendent and no disapproval from the
Superintendent prior to the date of such dividend. The Superintendent may
disapprove a proposed dividend if the Superintendent finds that the financial
condition of National Integrity does not warrant such distribution.
The NAIC adopted Risk-Based Capital ("RBC") requirements which became effective
December 31, 1993, that attempt to evaluate the adequacy of a life insurance
company's adjusted statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment,
insurance and other business risks. The RBC formula will be used by the states
as an early warning tool to identify possible under-capitalized companies for
the purpose of initiating regulatory action and is not designed to be a basis
for ranking the financial strength of insurance companies. In addition, the
formula defines a new minimum capital standard which supplements the previous
system of low fixed minimum capital and surplus requirements. The RBC
requirements provide for four different levels of regulatory attention depending
on the ratio of the company's adjusted capital and surplus to its RBC. As of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, the adjusted capital and surplus of the Company is
substantially in excess of the minimum level of RBC that would require
regulatory response.
22
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
7. Annuity Reserves
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's annuity reserves, including
separate accounts, and deposit fund liabilities that are subject to
discretionary withdrawal (with adjustment), subject to discretionary withdrawal
without adjustment, and not subject to discretionary withdrawal provisions are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1996:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 121,549 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 263,726 8.7
At market value 543,906 18.1
Total with adjustment or at market --------------------
value 929,181 30.8
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or
adjustment 1,520,259 50.5
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 561,616 18.7
--------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 3,011,056 100.0%
======
Less reinsurance ceded 44,653
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,966,403
==========
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis)(continued)
7. Annuity Reserves (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Percent
--------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
At December 31, 1995:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ 81,678 4.0%
At book value less current surrender
charge of 5% or more 371,396 18.0
At market value 404,273 19.5
-------------------
Total with adjustment or at market
value 857,347 41.5
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(without adjustment) at book value
with minimal or no charge or adjustment 664,997 32.2
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal 542,014 26.3
-------------------
Total annuity reserves and deposit
fund liabilities-before reinsurance 2,064,358 100.0%
=====
Less reinsurance ceded 62,808
----------
Net annuity reserves and deposit fund
liabilities $2,001,550
==========
</TABLE>
The Company's insurance and annuity reserves (net of reinsurance) increased in
1996 by 48.2%, from $2,001,550,000 at December 31, 1995 to $2,966,403,000 at
December 31, 1996. Beginning April 1, 1996 and through December 31, 1996, the
Company assumed $507,934,000 in GIC deposits through a 50% coinsurance agreement
and purchased $358,339,000 in GIC deposits from National Integrity as of
June 30, 1996.
8. Separate Accounts
Separate accounts assets and liabilities represent funds segregated for the
benefit of variable annuity, certain fixed annuity and variable life
policyholders who generally bear the investment risk (mutual fund options), or
for certain policyholders who are
24
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
guaranteed a fixed rate of return (guaranteed rate options). Assets held in
separate accounts are carried at estimated fair values.
Information regarding the separate accounts of the Company as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
-------------------------
Nonindexed Nonguaranteed
Guaranteed Separate
Indexed More than 4% Accounts Total
----------------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Premiums, deposits and other
considerations $15,499 $ 57,823 $126,770 $200,092
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts with
assets at fair value $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
Reserves for separate accounts by
withdrawal characteristics:
Subject to discretionary withdrawal
(with adjustment):
With market value adjustment $ - $121,549 $ - $121,549
At book value without market value
adjustment and with current
surrender charge of 5% or more - 8,244 - 8,244
At market value 183 - 571,880 572,063
----------------------------------------------------------
183 129,793 571,880 701,856
Not subject to discretionary
withdrawal 13,593 - - 13,593
----------------------------------------------------------
Total separate accounts reserves $13,776 $129,793 $571,880 $715,449
==========================================================
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
8. Separate Accounts (continued)
A reconciliation of the amounts transferred to and from the separate accounts
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-----------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Separate Accounts
Statement:
Transfers to separate accounts $200,092 $129,830
Transfers from separate accounts (71,356) (43,344)
-----------------------
Net transfers to separate accounts 128,736 86,486
Reconciling adjustments:
Mortality and expense charges reported
as other revenues 6,977 4,726
Policy deductions reported as other
revenues 1,857 1,605
-----------------------
Transfers as reported in the Summary of
Operations of the Life, Accident and
Health Annual Statement $137,570 $ 92,817
=======================
</TABLE>
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value
information about all financial instruments, including insurance liabilities
classified as investment contracts, unless specifically exempted. The fair value
of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a
forced or liquidation sale. In cases where quoted market prices are not
available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other
valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the
assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash
flows. Accordingly, the aggregate
26
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value
of such instruments. For financial instruments not separately disclosed below,
the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 December 31, 1995
-----------------------------------------------------
Carrying Carrying
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value
-----------------------------------------------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Bonds $2,482,392 $2,552,022 $1,755,236 $1,797,097
Preferred stocks 42,234 43,550 7,604 8,623
Mortgage loans 32,946 32,946 38,612 38,612
Liabilities:
Life and annuity reserves for
investment-type contracts $2,279,832 $2,297,739 $1,490,606 $1,571,032
Separate accounts annuity reserves 687,292 686,518 485,951 484,406
</TABLE>
Bonds and Preferred Stocks
Fair values for bonds and preferred stocks are based on quoted market prices,
where available. For bonds and preferred stocks for which a quoted market price
is not available, fair values are estimated using internally calculated
estimates or quoted market prices of comparable investments.
Mortgage Loans
Pursuant to the terms of ARM's acquisition of the Company, payments of principal
and interest on mortgage loans acquired on November 26, 1993 are guaranteed by
National Mutual. Principal received in excess of statutory book value is to be
returned to National Mutual. Accordingly, book value is deemed to be fair value.
27
<PAGE>
Integrity Life Insurance Company
Notes to Financial Statements (Statutory Basis) (continued)
9. Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
Life and Annuity Reserves for Investment-Type Contracts
The fair value of single premium immediate annuities is based on discounted
cash flow calculations using a market yield rate for assets with similar
durations. The fair value of the remaining annuities is primarily based on the
cash surrender values of the underlying policies.
Separate Accounts Annuity Reserves
The fair value of separate accounts annuity reserves for investment-type
products equals the cash surrender values.
10. Related Party Transactions
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company entered into an Administrative Services
Agreement with ARM. ARM performs certain administrative and special services for
the Company to assist with its business operations. The services include
policyholder services; accounting, tax and auditing; underwriting; marketing and
product development; functional support services; payroll functions; personnel
functions; administrative support services; and investment functions. During
1996 and 1995, the Company was charged $13,823,000 and $9,691,000, respectively,
for these services in accordance with the requirements of applicable insurance
law and regulations.
In connection with ARM's acquisition of the Company in 1993, ARM obtained a Term
Loan Facility Agreement in the principal amount of $40.0 million. The loan
amount is secured by a pledge of the shares of common stock of Integrity.
28
<PAGE>
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
-----------------
Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits
---------------------------------
(a) Financial Statements included in Part A:
----------------------------------------
Part 1 - Financial Information
Financial Statements included in Part B:
----------------------------------------
Separate Account I:
-------------------
Report of Independent Auditors
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1996
Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1996
Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended December 31, 1996
and 1995
Notes to Financial Statements
Integrity Life Insurance Company:
---------------------------------
Report of Independent Auditors
Balance Sheets (Statutory Basis) as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
Statements of Operations (Statutory Basis) for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus (Statutory Basis) for the
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
Statements of Cash Flows (Statutory Basis) for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995
Notes to Financial Statements
(b) Exhibits:
---------
The following exhibits are filed herewith:
1. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Integrity Life Insurance
Company (Integrity) authorizing the establishment of Separate Account
I, the Registrant. Incorporated by reference from Registrant's Form
N-4 registration statement (File No. 33-8903), filed on September 19,
1986.
2. Not applicable.
3.(a) Form of Selling/General Agent Agreement between Integrity and broker
dealers. Incorporated by reference from post-effective amendment no.
5 to Registrant's Form N-4 registration statement (File No. 33-8903),
filed on February 28, 1992.
3.(b) Form of Variable Contract Principal Underwriter Agreement with ARM
Securities Corporation. Incorporated by reference from Registrant's
Form N-4 registration statement (File No. 33-56654), filed on May 1,
1996.
4.(a) Form of trust agreement. Incorporated by reference from Registrant's
Form N-4 registration statement (File No. 33-51268), filed on August
24, 1992.
<PAGE>
4.(b) Form of group variable annuity contract. Incorporated by reference
from pre-effective amendment no. 1 to Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-51268), filed on November 9,
1992.
4.(c) Form of variable annuity certificate. Incorporated by reference from
Registrant's Form S-1 registration statement (File No. 33-51270),
filed on August 24, 1992.
4.(d) Forms of riders to certificate for qualified plans. Incorporated by
reference from pre-effective amendment no. 1 to Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-51268), filed on November 9,
1992.
4.(e) Form of individual variable annuity contract. Incorporated by
reference to pre-effective amendment no. 1 to Registrant's Form S-1
registration statement (File No. 33-51270), filed on November 10,
1992.
4.(f) Form of rider for use in certain states eliminating the Guarantee
Period Options. Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement filed on December 31, 1992.
4.(g) Alternate form of variable annuity contract for use in certain
states. Incorporated by reference from Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-56654), filed on May 1, 1996.
5. Form of application. Incorporated by reference to Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-56658), filed on December 31,
1992.
6.(a) Certificate of Incorporation of Integrity. Incorporated by reference
to post-effective amendment no. 4 to Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-56654), filed on April 28, 1995.
6.(b) By-Laws of Integrity. Incorporated by reference to post-effective
amendment no. 4 to Registrant's Form N-4 registration statement (File
No. 33-56654), filed on April 28, 1995.
7. Reinsurance Agreement between Integrity and Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company (CIGNA) effective January 1, 1995. Incorporated by
reference from Registrant's Form N-4 registration statement (File No.
33-56654), filed on May 1, 1996.
8.(a) Participation Agreement Among Variable Insurance Products Fund,
Fidelity Distributors Corporation ("FDC") and Integrity, dated
November 20, 1990. Incorporated by reference from post-effective
amendment no. 5 to Registrant's Form N-4 registration statement (File
No. 33-8903), filed on February 28, 1992.
8.(b) Participation Agreement Among Variable Insurance Products Fund II,
FDC and Integrity, dated November 20, 1990. Incorporated by reference
from post-effective amendment no. 5 to Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-8903), filed on February 28,
1992.
8.(c) Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreements Among Variable Insurance
Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, FDC, and
Integrity. Incorporated by reference from Registrant's Form N-4
registration statement (File No. 33-56654), filed on May 1, 1996.
2
<PAGE>
8.(d) Participation Agreement Among Variable Insurance Products Fund III,
FDC and Integrity, dated February 1, 1997 (filed herewith).
9. Opinion and Consent of Kevin L. Howard (filed herewith).
10. Consents of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).
11. Not applicable.
12. Not applicable.
13. Schedule for computation of performance quotations. Incorporated by
reference from Registrant's Form N-4 registration statement (File No.
33-56654), filed on May 1, 1996.
14. Not applicable.
3
<PAGE>
Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor
---------------------------------------
Set forth below is information regarding the directors and principal
officers of Integrity, the Depositor:
Directors:
- ----------
Name and Principal Business Address Position and Offices with Depositor
- ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Mark A. Adkins Director and Operations Control Officer
Integrity Life Insurance Company
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, OH 43085
Kathleen M. Bryan Director and Operations Officer
Integrity Life Insurance Company
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, OH 43085
Wilda Gay Clay Director
Integrity Life Insurance Company
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, OH 43085
John Franco Director, Co-Chairman of the Board and
Integrity Life Insurance Company Co-Chief Executive Officer
515 West Market Street
Louisville, KY 40202
William H. Guth Director and Product Administration Officer
Integrity Life Insurance Company
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, OH 43085
Mark W. Murphy Director
Integrity Life Insurance Company
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, OH 43085
Martin H. Ruby Director, Co-Chairman of the Board and Co-
Integrity Life Insurance Company Chief Executive Officer
515 West Market Street
Louisville, KY 40202
Emad A. Zikry Director and Executive Vice President-Chief
ARM Capital Advisors, Inc. Investment Officer
200 Park Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10166
4
<PAGE>
Selected Officers: (The business address for each of the principal officers
listed below is 515 West Market Street, Louisville,
Kentucky 40202.)
Name and Principal Business Address Position and Offices with Depositor
- ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
John R. Lindholm President
Robert H. Scott Executive Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
Dennis L. Carr Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
David E. Ferguson Executive Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer
Edward L. Zeman Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
John R. McGeeney Executive Vice President-Retail Business
Division
Daniel R. Gattis Executive Vice President-Institutional
Business Group
Rose M. Culbertson Tax Officer
Peter S. Resnik Treasurer
Barry G. Ward Controller
Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Integrity or
---------------------------------------------------------------
Registrant
----------
Integrity, the depositor of Separate Account I, is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Integrity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation which is a
holding company engaged in no active business. Integrity owns 100% of stock of
National Integrity Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance
corporation. All outstanding shares of Integrity Holdings, Inc. are owned by ARM
Financial Group, Inc. (ARM), a Delaware corporation which is a financial
services company focusing on the long-term savings and retirement marketplace by
providing retail and institutional products and services throughout the United
States. ARM owns 100% of the stock of (i) ARM Securities Corporation (ARM
Securities), a Minnesota corporation, registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer
and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) ARM
Capital Advisors, Inc., a New York corporation registered with the SEC as an
investment adviser, (iii) SBM Certificate Company, a Minnesota corporation
registered with the SEC as an issuer of face-amount certificates, and (iv) ARM
Transfer Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation registered with the SEC as a
transfer and dividend disbursing agency. Approximately 91% of the outstanding
voting stock of ARM is owned by The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II,
L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, L.P., Morgan Stanley Capital
Investors, L.P., and MSCP III 892 Investors, L.P., each of which is a Delaware
limited partnership (collectively, the MSCP Funds). The MSCP Funds are private
equity funds sponsored by Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
that, through its subsidiaries, provides a wide range of financial services on a
global basis(Morgan Stanley). The general partner of each of the MSCP Funds is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley. Oldarm Limited Partnership, a
Kentucky limited partnership, New ARM, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability
company, and certain current and former employees and management of ARM own in
the aggregate approximately 9% of the voting stock of ARM.
No person has the direct or indirect power to control Morgan Stanley
except insofar as he or she may have such power by virtue of his or her capacity
as a director or executive officer thereof. Morgan Stanley is publicly held; no
individual beneficially owns more than 5% of the common shares; however,
approximately 31% of such shares are subject to a stockholders' agreement or
voting agreement among certain current and former principals and employees of
Morgan Stanley and its predecessor.
5
<PAGE>
The following is a complete list of the subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley. All
subsidiaries are wholly owned by their immediate parent company and are
incorporated in Delaware, except where noted otherwise in parentheses.
MORGAN STANLEY GROUP INC.
- -------------------------
Fourth Street Development Co. Incorporated
Fourth Street Ltd.
Jolter Investments Inc.
Morgan Rundle Inc.
MR Ventures Inc.
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital Inc.
Morgan Stanley Advisory Partnership Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asset Management (CPO) Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asset Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asset Management Holdings Inc.
*Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP (Pennsylvania)
Morgan Stanley Baseball, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital I Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital (Jersey) Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc.
Morgan Stanley Commercial Mortgage Capital, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Commodities Management, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc.
Morgan Stanley Developing Country Debt II, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Inc.
Morgan Stanley Equity (C.I.) Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley Equity Investors Inc.
Morgan Stanley Finance (Jersey) Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley Global Emerging Markets, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Insurance Agency Inc.
Morgan Stanley (Jersey) Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley LEF I, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Leveraged Capital Fund Inc.
Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Capital Partners Asia Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Holdings Inc.
Morgan Stanley Market Products Inc.
Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. (New York)
Morgan Stanley Overseas Finance Ltd. (Caymen Islands)
Morgan Stanley Overseas Services (Jersey) Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund, Inc.
MSREF I, L.L.C.
MSREF I-CO, L.L.C.
Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investment Management II, Inc.
MSREF II-CO, L.L.C.
Morgan Stanley Realty Incorporated
Brooks Harvey & Co., Inc.
Morgan Stanley Realty of California Inc. (California)
Morgan Stanley Realty of Illinois Inc.
Brooks Harvey of Florida, Inc. (Florida)
Brooks Harvey & Co. of Hawaii, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Realty Japan Ltd. (Japan)
BH-MS Realty Inc.
BH-MS Leasing Inc.
BH-Sartell Inc.
6
<PAGE>
The Morgan Stanley Scholarship Fund, Inc. (Not-for-Profit)
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Services Inc.
Morgan Stanley Technical Services Inc.
Morgan Stanley Technical Services MB/VC Inc.
Morgan Stanley Trust Company (New York)
Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Inc.
Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Venture Capital III, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Ventures Inc.
Morstan Development Company, Inc.
Moranta, Inc. (Georgia)
Porstan Development Company, Inc. (Oregon)
MS 10020, Inc.
MS 10036, Inc.
MS Financing Inc.
Morgan Stanley 750 Building Corp.
MS Tokyo Properties Ltd. (Japan)
MS Holdings Incorporated
MS Venture Capital (Japan) Inc.
MSAM Holdings II, Inc.
VK/AC Holding, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital, Inc.
ACCESS Investor Services, Inc.
Advantage Capital Credit Services, Inc.
American Capital Contractual Services, Inc. (New York)
Van Kampen American Capital Advisors, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Asset Management, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Exchange Corp. (California)
Van Kampen American Capital Insurance Agency of Illinois, Inc.
(Illinois)
Van Kampen American Capital Investment Advisory Corp.
Van Kampen American Capital Management, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Recordkeeping Services, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Services, Inc.
Van Kampen American Capital Trust Company (Texas)
Van Kampen Merritt Equity Holdings Corp.
Van Kampen Merritt Equity Advisors Corp.
VKAC Cayman Limited (Cayman Islands)
VK/AC System, Inc.
MSBF Inc.
MSCP III Holdings, Inc.
MSIT Holdings, Inc.
MSPL Co. Inc.
MSREF II, Inc.
MSREF II, L.L.C.
MSUH Holdings I, Inc.
MSUH Holdings II, Inc.
MS SP Urban Horizons, Inc.
MS Urban Horizons, Inc.
PG Holdings, Inc.
PG Investors, Inc.
PG Investors II, Inc.
Pierpont Power, Inc. (New York)
Romley Computer Leasing Inc.
Strategic Investments I, Inc.
7
<PAGE>
THE MORGAN STANLEY LEVERAGED EQUITY FUND II, L.P.
- -------------------------------------------------
(The general partner of which is Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II, Inc.)
American Italian Pasta Company
Amerin Corporation
Amerin Guaranty Corporation
ARM Financial Group, Inc.
CIMIC Holdings Limited
Consolidated Hydro, Inc.
Fort Howard Corporation
Hamilton Services Limited
PageMart Nationwide, Inc.
PSF Finance L.P.
Premium Standard Forms, Inc.
Container Corporation of America
Risk Management Solutions
Silgan Holding Inc.
Silgan Corporation
Sullivan Holdings Inc.
Sullivan Communications, Inc.
Sullivan Graphics, Inc.
MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
- -----------------------------------------
(The general partner of the general partner which is Morgan Stanley Capital
Partners III, Inc.)
ARM Financial Group, Inc.
CSG Systems International, Inc.
The Compucare Company
Highlands Gas Corporation
ECO II Holdings
PSF Finance, L.P.
Premium Standard Forms, Inc.
Nokia Aluminum
SITA Telecommunications Holdings, N.V.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
- ---------------------------------
(100% owned by Morgan Stanley Group Inc.)
Morgan Stanley Flexible Agreements Inc.
MS Securities Services Inc.
Prime Dealer Services Corp.
MORGAN STANLEY INTERNATIONAL INCORPORATED
- -----------------------------------------
(100% owned by Morgan Stanley Group Inc.)
Bank Morgan Stanley AG (Switzerland)
Morgan Stanley AOZT (Russia)
Morgan Stanley Asia (China) Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings I Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings II Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings III Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings IV Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings V Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Holdings VI Inc.
Morgan Stanley Asia Pacific (Holdings) Limited (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley Asia Regional (Holdings) I LLC (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley Asia Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Futures (Hong Kong) Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Hong Kong Securities Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Pacific Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley Asia Regional (Holdings) II LLC (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley Asia Regional (Holdings) III LLC (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley Japan Limited (Hong Kong)
8
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley Asia Pacific (Holdings) I Limited (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley Asia (Taiwan) Ltd. (Republic of China)
Morgan Stanley Asset & Investment Trust Management Co., Limited (Japan)
Morgan Stanley Australia Limited (Australia)
Morgan Stanley Bank Luxembourg S.A. (Luxembourg)
Morgan Stanley Canada Limited (Canada)
Morgan Stanley Capital SA (France)
Morgan Stanley Capital (Luxembourg) S.A. (Luxembourg)
Morgan Stanley Financial Services Beteiligungs GmbH (Germany)
Morgan Stanley Financial Services GmbH & Co. KG (Germany)
Morgan Stanley Group (Europe) Plc (England)
Morgan Stanley Asset Management Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley (Europe) Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Finance plc (England)
Morgan Stanley Properties Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Property Management (UK) Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Services (UK) Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley UK Group (England)
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley International Nominees Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Securities Limited (England)
Morstan Nominees Limited (England)
MS Leasing UK Limited (England)
Morgan Stanley Holding (Deutschland) GmbH (Germany)
Morgan Stanley Bank AG (Germany)
Morgan Stanley Hong Kong Nominees Limited (Hong Kong)
Morgan Stanley International Insurance Ltd. (Bermuda)
Morgan Stanley Latin America Incorporated
Morgan Stanley Administadora de Carteiras Ltda. (Brazil)
Morgan Stanley do Brasil Limitada (Brazil)
MS Carbocol Advisors Incorporated
Morgan Stanley Mauritius Company Limited (Mauritius)
***Morgan Stanley Asset Management India Private Limited (India)
***Morgan Stanley India Securities Private Limited (India)
Morgan Stanley India Private Limited (India)
Morgan Stanley Offshore Investment Company Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley S.A. (France)
Morgan Stanley SICAV Management S.A. (Luxembourg)
Morgan Stanley South Africa (Pty) Limited (South Africa)
Morgan Stanley SPV I (Cayman Islands) LLC (Cayman Islands)
Farlington Corporation (Ireland)
Morgan Stanley SPV II (Cayman Islands) LLC (Cayman Islands)
Morgan Stanley (Structured Products) Jersey Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands)
Morgan Stanley Wertpapiere GmbH (Germany)
MS Italy (Holdings) Inc.
Banca Morgan Stanley SpA (Italy)
MS LDC, Ltd.
MSAM/Kokusai (Cayman Islands), Inc. (Cayman Islands)
MSL Incorporated
___________________________
* 95% owned by Morgan Stanley Asset Management Holdings Inc., 3% owned by MSL
Incorporated and 2% owned by MS Holdings Incorporated.
** 25% owned by Morgan Stanley Asia Pacific (Holdings) I Limited.
*** 25% owned by non-Morgan Stanley entities.
9
<PAGE>
Item 27. Number of Contract Owners
-------------------------
As of March 31, 1997 there were 8,807 contract owners of GrandMaster II,
113 contract owners of GrandMaster III, and no contract owners of IQ The
SmartAnnuity of Separate Account I of Integrity.
Item 28. Indemnification
---------------
By-Laws of Integrity. Integrity's By-Laws provide, in Article V, as follows:
- ---------------------
Section 5.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Incorporators. To the extent permitted by the laws of the State of Ohio,
subject to all applicable requirements thereof:
(a) The Corporation shall indemnify or agree to indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened,
pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in
the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a
Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, trustee, officer,
employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, non-profit
or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
against expenses, including attorney's fees, judgements, fines, and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did
not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that
his conduct was unlawful.
(b) The Corporation shall indemnify or agree to indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was
a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, trustee, officer,
employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, non-profit
or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
against expenses, including attorney's fees, actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect to any of the
following:
(1) Any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person is adjudged
to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his
duty to the Corporation unless, and only to the extent the court of
common pleas or the court in which such action or suit was brought
determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability, but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as
the court of common pleas or such other court shall deem proper;
(2) Any action of suit in which the only liability asserted against a
Director is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code.
(c) To the extent that a Director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent
has been successful in the merits or otherwise in defense of any action,
suit, or proceeding referred to in division (a) and (b) of this Article,
or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be
indemnified against expenses, including attorney's fees, actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit, or
proceeding.
10
<PAGE>
(d) Any indemnification under divisions (a) and (b) of this Article,
unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon the determination that
indemnification of the Director, officer, employee, or agent is proper in
the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct
set forth in divisions (a) and (b) of this Article. Such determination
shall be made as follows:
(1) By a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors of the
Corporation who were not and are not parties to or threatened with any
such action, suit, or proceeding;
(2) If the quorum described in division (d)(1) of this Article is not
obtainable or if a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested
Directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal
counsel other than an attorney, or a firm having associated with it an
attorney, who has been retained by or who has performed services for
the Corporation or any person to be indemnified within the past five
years;
(3) By the Shareholders; or
(4) By the court of common pleas or the court in which such action,
suit or proceeding was brought.
Any determination made by the disinterested Directors under Article (d)(1)
or by independent legal counsel under Article (d)(2) shall be promptly
communicated to the person who threatened or brought the action or suit by
in the right of the Corporation under (b) of this Article, and within ten
days after receipt of such notification, such person shall have the right
to petition the court of common pleas or the court in which such action or
suit was brought to review the reasonableness of such determination.
(e)(1) Expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by a Director in
defending the action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation
as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of the action,
suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Director in which he agrees to do both of the following:
(i) Repay such amount if it is proved by clear and convincing
evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or
failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate
intent to cause injury to the Corporation or undertaken with reckless
disregard for the best interests of the Corporation;
(ii) Reasonably cooperate with the Corporation concerning the action,
suit or proceeding.
(2) Expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by a Director, officer,
employee, or agent in defending any action, suit, or proceeding referred
to in divisions (a) and (b) of this Article, may be paid by the
Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of
the action, suit, or proceeding as authorized by the Directors in the
specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Director, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount, if it
ultimately is determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation.
(f) The indemnification authorized by this section shall not be exclusive
of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights granted to those seeking
indemnification under the Articles or the Regulations for any agreement,
vote of Shareholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to
action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to
be a Director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.
(g) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish
similar protection, including but not limited to trust funds, letters of
credit, or self insurance, on behalf of or for any person who is or was a
Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or
11
<PAGE>
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer,
employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, non-profit
or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability
under this section. Insurance may be purchased from or maintained with a
person in which the Corporation has a financial interest.
By-Laws of ARM Securities. ARM Securities' By-Laws provide, in Sections 4.01
- -------------------------- and 4.02, as follows:
Section 4.01 Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify its
officers and directors for such expenses and liabilities, in such manner, under
such circumstances, and to such extent, as required or permitted by Minnesota
Statutes, Section 302A.521, as amended from time to time, or as required or
permitted by other provisions of law.
Section 4.02 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person in such person's official capacity against any
liability asserted against and incurred by such person in or arising from that
capacity, whether or not the Corporation would otherwise be required to
indemnify the person against the liability.
Insurance. The directors and officers of Integrity and ARM Securities are
insured under a policy issued by National Union. The total annual limit on such
policy is $10 million, and the policy insures the officers and directors against
certain liabilities arising out of their conduct in such capacities.
Agreements. Integrity and ARM Securities, including each director, officer and
controlling person of Integrity and ARM Securities, are entitled to
indemnification against certain liabilities as described in Sections 5.2, 5.3
and 5.5 of the Selling/General Agent Agreement and Section 9 of the Form of
Variable Contract Principal Underwriter Agreement incorporated as Exhibit 3 to
this Registration Statement. Those sections are incorporated by reference into
this response. In addition, Integrity and ARM Securities, including each
director, officer and controlling person of Integrity and ARM Securities, are
entitled to indemnification against certain liabilities as described in Article
VIII of the Participation Agreements incorporated as Exhibits 8(a), 8(b) and
8(c) to this Registration Statement. That article is incorporated by reference
into this response. Certain officers and directors of Integrity are officers and
directors of ARM Securities (see Item 25 and Item 29 of this Part C).
Undertaking. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 29. Principal Underwriters
----------------------
(a) ARM Securities is the principal underwriter for Separate Account I.
ARM Securities also serves as an underwriter for Separate Account II of
Integrity, Separate Accounts I and II of National Integrity Life Insurance
Company, and The Legends Fund, Inc. Integrity is the Depositor of Separate
Accounts I, II and VUL.
12
<PAGE>
(b) The names and business addresses of the officers and directors of,
and their positions with, ARM Securities are as follows:
Name and Principal Business Address Position and Offices with ARM Securities
- ----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Edward J. Haines Director and President
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
John R. McGeeney Director, Secretary, General Counsel and
515 West Market Street Compliance Officer
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Peter S. Resnik Treasurer
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Walter W. Balek Vice President
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, Ohio 43085
Dale C. Bauman Vice President
100 North Minnesota Street
New Ulm, Minnesota 56073
Robert Bryant Vice President
1550 East Shaw #120
Fresno, CA 93710
Ronald Geiger Vice President
100 North Minnesota Street
New Ulm, Minnesota 56073
Barry G. Ward Controller
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Rose M. Culbertson Tax Officer
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
William H. Guth Operations Officer
200 East Wilson Bridge Road
Worthington, Ohio 43085
David L. Anders Marketing Officer
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Robert L. Maddox Assistant Secretary
515 East Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Sheri L. Bean Assistant Secretary
515 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
(c) Not applicable.
13
<PAGE>
Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records
--------------------------------
The records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 promulgated thereunder, are
maintained by Integrity at 515 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202.
Item 31. Management Services
-------------------
The contract under which management-related services are provided to
Integrity is discussed under Part 1 of Part B.
Item 32. Undertakings
------------
The Registrant hereby undertakes:
(a) to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as
frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited financial
statements in the registration statement are never more than 16
months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity
contracts may be accepted;
(b) to include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a
contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an applicant can
check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a
postcard or similar written communication affixed to or included in
the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement
of Additional Information; and
(c) to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial
statements required to be made available under this Form promptly
upon written or oral request.
Integrity represents that the aggregate charges under variable annuity
contracts described in this Registration Statement are reasonable in relation to
the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks
assumed by Integrity.
14
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act
of 1940, the Registrant and the Depositor certify that they meet all of the
requirements for effectiveness of this post-effective amendment to their
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933
and have duly caused this amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed
on their behalf, in the City of Louisville and State of Kentucky on this 29th
day of April, 1997.
SEPARATE ACCOUNT I OF
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Registrant)
By: Integrity Life Insurance Company
(Depositor)
By: /s/ John R. Lindholm
-----------------------------------
John R. Lindholm
President
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Depositor)
By: /s/ John R. Lindholm
-----------------------------------
John R. Lindholm
President
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act
of 1940, the Depositor has duly caused this amendment to the Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf, in the City of Louisville and State of
Kentucky on this 29th day of April, 1997.
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Depositor)
By: /s/ John R. Lindholm
-----------------------------------
John R. Lindholm
President
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER: /s/ John R. Lindholm
------------------------------
John R. Lindholm, President
Date: 04/29/97
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER: /s/ Edward L. Zeman
------------------------------
Edward L. Zeman, Executive Vice President-
Chief Financial Officer
Date: 04/29/97
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER: /s/ Barry G. Ward
------------------------------
Barry G. Ward, Controller
Date: 04/29/97
DIRECTORS:
/s/ Mark A. Adkins /s/ Mark W. Murphy
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Mark A. Adkins Mark W. Murphy
Date: 04/29/97 Date: 04/29/97
/s/ Kathleen M. Bryan /s/ Colin F. Raymond
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Kathleen M. Bryan Colin F. Raymond
Date: 04/29/97 Date: 04/29/97
/s/ Wilda Gay Clay /s/ Martin H. Ruby
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Wilda Gay Clay Martin H. Ruby
Date: 04/29/97 Date: 04/29/97
/s/ John Franco /s/ Emad A. Zikry
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
John Franco Emad A. Zikry
Date: 04/29/97 Date: 04/29/97
/s/ William H. Guth
- ------------------------------
William H. Guth
Date: 04/29/97
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
8.(d) Participation Agreement Among Variable Insurance Products Fund
III, FDC and Integrity, dated February 1, 1997.
9. Opinion and Consent of Kevin L. Howard.
10. Consents of Ernst & Young LLP.
<PAGE>
(Ex8d)
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
-----------------------
Among
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III,
------------------------------------
FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION
---------------------------------
and
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
--------------------------------
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of February,
1997 by and among INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, (hereinafter the "Company"),
an Ohio corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset
account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from
time to time (each such account hereinafter referred to as the "Account"), and
the VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III, an unincorporated business trust
organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the
"Fund") and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a
Massachusetts corporation.
WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management
investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for
separate accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable
annuity contracts (collectively, the "Variable Insurance Products") to be
offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements
with the Fund and the Underwriter (hereinafter "Participating Insurance
Companies"); and
WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several
series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed
portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made
available under this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual
agreement of the parties hereto (each such series hereinafter referred to as a
"Portfolio"); and
WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and
Exchange Commission, dated September 17, 1986 (File No. 812-6422), granting
Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life
insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a),
13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
(hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b) (15) and 6e-3(T) (b) (15)
thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit
1
<PAGE>
shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life
insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance
companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and
WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and
WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the "Adviser") is
duly registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers
Act of 1940 and any applicable state securities law; and
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts under the 1933 Act; and
WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated
asset account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside
and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable annuity contracts; and
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and
WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good standing
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD");
and
WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf
of each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid variable life and variable
annuity contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to unit
investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the
Company, the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. Sale of Fund Shares
1.1. The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of
the Fund which each Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at
the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of
the order for the shares
2
<PAGE>
of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee
of the Fund for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such
designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives
notice of such order by 9:00 a.m. Boston time on the next following Business
Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant
to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.2. The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for
purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its
Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant
to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Fund shall use
reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Board") may refuse to sell
shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of
shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board
acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and
any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of such Portfolio.
1.3. The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will
be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts.
No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.
1.4. The Fund and the Underwriter will not sell Fund shares to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions
substantially the same as Articles I, III, V, VII and Section 2.5 of Article II
of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.
1.5. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request,
any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by
the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this
Section 1.5, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of
requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall
constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such
request for redemption on the next following Business Day.
1.6. The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio
shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of such prospectus. The Company agrees that all
net amounts available under the variable annuity contracts with the form
number(s) which are listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein
by this reference, as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time hereafter
by mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto, (the "Contracts") shall
be invested in the Fund, in such other Funds advised by the Adviser as may be
mutually agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, or in the Company's general
account, provided that such amounts may also be invested in an investment
company other than the Fund if (a) such other investment company, or series
thereof, has
3
<PAGE>
investment objectives or policies that are substantially different from the
investment objectives and policies of all the Portfolios of the Fund; or (b) the
Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter 45 days written notice of its
intention to make such other investment company available as a funding vehicle
for the Contracts; or (c) such other investment company was available as a
funding vehicle for the Contracts prior to the date of this Agreement and the
Company so informs the Fund and Underwriter prior to their signing this
Agreement (a list of such funds appearing on Schedule C to this Agreement); or
(d) the Fund or Underwriter consents to the use of such other investment
company.
1.7. The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire.
For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by the Fund of the federal
funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company
and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.
1.8. Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry
only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.
1.9. The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone,
followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or
capital gain distributions payable on the Fund's shares. The Company hereby
elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as
are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. The
Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such
income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify
the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and
distributions.
1.10. The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30
p.m. Boston time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value
per share available by 7 p.m. Boston time.
ARTICLE II. Representations and Warranties
2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or
will be registered under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and
sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and
State laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material
respects with state insurance suitability requirements. The Company further
represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in
good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly
established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset
4
<PAGE>
account under Section 3907.15 of the Ohio Insurance Code and has registered or,
prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account as a
unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve
as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.
2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant
to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for
issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the State of Ohio and all
applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Fund is and shall
remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the Registration
Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time
as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund
shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of
the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund or the
Underwriter.
2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a
Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, (the "Code") and that it will make every effort to maintain
such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision)
and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis
for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify
in the future.
2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated
as endowment, annuity or life insurance contracts, under applicable provisions
of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and
that it will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately upon having a
reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated
or that they might not be so treated in the future.
2.5. The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to
finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or
otherwise, although it may make such payments in the future. The Fund has
adopted a "no fee" or "defensive" Rule 12b-1 Plan under which it makes no
payments for distribution expenses. To the extent that it decides to finance
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Fund undertakes to have a
board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund,
formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution
expenses.
2.6. The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its
operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment
policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's investment policies, fees and
expenses are and shall at all times remain in compliance with the laws of the
State of Ohio and the Fund and the Underwriter represent that their respective
operations are and shall at all times remain in material compliance with the
laws of the State of Ohio to the extent required to perform this
5
<PAGE>
Agreement.
2.7. The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in
good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC.
The Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund
shares in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio and all applicable state
and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934
Act, and the 1940 Act.
2.8. The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does
and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.
2.9. The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is and
shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable
federal and state securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its
obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of
the State of Ohio and any applicable state and federal securities laws.
2.10. The Fund and Underwriter represent and warrant that all of
their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other
individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are
and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or
similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the
minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or
related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid Bond
shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a
reputable bonding company.
2.11. The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity
bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund, and that said bond is
issued by a reputable bonding company, includes coverage for larceny and
embezzlement, and is in an amount not less than $5 million. The Company agrees
to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing
these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the
Underwriter in the event that such coverage no longer applies.
ARTICLE III. Prospectuses and Proxy Statements; Voting
3.1. The Underwriter shall provide the Company with as many printed
copies of the Fund's current prospectus and Statement of Additional Information
as the Company may reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu
thereof, the Fund shall provide camera-ready film containing the Fund's
prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and such other assistance as
is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more
frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of
6
<PAGE>
Additional Information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the
prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together in one
document, and to have the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund and
the Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts printed together in
one document. Alternatively, the Company may print the Fund's prospectus and/or
its Statement of Additional Information in combination with other fund
companies' prospectuses and statements of additional information. Except as
provided in the following three sentences, all expenses of printing and
distributing Fund prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information shall be
the expense of the Company. For prospectuses and Statements of Additional
Information provided by the Company to its existing owners of Contracts in order
to update disclosure annually as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act,
the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund. If the Company chooses to
receive camera-ready film in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund's
prospectus, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the
product of A and B where A is the number of such prospectuses distributed to
owners of the Contracts, and B is the Fund's per unit cost of typesetting and
printing the Fund's prospectus. The same procedures shall be followed with
respect to the Fund's Statement of Additional Information.
The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such
information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund's
expenses do not include the cost of printing any prospectuses or Statements of
Additional Information other than those actually distributed to existing owners
of the Contracts.
3.2. The Fund's prospectus shall state that the Statement of
Additional Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter or the
Company (or in the Fund's discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such
Statement is available from the Fund).
3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies
of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications
(except for prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information, which are
covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall
reasonably require for distributing to Contract owners.
3.4. If and to the extent required by law the
Company shall:
(i) solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;
(ii) vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions
received from Contract owners; and
(iii) vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been
received in a particular separate account in the same
proportion as Fund shares of such portfolio for which
instructions have been received in that separate account,
so long as and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange Commission
continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges
for variable contract
7
<PAGE>
owners. The Company reserves the right to vote Fund shares held in any
segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law.
Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of
their separate accounts participating in the Fund calculates voting privileges
in a manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule B attached
hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, which standards will also be
provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.
3.5. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act
requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide
for annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the
Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as
with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will
act in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission's interpretation
of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of
trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect
thereto.
ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and Information
4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to
the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional
material in which the Fund or its investment adviser or the Underwriter is
named, at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall
be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use within
fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.
4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any
representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in
connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or
representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the
Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund,
or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its
designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the
Underwriter or the designee of either.
4.3. The Fund, Underwriter, or its designee shall furnish, or shall
cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales
literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its
separate account(s), is named at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use.
No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects
to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.
4.4. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or
make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company,
each Account,
8
<PAGE>
or the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in a
registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such registration
statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in
published reports for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by
the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other
promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the
permission of the Company.
4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy
of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional
Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional
materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all
amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares,
contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.
4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy
of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional
Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature
and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no
action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the
Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document
with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or
other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, any of the
following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund: advertisements
(such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or
other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape
display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales
literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research
reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training materials or other communications distributed or made generally
available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements,
prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, shareholder reports, and
proxy materials.
ARTICLE V. Fees and Expenses
5.1. The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation
to the Company under this agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio
adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution
expenses, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the
underwriter for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in
writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to
the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to
the Underwriter. No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund.
9
<PAGE>
5.2. All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this
Agreement shall be paid by the Fund. The Fund shall see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable
federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in
accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear
the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's
shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration
statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including
the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report), the
preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law,
and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.
5.3. The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund's
prospectus, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the
Company.
ARTICLE VI. Diversification
6.1. The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in
such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable
contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without
limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will at all times comply with
Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the
diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance
contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or
Regulations. In the event of a breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will
take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such breach and (b) to
adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the grace
period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.
ARTICLE VII. Potential Conflicts
7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any
material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of
all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material
conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any
state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or
state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling,
private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action
by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative
or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the
investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting
instructions given by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance
contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting
instructions of contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if
it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the
implications thereof.
7.2. The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying
out its
10
<PAGE>
responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing the
Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any
issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are
disregarded.
7.3. If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of
its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the
disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or
eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1),
withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment
medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of
any appropriate group (i.e., annuity contract owners, life insurance contract
owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected
contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2), establishing a new
registered management investment company or managed separate account.
7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a
decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that
decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the
Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected
Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to
such Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be
limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict
as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Any such
withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund
gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end
of that six month period the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and
implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of
the Fund.
7.5. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a
particular state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company
conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will
withdraw the affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this
Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs
the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an
irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and
termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members
of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Underwriter
and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the
purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.
11
<PAGE>
7.6. For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in
no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the
Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new
funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote
of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determines that
any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material
conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Account's investment in the Fund
and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board.
7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are
amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision
of the Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared
funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and
conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding
Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies,
as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules
6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such
rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of
this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and
conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such
Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.
ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification
8.1. Indemnification By The Company
8.1(a). The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund
and each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls
the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including legal and other
expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any
statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements
are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts
and:
(i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or
alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained in
the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment
or supplement to any of
12
<PAGE>
the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply
as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such
alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf
of the Fund for use in the Registration Statement or prospectus for
the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any
amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the
sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or
(ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
(other than statements or representations contained in the
Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not
supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful
conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or
(iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement,
prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof
or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or
omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Fund
by or on behalf of the Company; or
(iv) arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide
the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
Agreement; or
(v) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement
or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this
Agreement by the Company, as limited by and in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.
8.1(b). The Company shall not be liable under this
indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified
Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful
misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such
Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's
reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to
the Fund, whichever is applicable.
8.1(c). The Company shall not be liable under this
indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an
Indemnified Party unless
13
<PAGE>
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing
within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal
process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been
served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party
shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent),
but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve
the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified
Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of
this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action. The
Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice
from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the
defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company
will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or
other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.
8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company
of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in
connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the
Contracts or the operation of the Fund.
8.2. Indemnification by the Underwriter
8.2(a). The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act
(collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or
settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the
Contracts and:
(i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
the Registration Statement or prospectus or sales literature
of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the
foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
the alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, provided that this
agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified
Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement
or omission
14
<PAGE>
was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished to the Underwriter or Fund by or on
behalf of the Company for use in the Registration
Statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales
literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise
for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or
Fund shares; or
(ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or
representations (other than statements or representations
contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or
sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the
Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful
conduct of the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter or persons
under their control, with respect to the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or
(iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in a Registration
Statement, prospectus, or sales literature covering the
Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if
such statement or omission was made in reliance upon
information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the
Fund; or
(iv) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in
good faith or otherwise, to comply with the diversification
requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or
(v) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in
this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other
material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; as
limited by and in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.
8.2(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this
indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be
subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or
gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by
reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties
under this Agreement or to each Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.
8.2(c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such
15
<PAGE>
Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of
any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may
have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than
on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Underwriter also
shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to
the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party
of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it,
and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.
8.2(d). The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers
or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the
operation of each Account.
8.3. Indemnification By the Fund
8.3(a). The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof,
are related to the operations of the Fund and:
(i) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
Agreement (including a failure to comply with the
diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this
Agreement);or
(ii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this
Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material
breach of this Agreement by the Fund;
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and
8.3(c) hereof.
16
<PAGE>
8.3(b). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever is applicable.
8.3(c). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to
the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on
account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be entitled to participate, at
its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action. After notice from the Fund to such party of the Fund's election to
assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
8.3(d). The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify the
Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of
its respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the
issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of either
Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.
ARTICLE IX. Applicable Law
9.1. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
9.2. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933,
1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder,
including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the
Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and
construed in accordance therewith.
17
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X. Termination
10.1. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the
first to occur of:
(a) termination by any party for any reason by six months advance
written notice delivered to the other parties; or
(b) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based upon the
Company's determination that shares of such Portfolio are not
reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts;
or
(c) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event any of the
Portfolio's shares are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable state and/or federal law or such law
precludes the use of such shares as the underlying investment
media of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or
(d) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such
Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company
under Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar
provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund
may fail to so qualify; or
(e) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such
Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements
specified in Article VI hereof; or
(f) termination by either the Fund or the Underwriter by written
notice to the Company, if either one or both of the Fund or the
Underwriter respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgment
exercised in good faith, that the Company and/or its affiliated
companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business,
operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of
this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity;
or
(g) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment
exercised in good faith, that either the Fund or the Underwriter
has suffered a material adverse change in its business,
operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of
this Agreement or is the subject
18
<PAGE>
of material adverse publicity; or
(h) termination by the Fund or the Underwriter by written notice to
the Company, if the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter
the written notice specified in Section 1.6(b) hereof and at the
time such notice was given there was no notice of termination
outstanding under any other provision of this Agreement;
provided, however any termination under this Section 10.1(h)
shall be effective forty-five (45) days after the notice
specified in Section 1.6(b) was given.
10.2. Effect of Termination. Notwithstanding any termination of this
Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company,
continue to make available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective
date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Existing
Contracts"). Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing
Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Fund, redeem
investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the making of additional
purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this
Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the
effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this
Agreement.
10.3. The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the
Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the Company's assets held
in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated or
approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or
regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application
(hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption") or (iii) as
permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act.
Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter
the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption
pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore,
except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company
shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that
was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund or the
Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do so.
ARTICLE XI. Notices
Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.
19
<PAGE>
If to the Fund:
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention: Treasurer
If to the Company:
Integrity Life Insurance Company
515 West Market Street
Louisville, KY 40202
Attention: Compliance Officer
If to the Underwriter:
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention: Treasurer
ARTICLE XII. Miscellaneous
12.1. All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the
property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as
neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders assume any personal
liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.
12.2. Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as
confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by
this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and
addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into
the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.
12.3. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.
12.4. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
12.5. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made
invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the
Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
12.6. Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the
NASD
20
<PAGE>
and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable
access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto further
agrees to furnish the California Insurance Commissioner with any information or
reports in connection with services provided under this Agreement which such
Commissioner may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance operations
of the Company are being conducted in a manner consistent with the California
Insurance Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.
12.7. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this
Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.
12.8. This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder
may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all
parties hereto; provided, however, that the Underwriter may assign this
Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company
under common control with the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and
registered to perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement.
12.9. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to
the Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:
(a) the Company's annual statement (prepared under statutory
accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), if any),
as soon as practical and in any event within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal year;
(b) the Company's quarterly statements (statutory) (and GAAP, if
any), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 days
after the end of each quarterly period:
(c) any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report
of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as
soon as practical after the delivery thereof to
stockholders;
(d) any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial
reports of the Company filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any state insurance regulator, as
soon as practical after the filing thereof; but this
subparagraph shall not apply to any offerings of insurance
products other than the Contracts;
(e) any other report submitted to the Company by independent
21
<PAGE>
accountants in connection with any annual, interim or
special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as
soon as practical after the receipt thereof, but this
subparagraph shall not require the Company to disclose any
information that would otherwise be confidential or
privileged.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this
Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized
representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date
specified below.
INTEGRITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: /s/ John R. McGeeney
------------------------------
Name: John R. McGeeney
----------------------------
Title: Executive Vice President
---------------------------
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III
By: /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
--------------------
J. Gary Burkhead
Senior Vice President
FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION
By: /s/ Paul J. Hondros
-------------------
Paul J. Hondros
President
22
<PAGE>
Schedule A
----------
Separate Accounts and Associated Contracts
------------------------------------------
Name of Separate Account and Policy Form Numbers of Contracts Funded
Date Established by Board of Directors By Separate Account
- -------------------------------------- -------------------
Separate Account I INT95, INT94, INT96, INT96 Rev.,
(5-19-86) 11960-VA and INT 11960CNQ
23
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE B
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE
The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the
handling of proxies relating to the Fund by the Underwriter, the Fund and the
Company. The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the
Participation Agreement except that the term "Company" shall also include the
department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform the steps
delineated below.
1. The number of proxy proposals is given to the Company by the Underwriter as
early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder
meeting to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures. At this
time the Underwriter will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and
Meeting dates. This will be done verbally approximately two months before
meeting.
2. Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run", or
other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of
units which are attributed to each contractowner/policyholder (the
"Customer") as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account
adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the
Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.
Note: The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities
described in Step #2. The Company will use its best efforts to call in the
number of Customers to Fidelity, as soon as possible, but no later than two
weeks after the Record Date.
3. The Fund's Annual Report no longer needs to be sent to each Customer by the
Company either before or together with the Customers' receipt of a proxy
statement. Underwriter will provide the last Annual Report to the Company
pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the Agreement to which this
Schedule relates.
4. The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card") is
provided to the Company by the Fund. The Company, at its expense, shall
produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards. The Legal Department
of the Underwriter or its affiliate ("Fidelity Legal") must approve the
Card before it is printed. Allow approximately 2-4 business days for
printing information on the Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards
includes:
a. name (legal name as found on account registration)
b. address
c. Fund or account number
d. coding to state number of units
e. individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes
(already on Cards as printed by the Fund)
(This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to
possible
24
<PAGE>
uncertainties relating to the proposals.)
5. During this time, Fidelity Legal will develop, produce, and the Fund will
pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document).
Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for
insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and
paid for by the Insurance Company). Contents of envelope sent to Customers
by Company will include:
a. Voting Instruction Card(s)
b. One proxy notice and statement (one document)
c. return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the
Company or its tabulation agent
d. "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended. (This is a small,
single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as quickly as
possible and that their vote is important. One copy will be supplied
by the Fund.)
e. cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and
approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.
6. The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5
business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews
and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness and
completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.
7. Package mailed by the Company.
* The Fund must allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the Company
as the shareowner. (A 5-week period is recommended.) Solicitation time
is calculated as calendar days from (but not including) the meeting,
counting backwards.
8. Collection and tabulation of Cards begins. Tabulation usually takes place
in another department or another vendor depending on process used. An
often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote
categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.
Note: Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark information
would be due to an insurance company's internal procedure and has not been
required by Fidelity in the past.
9. Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration which
was printed on the Card.
Note: For Example, If the account registration is under "Bertram C. Jones,
Trustee," then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the Card and
is the
25
<PAGE>
signature needed on the Card.
10. If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed
properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter, a new
Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card is disregarded
and considered to be not received for purposes of vote tabulation. Any
Cards that have "kicked out" (e.g. mutilated, illegible) of the procedure
are "hand verified," i.e., examined as to why they did not complete the
system. Any questions on those Cards are usually remedied individually.
11. There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of
votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the
Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an
estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. If the
initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal
audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.
12. The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted to
shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations
stated in terms of a percentage and the number of shares.) Fidelity Legal
must review and approve tabulation format.
13. Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to Fidelity
Legal on the morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Boston time.
Fidelity Legal may request an earlier deadline if required to calculate the
vote in time for the meeting.
14. A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be
required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote.
Fidelity Legal will provide a standard form for each Certification.
15. The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from the
Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise
necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, Fidelity Legal
will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.
16. All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be
followed up in writing.
26
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE C
Other investment companies currently available under variable annuities or
variable life insurance issued by the Company:
NONE
27
<PAGE>
April 21, 1997
Integrity Life Insurance Company
515 West Market Street
Louisville, KY 40202
Re: Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company (the "Separate
Account")
Dear Sirs:
This opinion is furnished in connection with the Registration Statement on Form
N-4 for the Separate Account and Integrity Life Insurance Company ("Integrity"),
filed under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.
The Registration Statement covers an indefinite number of units of interest in
the Separate Account. Contributions to be received under individual variable
annuity contracts ("Contracts") and group variable annuity certificates
("Certificates") offered by Integrity may be allocated to the Separate Account
to support reserves for such Contracts and Certificates.
I have examined all such corporate records of Integrity and such other documents
and such laws as I consider appropriate as a basis for the opinion hereinafter
expressed. On the basis of such examination, it is my opinion that:
1. Integrity is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of Ohio.
2. The Separate Account was established and is maintained pursuant to the laws
of the State of Ohio, under which income, gains and losses, whether or not
realized, from assets allocated to such Separate Account are, in accordance
with the contracts and certificates, credited to or charged against the
Separate Account without regard to other income, gains or losses of
Integrity. Although contractual obligations with respect to the funds of
the Separate Account constitute corporate obligations of Integrity, the
specific amounts payable from accumulations in the Separate Account in
accordance with the Contracts and Certificates depend upon the investment
experience of the Separate Account.
<PAGE>
3. Assets allocated to the Separate Account will be owned by Integrity;
Integrity will not be a trustee with respect thereto. The Contracts and
Certificates provide that the portion of the assets of the Separate Account
equal to the reserves and other Contract and Certificate liabilities with
respect to the Separate Account will not be chargeable with liabilities
arising out of any other business Integrity may conduct, and that Integrity
reserves the right to transfer assets of the Separate Account in excess of
such reserves and other Contract and Certificate liabilities to the General
Account of Integrity.
4. When issued and sold as described above, the Contracts and Certificates
will be duly authorized and will constitute validly issued and binding
obligations of Integrity in accordance with their terms. Purchasers of the
Contracts and Certificates will be subject only to the deductions, charges
and fees set forth in the Prospectus.
I hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.
Sincerely,
/s/ Kevin L. Howard
Kevin L. Howard
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. (10)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Financial Statements"
and to the use of our report dated February 12, 1997, with respect to the
statutory basis financial statements of Integrity Life Insurance Company in
Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement (Form N-4 No. 33-
56654) and Amendment No. 16 to the Registration Statement (Form N-4 No. 811-
4844) and related Prospectuses of Integrity Life Insurance Company.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
April 25, 1997
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. (10)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Financial Statements"
and to the use of our report dated April 18, 1997, with respect to the financial
statements of Separate Account I of Integrity Life Insurance Company in Post-
Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement (Form N-4 No. 33-56654)
and Amendment No. 16 to the Registration Statement (Form N-4 No. 811-4844) and
related Prospectuses of Integrity Life Insurance Company.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
April 25, 1997
